Therapists Rising Podcast: Recent Episodes

Hayley

Welcome to the Therapists Rising Podcast, where we share real, raw and behind-the-scenes stories and lessons from Therapists who are thinking outside the traditional clinical box and choosing to do things differently in their careers.I’m your host, Dr. Hayley Kelly, and I myself have made the journey from very experienced, but burnt out and unhappy, Clinical Therapist - to successful entrepreneur who runs a business she loves, is thriving financially, and working and living life on her own terms.Join me, and be inspired, as I speak with other Therapists who too are broadening their horizons, and experiencing more abundance, joy and fulfilment than ever before.Together we will laugh, soak up priceless wisdom and take actionable steps, to help you transition from clinical practice to non-clinical offerings, and diversify and amplify your income - all while honouring your wellbeing and having a work-life balance.If you’re ready to be inspired and take action on your dreams, then you’re in the right place, friend. This is the Therapists Rising Podcast.

View Details

Picture a physio who launched her first online program with seven people enrolled. Six of whom she already knew personally. A sales page with no checkout connected. A program she hadn't finished recording yet.

That was Vicky Stewart's launch one.

Her most recent launch just crossed six figures.

Today's guest, Dr. Vicky Stewart, is a vestibular physiotherapist who spent years watching patients with chronic dizziness fall through the cracks of traditional healthcare. She built The Shift, a 10-week online group program, to reach the people her clinical hours never could. She didn't have a following, a marketing budget, or a polished funnel when she started. She had a clear problem, a willingness to start messy, and the psychological capacity to treat early results as data rather than verdicts.

This conversation is about what it actually looks like to build something over time, across seven launches, when the numbers are small at first and the fear is loud throughout.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS:

1️⃣ Your First Launch Is Not a Verdict, It's a Data Point — Seven people enrolled, six of whom Vicky already knew. Most people would have interpreted that as proof the idea didn't work. Vicky interpreted it as proof of concept. If one person paid, others will too. That reframe, from verdict to data, is one of the most reliable predictors of whether a therapist keeps going or quietly shelves the whole thing.

2️⃣ You Don't Need a Large Following to Fill a Program — Vicky built her early launches almost entirely through existing professional relationships, referrer networks, and speaking opportunities, including a keynote in Dubai, before she had any meaningful social media presence. The skills therapists already use to build referral networks in private practice transfer directly. You probably already have more reach than you think.

3️⃣ Messy and Started Beats Perfect and Waiting, Every Single Time — Vicky launched her beta without a checkout page connected to her sales page. She was already in open cart week when she found out. She sorted it in real time, ran the program anyway, and built everything else from there. Seven launches later, she has a waitlist, a team member supporting her community, and her first six-figure result. None of that happens if she waits until she feels ready.

YOU'LL ALSO HEAR:

  • How Vicky's pricing evolved from $330 for her beta to $1,697 per enrolment, and what had to shift internally to make each price increase feel possible
  • Why researching competitors actually made things harder, not easier, and what she decided to do instead
  • What it looked like practically to build this while working four days a week with three kids at home
  • The moment her husband took a redundancy and what that did to her approach going into her most recent launch
  • Why she decided early on she was never going to dance on Instagram, and how she filled her program anyway
  • The listener question that stopped me in my tracks: "If you'd waited until you felt completely ready, where would you be today?"
  • What Vicky says is the one breadcrumb she'd leave anyone who is still sitting on their idea

RESOURCES:

Connect with Vicky Stewart:

  • Website: dizzyresolve.com
  • Instagram: @dizzyresolve
  • YouTube: @dizzyresolve

Therapists Rising Programs:

  • Caseload to Course Bootcamp: therapistsrising.com/bootcamp
  • The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW: If you enjoyed this episode, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts. Your reviews help other therapists find conversations that give them permission to start before they're ready.

View Details

Picture a psychologist with 25 years in perinatal mental health — burned out from holding space for loss and trauma for decades.

She needed something that was just hers. No clinical notes, no disclosure risk, no empathy fatigue. She chose floristry.

And then her perinatal colleagues found out. And asked her to bring it to conferences. Then to teach it online. Now she has a waiting list of clinicians who want in.

Today's guest, Carla Anderson, is a clinical psychologist who built two very different streams inside one business — perinatal mental health training for healthcare clinicians, and floristry-based therapeutic programs for clinician self-care. She didn't plan it. She followed her gut. And the market responded in ways she didn't see coming.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS:

1️⃣ Your Burnout Might Be Pointing You Somewhere — Carla needed something that shut her brain off after 25 years of perinatal loss and trauma work. Floristry did that. What started as self-preservation became the foundation of an entirely new program. Your burnout isn't a problem to solve. Sometimes it's a signpost.

2️⃣ The "Weird" Idea Is Often the One That Takes Off — Carla kept reverting to her safe perinatal niche because floristry felt too new, too hard to package. Then perinatal conferences kept asking her to run the floristry sessions. Fellow Incubator members asked when they could join. The market told her what it wanted — she just had to listen long enough to believe it.

3️⃣ You Don't Have to Explain Everything Upfront — People come to Carla's workshops thinking it's about flower arranging. By the end they're doing deep reflective work through metaphor. You don't need a ten-paragraph explanation. You just need to get people in the room. The experience does the convincing.

YOU'LL ALSO HEAR:

  • Why healthcare clinicians (GPs, midwives, doctors) are desperately under-resourced when it comes to psychological support skills — and how Carla fills that gap
  • What therapeutic horticulture actually is and the science behind why nature-based practices work
  • How she structured her first beta launch (including the Valentine's Day flowers disaster that became an accidental metaphor)
  • The internal flip-flopping between the safe niche and the exciting one — and how she finally stopped reverting
  • What it looks like to let market feedback build your confidence instead of waiting for certainty first
  • Why everything is figureoutable — including how to teach flower arranging online

RESOURCES: Connect with Carla Anderson:

  • Website: www.carlaandersoncliniciantraining.com
  • Facebook & Instagram: @carlaandersoncliniciantraining
  • LinkedIn: Carla Anderson

Therapists Rising Programs:

  • Caseload to Course Bootcamp: https://therapistsrising.com/bootcamp
  • The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW: If this episode made you look at your "just for me" hobby differently, subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts. Your reviews help other therapists find conversations that give them permission to build something unexpected.

You don't have to abandon what you're good at to build something new. You don't have to have it all figured out before you start. And you definitely don't have to ignore the thing that lights you up just because it doesn't fit the obvious mould.

What if the thing you thought was just for you is exactly what other clinicians need? What opens up when you stop treating your own joy as a liability?

View Details

Picture a corporate wellness landscape where companies are tired of boring PowerPoint workshops but also can't justify wine tastings when burnout is a WHS compliance issue.

There's a gap there. A big one.

And what if you could fill it?

Today's guest, Dr. Mitzi Liddle, is doing exactly that. She's teaching corporations about play and pleasure - yes, you read that right - as nervous system regulation tools. Not fluff. Not entertainment. Neuroscience-backed performance enhancement.

And teams are actually booking it.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS:

1️⃣ Play Isn't Childish—It's a Nervous System Tool – When Mitzi started noticing corporate teams responded better to movement, music, and laughter than traditional lecture-style workshops, she followed that thread. Play and pleasure aren't frivolous—they're pathways to regulate your nervous system out of chronic stress and burnout. They bring you into your window of tolerance where creativity, energy, and clear thinking actually live.

2️⃣ There's a Gap in Corporate Wellness (And You Can Fill It) – Organizations don't want boring PowerPoint workshops. But they also don't want wine tastings that waste time. They want something engaging AND evidence-based. Something that addresses real burnout while meeting psychological safety requirements. If you can position experiential work with neuroscience backing, you've found the sweet spot.

3️⃣ Diversification Doesn't Mean Starting Over – Mitzi's been a psychologist for 20+ years. She didn't abandon her expertise—she expanded it. Corporate playshops for teams. Group programs for individual women. Both use the same foundation (play, pleasure, nervous system regulation) but serve different audiences. You don't need a brand new skill set. You need strategic positioning.

YOU'LL ALSO HEAR:

  • Why "playshops" get better engagement than traditional burnout prevention workshops
  • How to position play and pleasure so corporations take it seriously (and pay for it)
  • The neuroscience behind why these "soft" concepts actually work as performance tools
  • What changes when you follow your energy instead of grinding through what you think you "should" do
  • How Mitzi created her beta program fast—and what supported that momentum
  • Why dabbling and experimenting is actually the path (not a failure to commit)
  • The one piece of advice for therapists who want something different but feel stuck

RESOURCES:

Connect with Dr. Mitzi Liddle:

  • Website: www.drmitziliddle.com.au
  • Instagram: @drmitziliddle

Therapists Rising Programs:

  • The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • The Collective Mastermind: therapistsrising.com/collective
  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW:

If this episode made you rethink what's possible for your practice, subscribe and review on Apple Podcasts. Your reviews help other therapists discover conversations that challenge the status quo and open up new possibilities.

You don't have to choose between engaging work and credible work. Between joy and professionalism. Between staying small and burning out.

What if the thing that lights YOU up is exactly what your ideal clients need? What opens up when you give yourself permission to follow that?

View Details

You've got the notebook. The voice memos. The Google Doc titled "possible program ideas" you haven't opened in weeks. You're not short on ideas. You're drowning in reasonable options.

And somehow that feels worse than having no ideas at all.

Because when you're stuck with multiple good directions and still can't get traction, it starts to feel like a you problem. Like you're overthinking it. Not ready. Not disciplined enough.

Here's what you need to hear: You're not failing at this. You're misoriented. You're trying to choose before you're positioned to see clearly. And the question you're asking yourself is keeping you stuck.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS:

1️⃣ This Isn't Confusion - It's Misorientation – Your brain is doing exactly what it was trained to do: analyse before acting. But when there are multiple good options, analysis mode creates paralysis. Your nervous system reads commitment without clarity as threat, so you stay stuck in research mode. This isn't a motivation problem. It's a starting-point problem.

2️⃣ You're Asking the Wrong Question – "What program should I create?" forces comparison, activates imposter syndrome, and assumes you need something novel. The better question: "What problem am I already solving repeatedly, whether I intend to or not?" This shifts you from ideation to pattern recognition, from theoretical planning to lived experience. Most therapists don't need a new idea - they need better visibility on work they're already doing.

3️⃣ Depth Creates Blind Spots – If people keep bringing you the same problem without you marketing for it, that's data. But experienced therapists dismiss what feels familiar, obvious, or "too simple." The more expertise you have, the more invisible your skill becomes to you. You're not underestimating the work - you're underestimating yourself.

YOU'LL ALSO HEAR:

  • Why therapists trained to assess before acting get stuck when building programs
  • The nervous system response that keeps you in "gathering information" mode
  • How to recognize when you're dismissing your most obvious starting point
  • Why confusion is often a sign of depth, not failure
  • The one question that creates grounded momentum instead of endless scanning
  • Why orientation matters more than urgency when building sustainable practices

RESOURCES:

Therapists Rising Programs:

  • The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW:

If this episode reduced the frantic energy you've been carrying, subscribe and review on Apple Podcasts. Your reviews help other therapists find conversations that actually shift how they're thinking.

Clarity doesn't come from choosing the best idea. It comes from standing in the right place to see what's actually there.

You're not behind. You're just facing the wrong direction. What shifts when you ask a better question?

View Details

For 12 months, I've been warning you the traditional therapy model is breaking down. Some of you have been listening. But many have been waiting for clarity.

Here's what you need to hear: The last eight weeks changed everything.

November 2025: Australia restricted Better Access referrals. December 2025: Fifth consecutive year of US Medicare cuts. January 30, 2026: US telehealth flexibilities expire.

While those policy changes hit, something else shifted: 1 in 8 young people now use AI chatbots for mental health advice. Corporate wellness budgets hit $53 billion with contracts being signed NOW for 2026-2027.

This isn't slow erosion. This is all five forces reaching tipping points simultaneously. This is the convergence.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS:

1️⃣ Three Realities Converging Right Now – The math isn't working (Medicare cuts, Better Access restrictions, client affordability crisis). Your colleagues are planning exits (52% US therapists burned out, 29% considering leaving). Future clients expect something different (70% Gen Z prefers virtual, 1 in 8 young people use AI chatbots).

2️⃣ Every Disrupted Profession Made This Mistake – Accounting got automated. Physical therapy faced reimbursement cuts. Personal training went digital. Each time, practitioners said "our profession is different." They were wrong. Pattern: professions split into commodity/premium tiers, early movers capture premium positioning, late movers compete on price.

3️⃣ The Window to Move From Strength is Closing – Early adopters already generate diversified income. Early majority (you) see it's real but still research. Late majority arrives when landscape is occupied. Corporate contracts signing NOW. Course markets maturing NOW. Window open now—won't stay open.

YOU'LL ALSO HEAR:

  • Why research-mode therapists experience decision paralysis under cognitive load
  • The Kodak lesson: Believing current preferences = permanent demand is fatal
  • Accountants who automated vs. those stuck "selling time"
  • PT practices that diversified early: 200-300% revenue growth vs. 3-6x valuations for traditional
  • Why "AI can't replace us" is technically true but misses the point
  • Technology adoption curve: Waiting for certainty means you're late
  • Research Path vs. Action Path: Which are you choosing?

RESOURCES:

Data Sources:

  • Medicare cuts: BellMedEx 2025
  • Better Access: Australian Dept of Health
  • AI adoption: Brown University School of Public Health

Therapists Rising:

  • The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW:

If this episode made you uncomfortable, subscribe and review on Apple Podcasts. Your reviews help therapists find honest conversations about what's happening in our profession.

Therapists thriving in five years won't be ones who waited for perfect clarity. They'll be ones who moved with 80% information while they had stability.

That window is open now. What will you do with it?

View Details

Let's talk about passive income, and NO, this isn't another "make money while you sleep" pitch.

This conversation with Kayla Das is the most honest, transparent take on passive income for therapists I've heard in a LONG time. Kayla's a Canadian social worker, business coach, author of The Passive Practice, and someone who's actually DONE this work. She's built multiple passive income streams and she's willing to tell you the TRUTH about what it really takes.

Here it is: passive income isn't passive at the beginning. It's WORK. Consistent, upfront, sometimes-discouraging work. But once it's established? That's when you get your time back. That's when you can help more people without burning out in one-to-one sessions.

If you're tired of trading hours for dollars and wondering if there's another way—this episode is for YOU.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

1️⃣ Passive Income Is NOT Passive at the Beginning – This is NOT a get-rich-quick scheme. It's a "slow and steady wins the race" strategy. You'll put in consistent work upfront—sometimes for MONTHS—before you see revenue. Kayla didn't make a dime from her blog for six months. But she kept going. And now? It works on autopilot (mostly). Once it's built, you never start from scratch again.

2️⃣ Earned Income vs. Passive Income Changes Everything – One-to-one therapy = earned income. You work X hours, you make X dollars. There's a ceiling. With passive income, you create something ONCE—a course, blog, digital product, podcast—and it generates revenue over and over. That's what creates time freedom. But you need an audience to share it with (email list, social media, organic traffic).

3️⃣ It's About Pivoting, Not Quitting – Kayla's digital templates made NOTHING the first 30 days. Zero dollars. But she didn't scrap them. She pivoted—changed the marketing images, rewrote descriptions, tested things. Then it worked. The issue isn't usually your product—it's how you're presenting it. Be willing to fail, learn, and adjust.

YOU'LL ALSO HEAR:

  • Why most therapists recreate their old employment environment in private practice (and how passive income changes that)
  • Seven types of passive income streams for therapists: blogging, podcasting, online courses, hiring therapists, digital products, books, and affiliate marketing
  • The three passive income success indicators that help you choose the RIGHT stream for you
  • Why Kayla's blog made $0 for six months—and why she kept writing anyway
  • The real reason most therapists don't pursue passive income (it's the upfront "no money" period)
  • Why you NEED an audience before you launch
  • How to know if you're ready to start building a passive income stream

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

Kayla Das:

  • Book: The Passive Practice: The Passive Income Roadmap for Maximizing Schedule Flexibility, Time Freedom, and Private Practice Profitability (available on Amazon)
  • Passive Income Personality Quiz: Find out which passive income stream is the best fit for YOUR personality (6-8 quick questions!)
  • Website: KaylaDas.com

Therapists Rising:

  • The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW:

If this episode gave you a new perspective on passive income—or if you're ready to stop trading hours for dollars and start building something that works for you—please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts!

Your reviews help more therapists find these real, honest conversations about building the businesses they actually want (without the BS or the hype).

Thanks for being here. See you next week.

View Details

I've been noticing this pattern with the therapists I work with. Incredibly capable people with clear ideas for what they want to build - programs, offerings, shifts in their practice. They can describe it in detail. But when I ask what's stopping them, the answer is always some version of "I'm stuck."

In this episode, I'm not giving you productivity tips or telling you to just start. I'm naming the quiet problem that nobody talks about: the kind of stuck that doesn't look like stuck at all. Because this type of stuck comes with a cost that accumulates slowly, and most of us don't see it until we're years in.

If you've been sitting with an idea for months (or years), if you keep researching instead of building, if you're waiting for more certainty before you commit - this episode is for you.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

1️⃣ Staying Stuck Is Not Neutral - It Has a Real Cost – We believe taking action equals risk and staying stuck equals safety. But staying stuck erodes self-trust, creates ongoing frustration, causes decision fatigue, and leaves you feeling behind without knowing why. You're still on a trajectory - you're just not choosing it consciously.

2️⃣ Research Mode Is False Movement – When your version of stuck looks like productivity (taking courses, reading case studies, studying how others did it), it's especially dangerous. It feels like you're making progress. You're not. At a certain point, researching stops being preparation and starts being avoidance. You already have enough information to start.

3️⃣ You're Already Choosing Your Hard – Moving forward is hard. Staying stuck is also hard. Nothing worth doing is usually easy. The question isn't how to make it easier - it's which version of hard you want to choose. The uncertain pain of starting, or the familiar pain of staying where you are?

YOU'LL ALSO HEAR:

  • The specific Tuesday afternoon I spent three hours researching my program instead of building it (and the resignation that followed)
  • Why high-integrity professionals get stuck in this particular pattern
  • The difference between familiar pain and uncertain pain (and why we keep choosing familiar)
  • How to identify which type of stuck you're experiencing (they're not all the same problem)
  • Why compassion doesn't mean pretending there's no problem
  • The real cost of decision fatigue when you circle the same choice for months
  • How "not choosing" is still a choice with consequences
  • Why clarity rarely arrives before commitment

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

Therapists Rising:

  • The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW:

If this episode helped you see the pattern you've been stuck in - or gave you permission to name what's really happening - please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts!

Your reviews help more therapists find these conversations and build the businesses they actually want without staying stuck in research mode for months.

Thanks for being here. See you next week.

View Details

Everyone's doing planning episodes right now. Goal-setting frameworks, vision boards, annual reviews - and those resources are great. But here's what I think most people are skipping: the single piece of clarity that actually makes planning work.

I just came back from two weeks completely offline (forced digital detox courtesy of terrible cruise internet). And while I was offline, one question kept surfacing. Not "what do I need to do differently" or "what are my goals" - but something deeper that completely shifted how I'm approaching 2026.

In this episode, I'm not giving you another planning framework. I'm giving you the clarity that makes planning obvious. Because without this foundation, you'll abandon your plan by February. With it, everything else falls into place.

If you've ever set goals that looked good on paper but didn't stick, or found yourself circling the same idea without committing, this episode is for you.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

1️⃣ Planning Without Clarity Is Why Your Goals Keep Falling Apart – It's not a discipline problem or a commitment problem. When you plan based on what you think you should do (instead of what actually matters), the plans don't stick. Clarity isn't a nice-to-have. It's the foundation.

2️⃣ Three Questions That Surface What's Actually There – Before you plan anything, sit with these: What keeps resurfacing for me? What am I no longer willing to carry into 2026? What am I waiting for permission to do? One of these will hit harder than the others. That's your entry point.

3️⃣ Identity Drives Behaviour (Not Willpower) – We don't have commitment problems, we have identity problems. When you ask "Who do I need to become?" instead of "What do I need to do?", action becomes natural. Someone who "tries to build" versus someone who "is a builder" - same activity, completely different relationship to it.

YOU'LL ALSO HEAR:

  • Why 2025 was one of my hardest years in business (and the breakthrough that came from it)
  • The identity question that changed everything while I was offline
  • How Chris Williamson's annual review process inspired this framework
  • Why therapists are especially good at waiting for permission (and how to stop)
  • The gap between who you are now and who you need to become (and why that's information, not judgment)
  • How clarity makes planning and decision-making obvious
  • Real examples of applying this to launching a beta, scaling your practice, and stepping back from clinical work

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

  • Chris Williamson on Diary of a CEO – Annual review discussion

Therapists Rising:

  • The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW:

If this episode gave you the clarity you needed before diving into planning - or helped you see the identity shift that's been waiting - please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts!

Your reviews help more therapists find these conversations and build the businesses they actually want.

Thanks for being here. See you next week.

View Details

If you've ever headed into a break thinking "I'll finally catch up on everything," only to feel guilty the entire time—this episode is for you. Dr. Hayley Kelly breaks down why the pressure to be productive over holidays backfires, and gives you a practical framework to actually rest (or maintain minimal momentum) without the guilt.

This is the final Therapists Rising episode before a two-week break, and it couldn't be more timely. For therapists in Australia staring down six weeks of school holidays—or anyone facing year-end break pressure—Hayley shares the exact decision-making tool that helps you choose between full rest or minimal maintenance, and actually feel good about your choice. No fluff, no "just be kind to yourself" advice. This is a teachable framework you can use immediately.

HERE ARE THE KEY INSIGHTS:

1️⃣ The Capacity Audit – Learn how to accurately assess what's actually available to you during a break (spoiler: it's about one-fifth of what you think). Hayley walks you through the exact questions to ask yourself about time, nervous system capacity, and competing demands—so you're working with reality, not fantasy.

2️⃣ The Inertia Calculation – The framework for deciding whether to maintain minimal momentum or take full rest. You'll learn the specific criteria for each path, why there's no universal right answer, and how to make the choice that fits YOUR reality right now.

3️⃣ Implementation Strategies – If you choose minimal maintenance: how to define your minimum, reality-check the time required (double your estimate!), match it to actual capacity, and set a ceiling so it doesn't creep into becoming your whole break. If you choose full rest: how to do a clean stop, set boundaries, and use the "That's for January-me" mantra.

4️⃣ The Guilt Release Protocol – The missing piece that makes either choice actually work. Learn how to acknowledge guilt when it shows up (it will), return to your decision, and practice releasing pressure throughout the break—not as a one-time event, but as an ongoing practice.

YOU'LL ALSO HEAR:

  • Why breaks don't expand capacity—they change it
  • The chronic underestimation problem therapists have with time and tasks
  • Why we overestimate available time and underestimate how long things take (recipe for self-loathing)
  • The timeline reality check: actual vs. fantasy timelines for building a business
  • How pressure sneaks in quietly and compounds over the break
  • Why rest is not falling behind—it's what makes everything else possible
  • What January looks like when you actually rest versus dragging guilt forward

RESOURCES MENTIONED:

Therapists Rising:

  • The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW:

If this episode gave you a framework to approach your break without pressure—or helped you give yourself permission to actually rest—please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts! Your reviews help more therapists find these conversations.

See you in the new year. Rest well.

View Details

If you've ever felt unsafe speaking up, shrunk your practice to avoid regulatory scrutiny, or wondered if the system designed to protect you is actually harming you—this conversation will validate everything you've been feeling but haven't said out loud.

I'm speaking with Dr. Julie Sladden, a medical doctor, writer, and advocate who walked away from clinical practice, handed in her medical license, and became one of Australia's most vocal advocates for practitioner wellbeing and regulatory reform. You might know her from The Spectator, The Daily Declaration, and as co-founder of Australians for Science and Freedom.

HERE ARE THE KEY INSIGHTS:

1️⃣ The Public Protection Paradox – By silencing and harming doctors, regulatory bodies effectively harm the public. When practitioners are too afraid to speak or are strategically planning their exit from clinical work, patients lose. Workforce wellbeing isn't separate from patient care—it's the foundation of it.

2️⃣ The Line in the Sand – Julie shares the moment she realized she couldn't stay silent. She had three choices: walk away quietly, continue practicing and hope she didn't get caught, or close her practice publicly and speak out. She chose the latter, despite the financial devastation (her family income halved overnight) and fear of regulatory retaliation.

3️⃣ The Culture of Fear – We dive into how practitioners are shrinking their practices, deregistering entirely, and self-censoring out of fear. Julie shares why she ultimately surrendered her medical license—she realized AHPRA would likely come after her, and she didn't have capacity to fight that battle while doing advocacy work.

4️⃣ Finding Your Tribe & Rebuilding Healthcare – Julie discusses the critical importance of community. After mandates were announced, she connected with 500 practitioners who were thinking the same way. She also shares her vision for a better system: grassroots health education, protecting social connections, and shifting from sick care to true preventative care.

RESOURCES:
Australians for Science and Freedom: scienceandfreedom.org
The Collective Waitlist: therapistsrising.com/collective
* Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

A NOTE FROM HAYLEY:

This episode might be controversial. I knew that going in. But I believe we're at a point where the cost of silence is higher than the cost of speaking up. Practitioners are burnt out, shutting down, deregistering, and strategically planning their exits from clinical work. That's not a retention problem—that's a system problem.

You don't have to agree with every position Julie holds. I don't either. But this conversation isn't about ideology. It's about the system we're all practicing inside, the weight it places on us, and what it costs to work within structures that often feel opaque, punitive, and misaligned with actual care.

If even our most capable, thoughtful practitioners are planning their exit, something needs to change. And change starts with conversation.

Thank you for listening with curiosity, compassion, and courage.

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW:

If this episode showed you what's possible when you give yourself permission to build differently—or inspired you to rethink what scaling could look like in your practice—please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts!

View Details

If you’ve ever ended the year thinking, “Why didn’t I get to my program?” or “How am I still drowning in clients?”, this episode is basically a loving intervention. Therapists don’t miss their goals because they’re unmotivated — they miss them because the system trains them to prioritise everyone else first. So their dream project becomes the “neglected child” of the business. Loved, wanted… always getting scraps.

In this solo episode, I’m breaking down why traditional planning fails therapists and how to design a 2026 that actually supports your nervous system, your business, and your desire to drop clinical hours without imploding. This is therapist-safe planning — honest, grounded, and built around your real life.

HERE ARE THE KEY INSIGHTS:1️⃣ Why You Didn’t Hit Your Goals

We unpack guilt, urgency culture, emotional labour, and why clinical work always wins. Plus the real reason your program keeps getting pushed to “next term… next year.”

2️⃣ The 2025 Reflection Ritual

A three-part reflection to understand what drained you, what supported you, what made money, and who you don’t want to be again next year.

3️⃣ The Big Dream Dump

We explore what you actually want — dropping a clinical day, launching your program, taking real holidays, visibility, writing, creative work — without guilt or “be realistic” energy.

4️⃣ Your 3–5 Pillars for 2026

Not tasks — pillars. Diversification, money stability, schedule redesign, visibility, leadership, capacity. We map what this looks like for Escape, Stabilize, Expand, and Visionary stage therapists.

5️⃣ Mapping Your Nervous System Rhythms

School terms. Cycles. PMDD. ADHD. Grief dates. Low-capacity seasons. You plan for the real you, not the fantasy version.

6️⃣ Putting It on the Calendar

The therapist-safe way: non-negotiables first, then pillars, then buffers, then launches. I walk through how someone in the Stabilize Stage could safely drop a clinical day by September — without collapse or chaos.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:Therapists Rising:
• The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
• The Collective Waitlist: therapistsrising.com/collective
• Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW:If this episode gave you permission to design a kinder 2026 — or helped you realise nothing was “wrong” with you this year except the way you were conditioned to plan — please subscribe and leave a review. It helps more therapists build businesses that don’t require self-abandonment or burnout badges.

View Details

If you've ever thought "scaling means selling out" or "growing a team means burning out," Dr. Catherine Hart is about to prove you wrong. She's built a 35-person psychology practice across five sites with a salaried employment model that actually retains clinicians—and she did it by breaking every rule.

In this episode, I'm talking with Dr. Catherine Hart, clinical psychologist, director of Succoris Psychology Group, and 2024 APS Supervisor of the Year. Catherine didn't set out to become an innovator—she started as a psychologist who felt like an outsider, too questioning, too bold. When she experienced how exploitative the contractor model can be, she made a decision: I'm building something different.

You'll hear Catherine's journey from one consulting room in 2019 to building an entire ecosystem—five sites, a training academy, business partnerships, and online courses. We dive into the salaried employment model revolutionizing retention, how to scale without losing your values, building systems that support humans, and what real leadership requires when you stop playing small.

HERE ARE THE KEY INSIGHTS:

1️⃣ The Salaried Model Revolution – Catherine breaks down exactly what her salaried employment model looks like and why it changes everything for clinician wellbeing and retention. You'll hear the real numbers, the pushback she faced, and the ripple effect on practice culture.

2️⃣ Scaling With Integrity – The real story of going from one room to five sites—the failures, pivots, and moments where she almost lost her way. How she uses innovation (AI note-taking, structured systems) to support clinicians, and her philosophy on scaling with purpose versus scaling because you can.

3️⃣ Permission to Want More – Catherine talks about being the kid who always asked "why," feeling like an outsider, and giving herself permission to want more than one-to-one work. She's now building clinical care, training academy, business partnerships, and courses—stepping into leadership and building legacy work.

4️⃣ The Business Education Therapists Never Got – Catherine is transparent about investing in herself, seeking business education (including The Incubator), and surrounding herself with community. Grad school taught clinical skills—not how to build sustainable, ethical businesses.

YOU'LL ALSO HEAR:

  • Her catalyst: exploitative contractor models in Australia
  • Building team systems: onboarding, supervision, psychological safety
  • The Succoris Academy and Clinical Psych Registrar pathway (launching Jan 2026)
  • Business partnerships helping therapists build, grow, or exit ethically
  • Launching DBT Launchpad and online course creation
  • The Dolly Parton philosophy: business as a vessel for social impact
  • Honest talk about leadership struggles and advice to her 2019 self

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

Catherine Hart:

  • Succoris Psychology: https://succoris.com.au/
  • Instagram: @succoris_psychology
  • DBT Launchpad: https://succoris-psychology-site-ecc8.thinkific.com/courses/DBT-Launchpad

Therapists Rising:

  • The Incubator: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • The Collective Waitlist: therapistsrising.com/collective
  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW:

If this episode showed you what's possible when you give yourself permission to build differently—or inspired you to rethink what scaling could look like in your practice—please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts!

View Details

If your business feels like it's draining you instead of filling you up, you're probably recreating the same patterns from therapy practice that burned you out in the first place. The endless availability, saying yes to everyone, undercharging out of guilt, and the resentment that builds when you're trying to be generous but running on empty.

In this episode, I'm breaking down the 4 specific business boundaries that changed everything for my business: Energy, Systems & Containers, Money & Sustainability, and Visibility & Emotional Energy. These aren't clinical boundaries—these are business owner boundaries that protect your capacity, profitability, and sanity.

You'll hear real stories from my business (including the wake-up call that made me choose sustainability over people-pleasing), learn why "service over profit" is actually destroying your business, and discover why building systems is more important than relying on willpower. If you've ever felt resentful of clients you're trying to help or found yourself responding to DMs at midnight, this episode will show you exactly where your boundaries are leaking.

HERE ARE THE 4 KEY BOUNDARIES FROM THIS EPISODE:

1️⃣ Energy Over Everything – If something consistently costs you more energy than it gives back, it's a no. Learn why ignoring red-flag clients always ends badly, how to be ruthless about fit, and why protecting your energy is fiduciary responsibility (not selfishness).

2️⃣ Systems & Containers (Because Willpower Is Bullshit) – A boundary without a system is just a wish. I'll share my DM boundary story and show you how to build infrastructure that holds boundaries for you—so you're not white-knuckling your way through every client interaction.

3️⃣ Money & Sustainability (Profit Funds Service) – When service constantly comes at the expense of profit, you're not being generous—you're being extractive toward yourself. Hear my wake-up call story about removing overdelivery, why people got upset, and how I chose sustainability anyway. Martyrdom is not a business model.

4️⃣ Visibility & Emotional Energy – Not every conversation deserves your nervous system. Learn how to handle criticism, hate DMs, and projections without defending yourself or losing sleep. Your job isn't to manage other people's discomfort with your boundaries.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

Join The Incubator Waitlist: therapistsrising.com/incubator
Subscribe to my Newsletter for weekly insights on therapist entrepreneurship
Follow me on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

MORE FROM ME

Follow me on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly
Visit my website: therapistsrising.com

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If this episode helped you see where you're recreating burnout in your business—or gave you permission to want profit and boundaries without guilt—please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts! Your support helps us reach more therapist-entrepreneurs who need this message. 🎙 Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising! See you next week!

View Details

"You just need more self-care."

That's what I kept hearing when I was burnt out, seeing 30+ clients a week, barely breaking even. I tried bath bombs, meditation apps, yoga breaks. None of it worked.

Because the problem wasn't my self-care routine. It was the business model.

In this episode, I'm dismantling the 7 lies that keep therapists overworked, underpaid, and stuck in unsustainable practices. The toxic narratives about burnout, pricing, marketing, and what it takes to build a therapy practice that doesn't destroy you.

Here's what I cover:

  • Lie #1: "If you're burned out, you're just not cut out for this work" — Why burnout is a business design problem, not a character flaw
  • Lie #2: "Good therapists don't talk about money" — How pricing shame keeps therapists broke and resentful
  • Lie #3: "You need to work at the pointy end of the spectrum to be a good therapist" — Why helping people flourish is just as valuable
  • Lie #4: "You have to be beige and invisible" — Why your personality is your competitive advantage
  • Lie #5: "Marketing is sleazy and unethical" — Reframing ethical marketing as informed consent
  • Lie #6: "If you just keep pushing through, it'll get easier" — Why waiting isn't a strategy
  • Lie #7: "Wanting more means you don't care" — Dismantling the false binary between money and integrity

💡 3 Powerful Takeaways:

1. You cannot self-care your way out of a broken business model.
Burnout isn't proof you need more resilience—it's evidence the system wasn't designed for your wellbeing. Business redesign helps you survive your career.

2. Money talk isn't dirty. It's data.
Financial safety IS client safety. When you're stable, you show up grounded and present. Ethical pricing isn't greed—it's sustainability.

3. The model doesn't get easier. You have to make it different.
Different boundaries. Different pricing. Different client selection. Different revenue streams. The future requires you to build it.

💻 Resources & Links

  • 🔗 Join the Incubator Waitlist: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • 📱 Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

⭐ Subscribe, Rate & Review

If this episode helped you see that your exhaustion isn't a personal failing—please subscribe, rate, and review Therapists Rising.

Your words help reach more therapists who need to hear: You're not failing. The model is broken. And you can build something different.

View Details

For 12 months, I’ve been sober, and until a recent doctor’s appointment, I’d completely forgotten.

No countdown. No recovery story. No before-and-after moment. Just life, without alcohol.

When my doctor asked, “None? Not even socially?” and looked at me like I’d just confessed a crime, something clicked. His disbelief wasn’t about alcohol — it was about the quiet pressure we all feel to play along. To do the thing that makes everyone else comfortable, even when it doesn’t feel good to us.

That moment made me realise: sobriety isn’t really about alcohol. It’s about truth. It’s about self-trust. It’s about noticing all the ways we abandon ourselves - in business, relationships, and life - just to belong.

If you’ve ever found yourself saying yes when you meant no, discounting your prices to avoid seeming greedy, or over-giving because you don’t want to disappoint, this episode will hit home.

This is a conversation about emotional and professional sobriety - and what happens when you stop performing belonging and start building it from integrity instead.

Here’s what I cover:

  • Why my doctor’s disbelief revealed how deeply social conditioning shapes our choices
  • The invisible contracts of belonging: how family, therapy culture, and business all reward self-abandonment
  • The moment I realised I was trading authenticity for acceptance — and how that changed everything
  • My Uni Games story: performing belonging by being the “responsible one” in a binge-drinking culture
  • Why people-pleasing isn’t kindness — it’s your nervous system trying to keep you safe
  • What emotional sobriety looks like in business (through a real example from an Incubator student)
  • The paradox of safety vs. control: why we keep performing even when it hurts
  • How to stay with yourself when your truth disappoints others
  • What sobriety has taught me about leadership, capacity, and self-trust

💡 3 Powerful Takeaways:

  1. Belonging that costs you your self is counterfeit.
    If you have to abandon yourself to belong — in a team, relationship, or system — it’s not safety. It’s survival.
  2. Your nervous system isn’t broken.
    When you find yourself overgiving or performing, that’s not weakness. It’s your body trying to protect attachment. Healing starts with awareness, not shame.
  3. Sobriety is self-trust.
    You don’t have to quit drinking to practice sobriety. You just have to stop leaving yourself when things get uncomfortable.

💻 Resources & Links

  • 🔗 Join the Incubator Waitlist: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • 📩 Subscribe to my Newsletter: for weekly reflections on therapist innovation, ethical marketing, and leading with integrity.
  • 📱 Follow me on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly
    for insights on business, boundaries, and belonging for therapists.

⭐ Subscribe, Rate & Review

If this episode helped you see your patterns differently or reminded you that you don’t need to perform to belong, please take a moment to subscribe, rate, and review Therapists Rising.

Your words help this message reach more therapists who need to hear:
You’re not too sensitive. You’re not too much. You’re just done performing safety at the expense of yourself.

Thanks for listening — and for choosing truth over performance.
You don’t need to earn belonging. You just need to stop performing it.

View Details

In this episode, I'm tackling one of the biggest fears holding therapists back from building sustainable online practices: the terror of being "too salesy."

If you've ever frozen at the end of a webinar, mumbled through your offer, or avoided pitching your program altogether because you're worried about pressuring people who've already been through so much — this episode is for you.

Here's the truth: Your fear of being salesy isn't actually about sales. It's about identity, worth, and deeply ingrained beliefs about what it means to be a "good" therapist. And until you unpack those beliefs and make some critical identity shifts, no amount of perfect pitch scripts or marketing tactics will make you feel comfortable making offers.

So today, we're going deep. We're talking about the mistaken beliefs sabotaging your ability to serve, the five identity shifts that transform selling from a threat into an act of service, and the practical framework for making offers that feel aligned, authentic, and effective.

Whether you're a therapist launching your first online program, a coach struggling to convert webinar attendees, or a clinician who knows you need to make offers but feels gross every time you try — this conversation will meet you right where you are.

Here's what we cover in this episode:

  • The mistaken beliefs keeping you stuck — including why you think making an offer equals manipulation (spoiler: it doesn't), why you're waiting for people to chase you down instead of leading them forward, and why you think talking about your program "takes away" from the value you're giving.
  • The four identity shifts that change everything — from Healer to Guide, Helper to Advocate, Clinician to Creator, Transactional to Transformational, and Rule-Follower to Ethical Innovator. These aren't just mindset tweaks — they're fundamental rewirings of how you see yourself and your role.
  • What you're not seeing when you don't make offers — the real consequence of staying silent about your programs, and how your fear of being pushy is actually denying people the agency to choose their own path forward.
  • The reframe that makes pitching feel like service — including the coaching questions that reveal whether you have a sales problem or a conviction problem, and why treating your webinar attendees differently than you'd treat your best friend is costing you (and them) transformation.
  • The 5-step framework for making offers that convert — from getting clear on your conviction first, to setting up the pitch at the beginning, using consent at offer time, making it about them (not you), and trusting them to decide for themselves.

Resources & Links Mentioned:

📩 Join the Incubator Waitlist: Be the first to know when doors open for therapists ready to create their first online program that actually converts — therapistsrising.com/incubator

More From Dr. Hayley Kelly:

📱 Follow me on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly
For daily insights on therapist innovation, building sustainable online practices, and making offers that feel good.

🌐 Visit the website: therapistsrising.com

⭐ Subscribe, Rate & Review:

If this episode helped you see your fear of selling in a new light — or gave you permission to finally make that offer with confidence — please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review. Your words help us reach more therapists ready to build practices that don't burn them out.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising. Now go make that offer like you MEAN it. See you in the next episode!

View Details

After losing her teenage son Ethan to T-Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukaemia, psychologist Kimberly Stevens faced the unthinkable — and chose to transform her grief into something that would help thousands of others.

In this conversation, Kimberly shares the story behind Kids Connecting Parents, an app she created to help bereaved parents find local, peer-based connection and support when professional services fall short.

⚠️ Content Warning: This episode contains discussion of child loss, grief, and bereavement. Please listen when you feel ready and have support available.

Her honesty cracked something open in me — and reminded me why I started Therapists Rising in the first place. Because when the system doesn’t work, we have two options: collapse under it, or build something new.

If you’ve ever questioned how to move forward after loss, burnout, or heartbreak, this episode will meet you right where you are.

Here’s what we cover

  • Kimberly’s journey from psychologist and grieving mum to tech founder and advocate
  • The moment she realized traditional therapy models weren’t enough for bereaved parents
  • How she turned her personal loss into a mission-driven innovation that’s changing lives
  • What it means to blend lived experience with professional training — ethically and powerfully
  • The courage it takes to build something for the community you’re also healing within
  • The emotional and practical realities of launching a mental-health app from scratch
  • How grief can be a catalyst for purpose, leadership, and systemic change

3 Takeaways for Therapists

  1. Purpose can grow from the hardest things.
    Your pain doesn’t disqualify you — it can inform the most meaningful, ethical, and innovative work you’ll ever do.
  2. The system won’t always meet the need.
    Kimberly’s story is proof that when traditional models fail, therapists can create new pathways — apps, programs, communities — that fill the gaps.
  3. Lived experience is a superpower, not a liability.
    When we stop hiding the human behind the professional, we create safer, braver, more connected spaces for healing.

💻 Resources & Links

  • Learn more about Kids Connecting Parents: kidsconnectingparents.com
  • Follow Kimberly on Instagram: @kidsconnectingparents
  • Join the Incubator Waitlist for therapists ready to build ethical, impact-driven programs: therapistsrising.com/incubator

💬 Connect with Dr. Hayley Kelly

  • Follow on Instagram → @dr.hayleykelly
  • Subscribe to Therapists Rising for weekly conversations about therapist innovation, leadership, and building sustainable impact beyond the therapy room.

⭐ If this episode moved you…

Please take a moment to subscribe, rate, and leave a review here.
Your words help this show reach more therapists who need to hear that their story, their pain, and their purpose all still matter.

View Details

For 230 episodes, I've referenced my "kitchen floor moment" without telling you the full story. After interviewing psychologist Kimberly Stevens about transforming her grief into purpose, I realized: if I'm asking therapists to be brave enough to step outside broken systems, I need to be brave enough to tell you why it matters so much to me.

This is the story of my suicide attempt, the months after, and the moment on my kitchen floor—with my young son's hand on my shoulder—that changed everything.

⚠️ Content Warning: This episode contains discussion of suicide attempt, suicidal ideation, and mental health crisis. Please listen when you feel ready and have support available.

If you're a therapist who's ever felt like the system is breaking you, this episode is for you.

Here's what I cover:

  • What therapist burnout actually feels like: panic attacks before every clinic day, doom scrolling between clients, the impossible math of being a new mum with a medically complex child while maintaining a full caseload
  • The resentment that builds when you're holding everyone else's pain with nowhere to put down your own
  • Living with undiagnosed autism and ADHD while trying to function as a "successful" psychologist
  • The day I attempted suicide—and why surviving didn't immediately fix anything
  • The kitchen floor moment: my son's hand on my shoulder asking if I was okay, and the realization that changed everything
  • The shame of being a psychologist who couldn't keep her own mental health together, and the terror of being found "incompetent"
  • The 18-month transition from full clinical load to zero: how I strategically reduced complexity, raised fees, and built coaching alongside clinical work
  • Why leaving traditional practice felt like professional suicide but staying felt like actual suicide

3 Powerful Takeaways:

1. Therapist burnout isn't a personal failing—it's a system failure. If you're struggling, you're not broken. The system we were trained in hasn't caught up with the demands of modern practice. The guilt, shame, and isolation you feel? You're not alone.

2. Surviving a crisis isn't the same as healing. I got help after my attempt. I went to therapy. But I was still having panic attacks for months because I was still in the same impossible life. Real change required changing the system I was working in, not just managing symptoms.

3. You don't need permission to build something different. Leaving traditional practice doesn't mean you're abandoning people. It means you're choosing to help people in a way that doesn't require you to be on a kitchen floor to admit something has to change.

If You're Struggling Right Now:

You are not alone.

Crisis Support:

  • Lifeline (Australia): 13 11 14
  • 988 Suicide & Crisis Lifeline (US): Call or text 988

💻 Resources & Links:

📩 Join the Incubator Waitlist: therapistsrising.com/incubator

More From Dr. Hayley Kelly:

📱 Follow on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly for insights on therapist innovation and building sustainable practices

⭐ Subscribe, Rate & Review:

If this episode made you feel less alone or gave you permission to consider a different path—please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review. Your words help us reach more therapists who need to hear: You're not broken. The system is. And there's another way.

Thanks for tusting me with your time. I see you. I've been you. You're not alone.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising!

View Details

In this episode, I'm sitting down with Professor Nick Titov—a giant in digital mental health and founder of MindSpot, Australia's leading digital psychology service that has reached over 250,000 Australians.

If you've ever wondered whether therapy has to look the way it's always looked, this conversation will shake up everything you thought you knew.

Nick isn't just innovating patient care—he's challenging the profession to wake up and adapt. We're living through a seismic shift. Consumer behaviour is changing. The workforce is shrinking. AI is here. And if therapists don't get a seat at the table, we risk becoming irrelevant.

This episode is for every therapist who's felt trapped by the traditional model, burnt out by one-to-one limitations, or curious about what the future holds.

Here's what we cover:

  • Why digital mental health isn't just for "low-level" cases—and how MindSpot serves complex clients who have nowhere else to turn
  • The assumptions Nick's team demolished: that therapy requires face-to-face contact, that therapists need decades of experience, that you must treat depression before anxiety
  • How MindSpot Academy is training the next generation in digital-first care—and why universities aren't keeping up
  • The threat (and opportunity) of AI—and what therapists must do now to demonstrate our value
  • Nick's "2,815 days left" philosophy and his mission to get prevention into the cultural consciousness
  • Why workforce upskilling can't wait—and how to future-proof your career

3 Powerful Takeaways:

1. Innovation doesn't wait for permission. Nick built the evidence, proved it worked, and created a national service helping hundreds of thousands. If you're waiting for the system to change, you'll be left behind.

2. Your value proposition is up for negotiation. AI delivers psychoeducation. Apps track symptoms. What can you do that technology can't? Get clear on your value—or risk obsolescence.

3. The future is blended, scalable, and prevention-focused. One-to-one therapy will always have a place—but it can't be the only model. Master multiple modalities: digital tools, teletherapy, group programs.

💻 Resources & Links:

🌐 MindSpot: https://www.mindspot.org.au
📱 Connect with Nick on LinkedIn
📩 Join the Incubator Waitlist: therapistsrising.com/incubator

More From Dr. Hayley Kelly:

Follow on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly
For insights on therapist innovation and building sustainable practices.

⭐ Subscribe, Rate & Review:

If this episode helped you see the future more clearly—or gave you permission to challenge the old rules—please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review. Your words help us reach more therapists ready to adapt, innovate, and rise.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising!

View Details

In this episode, I’m sitting down with the bold, brilliant, and whip-smart Laura Lee - a psychologist, sexologist, coach, and the founder of Blue Space Psychology - to dive into what it actually takes to talk about sex online as a regulated health professional.

Laura’s work lives at the intersection of mental health, sex, and relationships. And let’s just say, that combo can light up the AHPRA risk radar faster than you can say “shadowban.” So how do you balance professional responsibility with authentic, sex-positive content creation? How do you hold ethical boundaries and your own truth?

That’s exactly what we unpack in this episode.

Whether you’re a therapist craving more freedom in your content, a sexologist juggling regulation and realness, or someone feeling stifled by the blurry lines of online expression — this conversation will meet you right where you are.

Here’s what we cover in this episode:

  • What happens when “taboo” meets the algorithm — and how that impacts your message, reach, and reputation.
  • Why your clinical training may actually get in the way when it comes to talking about sex in public forums.
  • How to reframe risk — and navigate fear of being misunderstood, reported, or reprimanded.
  • Boundaries vs Censorship — how to show up with clarity and care, without watering down your values.
  • The “ick” of performative content — and how to stay grounded in your voice, not the algorithm.

3 Powerful Takeaways:

  1. Ethics aren’t the enemy of expression.

You can hold professional responsibility and be a full human online. It just takes intention, reflection, and sometimes — community.

  1. Shame thrives in silence — especially around sex.

By showing up with grounded, nuanced content, you’re modelling the exact safety you want your clients to feel. Your content can be part of the healing.

  1. General doesn’t mean generic.

You don’t need to share client stories or deeply personal experiences to be impactful. Speaking to themes, struggles, and questions is often more powerful — and way more sustainable.

💻 Resources & Links Mentioned:

🎧 Explore Laura’s membership & resources: https://www.lauralee.com.au/unbound

📱 Follow Laura on Instagram: @lauraleesexology

🌐 Learn more about Blue Space Psychology: https://www.lauralee.com.au

📩 Join the Incubator Waitlist: Be the first to know when doors open again for therapists ready to create their first online program — therapistsrising.com/incubator

More From Dr. Hayley Kelly:

Follow me on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

For daily insights on therapist innovation, uncaging your work, and building a business that doesn't burn you out.

⭐ Subscribe, Rate & Review:

If this episode helped you feel seen or sparked a new way of thinking about your online voice — please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review here. Your words help us reach more therapists ready to disrupt, rebuild, and rise.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising. See you in the next episode!

View Details

In this episode, I’m sitting down with Alice Ayliffe and Elise Cassidy — two incredible therapists and Incubator graduates — to explore what it really looks like to move beyond the 1:1 model and create programs that change lives.

If you’ve ever wondered, Where do I even start? Will anyone want what I create? What if I get it wrong? — this conversation is for you.

Alice is an occupational therapist based in Hobart who has carved out a powerful niche supporting adults with ADHD and training other OTs to work in this space. Elise is a Melbourne-based speech pathologist with nearly 30 years of experience, who has turned her deep passion for dyslexia advocacy into online programs and resources for parents and schools.

Neither of them had it “all figured out.” They both wrestled with doubts about burnout, regulation, self-belief, and fear of judgment from peers. But through the Incubator, they found clarity, community, and the confidence to build programs that not only generate income but also expand their impact far beyond the therapy room.

In this episode, Alice and Elise share the barriers they had to push through, the wins they’ve achieved, and the advice they’d give to any therapist standing where they once stood.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

  1. Burnout can be a signal, not the end. Both Alice and Elise hit walls in their careers that forced them to look beyond the traditional therapy path. That pain became the nudge toward innovation.
  2. Fear of judgment is universal — but it’s survivable. Whether it was Elise worrying about peers judging her for charging for her knowledge, or Alice fearing regulatory trouble, both show that self-doubt doesn’t disqualify you.
  3. Programs expand your reach without diluting your expertise. Dyslexia advocacy, ADHD-affirming practice, and OT supervision are now impacting parents, schools, and other clinicians — proof that your clinical skills are needed in new spaces.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

The Therapist Rising Incubator – For therapists ready to create their first sustainable online program with ongoing support: therapistsrising.com/incubator

Connect with Alice Ayliffe:

  • Website: aliceayliffe.com
  • Facebook: Alice Ayliffe Consulting

Connect with Elise Cassidy:

  • Website: littlevoices.net.au
  • Facebook: Little Voices Speech Pathology
  • Instagram: @littlevoicesspeechpathology

MORE FROM DR. HAYLEY KELLY

  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly
    for daily insights on therapist innovation and sustainable practice

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If this episode gave you clarity or encouragement to believe you can create something beyond the therapy room, please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts! Your support helps us reach more therapists who are ready to diversify their work and build sustainable businesses.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising — see you next time!

View Details

In this episode, I'm sitting down with Dr. Sam Casey, founder of the Play Prescription Method, to explore one of the most common challenges therapists face: having an encyclopedia of knowledge but feeling completely stuck when it comes to packaging it into something teachable.

If you've ever felt paralysed by your own expertise, this conversation is for you. Sam had a PhD, extensive research, clinical expertise as a registered play therapist, and a brilliant framework she'd developed. But when it came to creating her certification program? She was completely stuck.

The breakthrough came when she realised she didn't need to include everything in version one. Sometimes the answer isn't adding more content — it's giving yourself permission to simplify and start imperfectly.

In this episode, Sam shares her journey from PhD paralysis to launching a 16-week certification that students call "transformational." We dive deep into her Play Prescription Method, which makes therapeutic play accessible beyond the therapy room, and explore how she's challenging traditional gatekeeping in mental health by equipping professionals and parents with practical healing tools.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

  1. Your expertise can be your biggest obstacle – The more you know, the harder it becomes to decide what to include. Sam's breakthrough came from watching how I'd simplified years of knowledge in the incubator, giving her permission to do the same.
  2. Breaking cycles happens on multiple levels – Sam isn't just helping families break generational patterns through play; she's helping therapists break professional cycles of perfectionism and gatekeeping knowledge.
  3. Therapeutic play belongs beyond therapy rooms – Sam's framework equips educators, coaches, doulas, and parents with trauma-informed tools to support children's healing and growth in everyday settings, not just clinical ones.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

If this conversation resonates and you're ready to turn your clinical expertise into a structured program, join me for the From Caseload to Course Bootcamp, running Sept 23-26, 2025.

For just $37, I'll guide you through how to map, price, and structure your first ethical online program using frameworks designed specifically for therapists - just like Sam did with her Play Prescription Method.

In four focused days, you'll move from feeling paralysed by your expertise to having a clear roadmap for packaging your knowledge into something people can actually use.

👉 Secure your spot at: therapistsrising.com/bootcamp

Connect with Dr. Sam Casey:

  • Instagram: @drsamcasey
  • Facebook: @playprescription
  • Website: drsamcasey.com

MORE FROM DR. HAYLEY KELLY

  • The Therapist Rising Incubator – For therapists ready to create their first sustainable online program with ongoing support: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for daily insights on therapist innovation and sustainable practice

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If this episode helped you see how to simplify your expertise without dumbing it down, please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts! Your support helps us reach more therapists who are ready to package their knowledge into programs that actually serve people.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising - see you next time!

View Details

In this episode, I’m breaking down one of the most frustrating realities therapists face when trying to build online programs: traditional business advice simply doesn’t work for us.

You’ve probably felt it — you join a business webinar or invest in a coaching program, and halfway through you realise: this doesn’t fit. The strategies feel pushy, unsafe, or completely out of alignment with your clinical values. And if you’ve ever thought, “Maybe I’m just not cut out for business,” you’re not alone.

The truth is, you’re not broken. The advice you’ve been given wasn’t designed for therapists. It ignores our ethics, our scope of practice, our insurance requirements, our time constraints, and the unique way we’re trained to think and work.

In this episode, I’ll walk you through the five big reasons generic business advice fails therapists — from topic selection and program design, to pricing, marketing, and capacity. You’ll understand why the advice feels so misaligned, what’s really going on when you get stuck, and why the solution isn’t to become “more business-y,” but to use frameworks that actually translate your clinical expertise into sustainable, ethical online programs.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

  1. The advice isn’t built for therapists – You’re not stuck because you don’t know enough. You’re stuck because you’re trying to apply strategies designed for generic entrepreneurs, not registered health professionals.
  2. Clinical training creates unique challenges – Our “encyclopedia brains,” focus on thoroughness, and ethical obligations are strengths in therapy… but they can sabotage program design without therapist-specific frameworks.
  3. You already have what it takes – Your clinical skills can be translated into program frameworks, ethical pricing, and authentic marketing. But you need tools designed for therapists, not for Etsy shop owners or generic coaches.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

If this conversation resonates, join me for the From Couch to Course Bootcamp, running September 23–26.

For just $37, I’ll guide you through how to map, price, and structure your first ethical online program using frameworks designed specifically for therapists.

In four focused days, you’ll move from feeling like business advice doesn’t fit, to having a clear roadmap for building a program that honours your scope, your ethics, and your capacity.

👉 Secure your spot at: therapistsrising.com/bootcamp

MORE FROM DR. HAYLEY KELLY

  • The Therapist Rising Incubator – For therapists ready to create their first sustainable online program with ongoing support: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly
    for daily insights on therapist innovation and sustainable practice

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If this episode helped you realise why traditional business advice doesn’t fit therapists, please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts! Your support helps us reach more therapists who are ready to build programs that actually work for them and their clients.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising — see you next week!

View Details

In this episode, I’m talking about one of the most painful myths therapists buy into: the belief that your only options are to keep grinding in 1:1 sessions until you collapse, or burn your practice down and walk away completely.

Maybe you’ve felt it too — cancelling family dinners because of client demand, fantasising about a “normal” 9–5 job, or even Googling “alternative careers for therapists” late at night. It’s an awful false binary, and it’s keeping too many talented therapists stuck, exhausted, and questioning their future.

I’ll walk you through why this binary shows up in our profession, what it actually costs when you stay stuck in it, and how to pivot in a safe, gradual way that doesn’t mean torching everything you’ve built. You’ll hear real stories from therapists in our community, plus my own 18-month pivot journey, and you’ll leave with the belief that your therapy career can expand, not end.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

1. The “grind or burn” binary is a lie – Most therapists believe their only options are to overwork in 1:1 forever or walk away entirely. In reality, there’s a third path: gradual, layered pivots that create sustainability without blowing up your practice.

2. Staying stuck has real costs – Burnout, chronic health issues, guilt about waitlists, identity crises, and even leaving the profession altogether. This isn’t just uncomfortable — it’s unsustainable for you and for the mental health system.

3. Pivots can be small, safe, and successful – From pilot workshops to beta groups to my own 18-month gradual shift, the most effective pivots aren’t leaps off a cliff. They’re experiments that create breathing room while protecting your existing practice.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

If today’s conversation resonated and you’re ready to try your own safe pivot, join me for the From Couch to Course Bootcamp, running September 23–26.

For just $37, I’ll guide you through how to map, price, and structure your first ethical online program using frameworks designed specifically for therapists.

In four focused days, you’ll move from being stuck in the binary to having a clear roadmap for building a sustainable program that works alongside — not against — your therapy career.

👉 Secure your spot at: therapistsrising.com/bootcamp

MORE FROM DR. HAYLEY KELLY

  • The Therapist Rising Incubator – For therapists ready to create their first sustainable online program with ongoing support: therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly
    for daily insights on therapist innovation and sustainable practice.

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If this episode helped you see that your only choices aren’t grind or burn, please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts! Your support helps us reach more therapists who feel stuck but deserve to discover their third path.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising — see you next week!

View Details

In this episode, I'm talking about the invisible wall that stops most therapists from turning their brilliant program ideas into actual programs. You know the one - you've got this amazing concept that could genuinely help people, but every time you sit down to build it, you just... stare at the screen.

Most therapists think this gap exists because they don't know enough or aren't qualified enough. The reality? You're stuck because your therapeutic training - the thing that makes you incredible in the therapy room - is actually working against you when it comes to program design. We're trained for responsive, individualised work, but programs need to be structured and predictable.

I'm walking you through why this gap feels so insurmountable, what happens to most therapists who never cross it, and the simple framework that can help you bridge from "great idea" to "something people can actually follow." You'll understand why having expertise isn't enough and what you actually need to turn that knowledge into something sustainable.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

The gap isn't about your qualifications – You're not stuck because you don't know enough. You're stuck because you're trying to turn expert knowledge into structured learning without a framework for how that translation actually works.

Your therapeutic training creates the problem – We're conditioned to be responsive and comprehensive, accounting for every possible scenario. Programs need the opposite: clear, linear progression that works whether you're there or not.

Most people either quit or overcompensate – Without a bridge across this gap, therapists either abandon their program dreams entirely or create something so complicated that no one completes it. Neither serves anyone.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

That simple exercise I mentioned - writing down your program idea in one sentence, then asking "what's the ONE main transformation someone gets?" - that's actually just the first step in a bigger framework we dive deep into in the bootcamp.

Join me for the From Couch to Course Bootcamp this September 23-26. For just $37, I'll walk you through exactly how to map, price, and structure your first ethical online program using frameworks designed specifically for how therapists think.

In four focused days, you'll move from staring at that blank screen to having a clear roadmap for turning your expertise into something people can actually follow and complete.

Secure your spot at therapistsrising.com/bootcamp

MORE FROM DR. HAYLEY KELLY

  • The Therapist Rising Incubator – For therapists ready to create their first sustainable online program with ongoing support: https://therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If this episode helped you see that gap differently, please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts! Your support helps us reach more therapists who have brilliant ideas but need help turning them into reality. Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising! See you next week!

View Details

In this episode, I'm dismantling the biggest myth therapists believe about creating online programs — that building one will just add more hustle and burnout to your already overwhelming life.

We're no longer in the early days when therapists could assume that more hours worked equals more value delivered. Today's most successful therapist-entrepreneurs are rejecting hustle culture entirely and building programs that actually give them energy instead of draining it. What's winning? Programs designed around your natural strengths and energy patterns, not cookie-cutter templates.

I'm breaking down why your therapy training is sabotaging your program design, the three biggest myths keeping you stuck in overwhelm, and how to build something sustainable that you'll actually enjoy running. You'll walk away with a completely new framework for thinking about programs — one that honours your need for flow, freedom, and sustainability.

HERE ARE THE 3 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

Your therapy conditioning is working against you – We've been trained to equate exhaustion with worth, so we unconsciously design programs that recreate the same burnout patterns we're trying to escape from private practice.

Smaller, focused programs create more impact – Your students don't need everything you know. They need the right transformation delivered in a way that's sustainable for both you and them to complete successfully.

Tools and pre-recording aren't shortcuts — they're smart strategy – Using AI for content creation, automation for admin tasks, and pre-recorded lessons for consistency frees up your energy for the high-value connection work you actually love.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

You don't need to figure out your online program alone while juggling a full caseload.

Join me for the From Couch to Course Bootcamp this September 23-26. For just $37, I'll walk you through exactly how to map, price, and structure your first ethical online program using evidence-based frameworks your clinical training will actually recognise.

In four focused days, you'll move from "someday I'll figure this out" to having a clear, compliant roadmap — or get enough clarity to know this isn't your next step. Either way, you'll stop wondering "what if."

Secure your spot at therapistsrising.com/bootcamp

MORE FROM DR. HAYLEY KELLY

  • The Therapist Rising Incubator – For therapists ready to create their first sustainable, anti-hustle online program: https://therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If you loved this episode, please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts! Your support helps us reach more therapists who are ready to build programs without the burnout. Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising! See you next week!

View Details

If you’ve been feeling burned out by back-to-back sessions, wondering if the only way to help people is to keep adding more clients to your calendar — you’re not alone. This episode pulls back the curtain on what life can look like when you step beyond the traditional therapy chair.

I’m sharing a real, unfiltered week in my life as a therapist-turned-entrepreneur — the fun, messy, everyday realities of running a thriving online business while still making a meaningful impact. You’ll hear what it looks like to balance leadership, creativity, and connection, all while building a business that serves clients, students, and the broader community without burning out.

Whether you’re dreaming of more freedom in your calendar, curious about creating multiple income streams, or simply tired of the endless cycle of individual therapy sessions, this episode shows you what’s possible — and why it’s closer than you think.

If you’ve ever wondered how to serve beyond 1:1 without losing the depth and meaning of your work — or how to design a business that actually supports your life rather than consumes it — this episode is for you.

HERE ARE THE 5 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

  • Therapist life doesn’t have to mean burnout — long days of notes and sessions aren’t the only way to build a career.
  • Leadership is part of the new therapist identity — stepping out of provider mode into visionary mode creates ripple effects across hundreds of lives.
  • Creativity and teaching are just as impactful as 1:1 sessions — one program or training can support more people in months than years of private practice.
  • Scaling doesn’t mean losing intimacy — you can hold depth and connection through memberships, masterminds, and group experiences.
  • Real life is still messy — pajama school runs, café brainstorms, and tech hiccups are part of the journey, but with breathing room, they don’t derail you.

MORE FROM DR. HAYLEY KELLY

  • Future-Ready Therapist Incubator – For therapists ready to create ethical, scalable online programs: https://therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • The Collective Mastermind - For established therapist-entrepreneurs scaling their impact without sacrificing sustainability: https://therapistsrising.com/collective
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly
    for daily insights on building a sustainable, impactful business.

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If this episode gave you a glimpse of what’s possible for therapists beyond the chair, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts here
— your support helps more therapists discover what’s possible for their future.

The mental health profession is changing. Therapists don’t have to wait for permission to build freedom and impact — you can create a business that serves your life and your clients.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising!

View Details

If you've been feeling incredibly skilled at individual therapy but somehow underprepared for what mental health delivery actually looks like in 2025 - you're not alone. This episode addresses the growing disconnect between traditional therapy training and the evolving mental health landscape worldwide.

I'm breaking down why qualified therapists globally can't meet the exploding demand for mental health support, and how unqualified voices are filling the spaces qualified therapists should occupy. You'll discover the five core competencies that Future-Ready Therapists are developing to remain relevant and impactful in the Mental Health 3.0 era.

Whether you're frustrated by long waitlists, concerned about your profession's declining influence, or ready to expand your therapeutic impact beyond individual sessions - this episode provides the professional development framework you need.

If you've been torn between staying in your traditional therapy lane and exploring innovative delivery models, or you're ready to lead your profession's evolution rather than react to it - this episode is for you.

HERE ARE THE 5 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

Traditional training isn't keeping pace with global demand - Mental health services worldwide face unprecedented demand, with waitlists stretching months and qualified therapists unable to serve everyone who needs support.

Mental Health 3.0 requires new professional competencies - Future-Ready Therapists need digital fluency, innovation design thinking, ethical navigation skills, systems leadership abilities, and professional authority development to remain impactful.

Evidence-based interventions can scale beyond individual sessions - CBT principles work for hundreds of university students, trauma-informed approaches can be embedded in workplace policies, and therapeutic expertise can guide community-level programs while maintaining clinical integrity.

Professional development is shifting from modalities to delivery methods - The next decade of therapist education isn't just about learning new treatments, but developing capabilities to deliver existing interventions where people are, at the scale they need.

Continuing education requirements will soon include these competencies - Future-Ready Therapists are developing these skills proactively before they become mandatory, understanding that professional evolution is happening with or without their participation.

MORE FROM DR. HAYLEY KELLY

  • Future-Ready Therapist Incubator - For therapists ready to develop Mental Health 3.0 competencies through innovative program creation: https://therapistsrising.com/incubator
  • Follow me on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly for daily insights on Mental Health 3.0 professional development

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If this episode helped you understand the professional competencies needed for Mental Health 3.0 practice, please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts here. Your support helps us reach more therapists ready to lead their profession's evolution.

The mental health profession is evolving rapidly. Future-Ready Therapists aren't waiting for permission - they're leading the transformation while maintaining the highest clinical and ethical standards.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising!

View Details

If you've been sitting on a program idea but paralyzed by the question "Am I allowed to do this?" - you're not alone. This episode tackles the fear that keeps brilliant therapists stuck on the sidelines of the online space.

I'm breaking down the critical difference between scope-safe and sketchy program positioning, using real examples of ideas that started with good intentions but crossed dangerous lines. You'll discover why following generic business advice can land therapists in hot water, and more importantly, how to spot the red flags before you invest months developing something risky.

Whether you're worried about board complaints, accidentally attracting people in crisis, or just want confidence that your program idea is ethically sound - this episode gives you the practical checklist you need.

If you've been torn between wanting to scale your impact and staying safely within your scope of practice, or you're tired of second-guessing every program idea you have - this episode is for you.

HERE ARE THE 5 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

Generic business advice is dangerous for therapists - "Teach what you're passionate about" sounds innocent, but when what you know is therapy, this advice can lead you straight into scope violations without realizing it.

Language choices reveal everything - Words like "heal," "treat," "cure," "recovery," and "disorder" immediately signal clinical territory. If your marketing copy sounds therapeutic, you've probably crossed the line.

Your audience type determines safety - Growth-seekers want optimization; help-seekers need intervention. Attracting people in crisis to educational programs creates ethical dilemmas and safety risks.

Delivery method matters as much as content - Even scope-safe topics become problematic when delivered through inappropriate formats. Self-paced trauma content or group processing without therapeutic boundaries are recipe for disaster.

Red flag spotting is reactive, not proactive - While identifying warning signs protects you from obvious mistakes, what therapists really need is a systematic way to evaluate ideas before developing them.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

  • Professional Registration Boards - Check your specific jurisdiction's guidelines for online program creation
  • Scope of Practice Guidelines - Review what constitutes educational vs. therapeutic delivery in your area
  • Continuing Education Requirements - Ensure any program delivery aligns with your professional development obligations

MORE FROM ME

  • The Aligned Idea Accelerator - For therapists ready to find their scope-safe program concept: https://therapistsrising.com/idea
  • Follow me on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly for daily insights on ethical program creation

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If this episode helped you feel more confident about evaluating your program ideas, please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts here. Your support helps us reach more therapists who need practical guidance on creating impact while staying within professional boundaries.

The online space doesn't have to be scary territory for therapists. With the right frameworks, you can create programs that transform lives while keeping your registration completely safe.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising! See you next week!

View Details

If you've been feeling like our profession is under siege, you're not imagining it. This episode dives deep into the systemic challenges facing Australian therapists and why staying silent is no longer an option.

I'm sitting down with Sahra O'Doherty, President of the Australian Association of Psychologists (AAPI), for a conversation that will change how you think about your role as a therapist. Sahra reveals everything from the two-tier Medicare system to the Training Pathways Review that could completely overhaul psychology training in Australia.

With 30-40% of Australians now seeking support from unregulated providers, we're at a crossroads. We can either evolve and innovate, or risk becoming obsolete.

If you've felt torn between wanting to innovate and fearing professional backlash, or you're tired of feeling like our profession is being left behind - this episode is for you.

HERE ARE THE 5 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS EPISODE:

The profession is self-policing to a fault - Most AHPRA complaints come from other psychologists without collegial conversation first. This lateral violence keeps us small and scared.

Innovation is now mandated, not optional - New core competencies coming December 2025 explicitly require psychologists to advocate for clients and health equity. Your comfort zone is no longer compliant practice.

The substantial equivalence pathway is changing everything - Hundreds of psychologists are gaining endorsements in different areas, proving the arbitrary nature of the two-tier system.

Training reform is coming - Complete overhaul of psychology training pathways in the next 3-5 years, focusing on job-readiness rather than academic research.

Fear is keeping us irrelevant - While we stay paralyzed by compliance anxiety, other professions step into mental health spaces and government pushes psychology assistants as first-line interventions.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

  • Australian Association of Psychologists (AAPI) - Learn more about membership and advocacy efforts
  • AHPRA Core Competencies - New standards coming into effect December 2025
  • Training Pathways Review - Government consultation on psychology education reform

MORE FROM SAHRA O'DOHERTY

  • Mindscape Psychology: Sarah's private practice in Sydney's inner west

MORE FROM ME

  • The Incubator: For therapists ready to create scalable digital offerings
  • Follow me on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

SUBSCRIBE & REVIEW

If this episode opened your eyes to what's really happening in our profession, please take a moment to subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts here. Your support helps us reach more therapists who need to hear these crucial conversations.

The psychology profession is at a turning point. The question isn't whether change is coming - it's whether we'll lead it or be left behind.

Thanks for tuning in to Therapists Rising! See you next week!

View Details

If you have 17 half-baked course ideas sitting in a Google doc but can't choose which one to build, you're not just procrastinating—you're missing out on income and impact while your expertise sits unused.

You've got brilliant insights and could help so many people. But when you can't decide between stress management for healthcare workers, communication skills for couples, or that trauma-informed approach you've been mulling over for months, analysis paralysis keeps you stuck on the sidelines. Meanwhile, those potential clients? They're buying programs from therapists who made a decision and took action.

In this game-changing episode, you'll discover:

  • The Scope & Sanity Filter: Four critical tests every therapist program idea must pass
  • Why the Flourishing Test protects your registration while ensuring program success
  • The Energy Test: How to avoid building a program that drains you completely
  • Why people already coming to you for help is your credibility goldmine
  • The Market Demand reality check that prevents beautiful programs nobody buys
  • Real client example: How one therapist chose between 8 ideas and built her signature offer
  • The costly mistakes therapists make when they choose wrong (therapy-in-disguise alert!)
  • Why having "good ideas" isn't enough—you need a validation system
  • The three positioning frameworks that keep you scope-safe and profitable

Key Mindset Shifts:

✓ Too many ideas without a filter equals zero programs
✓ The problem isn't lack of expertise—it's lack of decision-making structure
✓ Your program should energize you, not become another source of burnout
✓ Market demand isn't about passion—it's about people willing to pay for solutions
✓ Professional safety and business viability can (and must) coexist

Take Action This Week:

  1. List all your program ideas (yes, even the half-baked ones)
  2. Run ONE idea through the four-test Scope & Sanity Filter
  3. Ask yourself: Does this help stable people thrive or struggling people heal?
  4. Rate your energy level (1-10) when you imagine teaching this topic
  5. Share your biggest "aha" moment from this episode on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly

🎧 Love this episode? Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here to help other therapists break through analysis paralysis and finally choose their program direction!

🎯 Ready to Stop Spinning Your Wheels and Choose Your Program Idea?

The Aligned Idea Accelerator gives you three complete frameworks to move from confused to confident—with a validated, scope-safe program idea that feels both exciting and ethically sound. Check it out here>> https://therapistsrising.com/idea

Connect with Dr. Hayley Kelly:

  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

Keywords: therapist online program ideas, choosing program topic for therapists, therapist course creation, scope of practice online programs, analysis paralysis therapists, program idea validation, therapist business strategy, online course for mental health professionals, therapy vs education distinction, flourishing zone framework, therapist program development, ethical online programs therapists, decision making for therapist entrepreneurs, program topic selection process, therapist business clarity, scope-safe program ideas, mental health professional online courses, therapist income diversification, choosing profitable program niche, therapist course planning, online program frameworks therapists

View Details

The hard truth: If you're trying to help everyone with your online program, you're actually helping no one—and it's killing your business before it even starts.

You've got years of training and could help SO many people. But when you try to market to "everyone," your message becomes so vanilla that nobody feels seen. Those perfect clients? They're hiring someone who spoke directly to their specific pain.

In this game-changing episode, you'll discover:

  • Why "I help people with anxiety" guarantees invisibility (with cringe-worthy examples)
  • The Identity Trap: Why "moms" isn't a niche and demographics don't buy programs
  • The math proving specificity INCREASES income (one student went from $97 to $5K programs)
  • My 3-Question Clarity Check to know if your niche is specific enough
  • The Step-Down Method: How to narrow focus without panic
  • Why trying to serve everyone is actually UNETHICAL
  • Real before-and-after examples showing the difference between noise and clarity

Key Mindset Shifts:

✓ Specificity is service, not selfishness
✓ You're not abandoning people—you're becoming excellent for the RIGHT people
✓ The market rewards clarity, not capability
✓ The narrower you go, the bigger you grow

🎯 Ready to Pick Your Profitable Program Topic?

The Aligned Idea Accelerator helps you go from confused to confident in under an hour—with a clear, profitable, scope-safe program idea you're excited about.

Limited Offer: $27 + free live Q&A workshop (before Tuesday midnight Australian time)

Get the Aligned Idea Accelerator →https://therapistsrising.com/idea

Take Action This Week:

  1. Brain dump every problem you COULD solve
  2. Circle the ONE that excites you most
  3. Ask: Who's suffering from this RIGHT NOW?
  4. Test with 5 real people this week
  5. Share your before/after niche on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly

🎧 Love this episode? Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here to help other therapists find the courage to get specific!

Keywords: therapist niche marketing, online program for therapists, therapist business strategy, niche down anxiety, specific vs broad marketing, ideal client clarity, therapist entrepreneur tips, program topic selection, marketing for mental health professionals, overcoming niche resistance, therapist income strategies, ethical marketing therapy, business clarity for therapists, specialized therapy programs, target audience for therapists, profitable therapy niches, therapist online course creation, mental health professional marketing, scope of practice online programs, niche market examples therapists

View Details

The online space keeps changing the rules the second you've figured them out. New algorithms, platform updates, economic uncertainty, and the constant pressure to keep up while holding space for clients—it's overwhelming, and it's real.

But what if I told you that feeling like "everything is too much" isn't a sign you're failing? What if it's actually your business giving you crucial information about where you're at, what matters most, and where you're ready to grow?

As therapists building businesses, we face a unique challenge: we're trained to create stability and hold space for others, but we're operating in a world of constant change and uncertainty. The skills that make us excellent clinicians can sometimes work against us when we need to navigate business pivots, market shifts, and the messy reality of entrepreneurship.

The uncomfortable truth: Waiting for "normal" to return isn't a strategy—it's avoidance. While you're hiding in research mode or postponing decisions until things "settle down," the world keeps moving, and your people keep needing what you offer.

In this essential episode, I break down:

  • Why therapists get stuck in "caretaker mode" with their businesses (and how it's sabotaging growth)
  • The irony of helping clients navigate uncertainty while panicking about our own business changes
  • Why your overwhelm is actually proof you've built something worth protecting
  • The fork in the road every therapist faces: hide until things stabilize, or learn to dance with uncertainty
  • My three anchors for staying grounded when fear wants to take control
  • Micro-momentum: the power of smallest-possible-action thinking for overwhelmed entrepreneurs
  • Information hygiene: how to stay educated without staying panicked
  • Scenario safety nets: simple "if/then" planning that calms your nervous system
  • Why "action creates clarity" applies to business decisions, not just clinical work

The game-changer: You already have the skills to navigate uncertainty—you use them every day with clients. The challenge is applying that same wisdom to your own business growth instead of reverting to freeze, flight, or research-paralysis mode.

Bottom Line: Your business isn't broken if it feels overwhelming right now. The world is shifting, industries are evolving, and building something meaningful has always required tolerance for the unknown. Your job isn't to figure it all out before you move—it's to take the next small, true step and trust your capacity to handle whatever comes next.

🎧 Ready to stop hiding and start moving?

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here - your reviews help overwhelmed therapists find episodes like this when they need them most!

📱 Let's connect! Message me on Instagram and tell me—where are you hiding right now, and what's one micro-action you could take this week? (I read every message and love hearing your breakthroughs!) - @dr.hayleykelly

Keywords: therapist business overwhelm, uncertainty in online business, therapist entrepreneur anxiety, business decision making for therapists, overwhelmed mental health professionals, therapist business strategy, managing business anxiety, therapist burnout prevention, sustainable business growth therapists, clinical skills business application, nervous system business building, therapeutic entrepreneur support, business uncertainty navigation, therapist leadership development, mental health professional business coaching

View Details

The marketing world feels gross because most of it IS gross. But what if I told you that ethical marketing isn't just possible—it's actually your secret weapon as a therapist?

While other industries scramble to add "authenticity" to their marketing playbook, you've been practicing it your entire career. You already know how to influence ethically, build trust without manipulation, and create genuine transformation. You just didn't know it was marketing.

The uncomfortable truth: Your humility might be beautiful, but if people can't find you, it becomes a barrier to your service. In a world where louder, less-trained voices are filling the vacuum, ethical visibility isn't just smart business—it's a public health necessity.

In this essential episode, I break down:

  • Why that "icky" feeling about marketing is actually a sign of your professional integrity
  • The clinical parallels you've been missing: ACT's creative hopelessness IS ethical marketing
  • How motivational interviewing techniques translate directly to sales conversations
  • The 4 Pillars of Ethical Marketing framework (transparency, genuine value, evidence, autonomy respect)
  • Real vs. manufactured pain points—and why neuroscience backs addressing authentic struggles
  • Robert Cialdini's influence principles: when they're ethical vs. manipulative
  • Concrete examples of what NOT to do (fake scarcity, hidden pricing, manufactured urgency)
  • What ethical marketing actually sounds like in practice
  • Why "marketing as service" changes everything

The game-changer: You're not learning to market—you're learning to apply your existing clinical skills at scale. Your therapy training already taught you ethical influence, boundary management, and how to create safety and trust. Now it's time to use those superpowers to reach the people who need your help.

Bottom Line: Ethical marketing isn't about becoming someone else—it's about becoming more you, just in public. Your clinical advantage gives you everything you need to market with integrity while others manipulate their way to sales.

🎧 Ready to transform your relationship with marketing?

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here - your reviews help ethical voices reach more therapists!

📱 Let's connect! Message me on Instagram and tell me—what was your biggest takeaway from this episode? (Yes, you—I actually read every message!)

Links Mentioned in This Episode:

  • The Incubator Program - Create and launch your online course with integrity
  • Robert Cialdini's books on influence

Keywords: ethical marketing for therapists, therapist marketing strategies, clinical skills marketing, values-based business promotion, therapy practice marketing, mental health professional marketing ethics, authentic marketing for helpers, therapist visibility strategies, clinical parallels marketing, motivational interviewing sales, ethical influence techniques therapists, therapy training business skills, professional integrity marketing, transparent marketing practices, autonomy-respecting sales

View Details

You launched your program. Finally getting visible. Then it happens—colleagues start questioning your marketing, your methods, your motives.

That knot in your stomach when you see posts criticising "aggressive marketing tactics" in professional groups? Wondering if they're talking about YOU?

Here's what nobody tells you: when you do things differently, people don't react well. Not internet trolls—your peers, colleagues, even mentors.

Colleague criticism isn't a sign you're doing something wrong—it's proof you're doing something RIGHT.

This week, a Facebook post triggered hundreds of therapists by criticising marketing in our field. The irony? It used the exact tactics it condemned—creating urgency, amplifying problems, positioning the author as having the solution.

What really happened: textbook human psychology. Your innovation forces others to question their choices, making your success feel like implicit criticism of their status quo.

In this eye-opening episode, I break down:

  • Why resistance to change is hardwired into helping professions
  • The double standard: therapeutic vs. marketing techniques
  • How ACT uses "problem amplification" as core intervention—but marketing can't?
  • Real psychology behind colleague criticism when you innovate
  • How to fact-check your ethics without getting derailed by projections
  • Why stepping back to avoid criticism hurts people who need your help
  • Difference between acknowledging real problems vs. creating fake ones
  • How burnout rates and access barriers are documented realities—not marketing fabrications
  • Why your courage gives other ethical innovators permission to continue
  • Strategic frameworks for handling criticism without losing mission
  • How to pick battles and protect energy for what matters

The uncomfortable truth: Mental health field desperately needs ethical innovators willing to face criticism. Your colleagues questioning your visibility aren't your ideal clients—they're not searching at 2 AM wondering if anyone understands their struggle.

Bottom Line: If you're building something meaningful and facing criticism, take it as validation you're onto something important. The people who need your innovation aren't the ones criticising it—they're desperately hoping someone brave will step up.

🎧 Ready to handle criticism like the leader you're becoming?

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here

🚀 Build your program without burning out: https://therapistsrising.com/incubator

Keywords: therapist marketing ethics, colleague criticism therapy practice, professional evolution mental health, ethical business development therapists, innovation resistance helping professions, therapist entrepreneur challenges, therapeutic techniques marketing, mental health field transformation, therapist visibility fears, clinical expertise business applications

View Details

The digital course world just got turned upside down. While course creators panic about AI making their businesses obsolete, therapists have a massive opportunity—if they act fast.

The AI education market is exploding from $5.88 billion to $32 billion by 2030. Course creation now takes hours instead of months. Your future students already expect AI-powered, personalized learning experiences.

What if I told you that while everyone else scrambles to compete with AI, you already have the one thing machines can't replicate—the ability to facilitate real transformation?

While course creators are discovering that information doesn't create change, you've known this your entire career. You've always been a transformation guide, not an information provider. The market is finally catching up to what you've always understood.

In this game-changing episode, I reveal:

  • Why the $32 billion AI education explosion is actually GOOD news for therapists
  • How CourseAI creates courses in 2 minutes—and why this helps, not hurts you
  • The "perfect storm" about to flood the market with generic AI content
  • Why 67% of Gen Z students already expect AI-powered learning experiences
  • The Pat Flynn revelation: "Information used to be valuable because it wasn't there before"
  • How customer journeys shifted from $997 course sales to community-first models
  • Why AI can provide 24/7 support without burning you out
  • Specific tools transforming course creation: ChatGPT, Synthesia, Heights Platform
  • How we're using AI in our Incubator to help students build programs faster
  • The "hallucination" problem that could destroy your professional reputation
  • Why transparency about AI use is non-negotiable for mental health professionals
  • The 12-18 month window to get ahead of this curve
  • How to compete on clinical wisdom instead of information
  • Two strategic paths: premium human-centric vs. AI-enhanced scalability

The uncomfortable truth: Course creators built businesses on information delivery—and AI just made that obsolete. But therapists? You've always known real change happens through relationship and human connection. You're not behind—you're perfectly positioned to lead.

Bottom Line: Therapists who use AI for efficiency while doubling down on human connection will lead their niches within 18 months. Those who ignore this transformation will compete against AI-generated content with outdated models.

🎧 Ready to leverage AI without losing your humanity?

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here.

🚀 Ready to build an AI-enhanced online course? Join The Incubator: https://therapistsrising.com/incubator

Keywords: AI course creation for therapists, digital course industry transformation, AI education market trends, therapist online programs, AI tools for mental health professionals, course creation with artificial intelligence, digital transformation therapy practice, AI-powered learning platforms, online education revolution, therapist digital business models, AI content creation tools, mental health course development, therapeutic expertise vs AI, scaling therapy practice with technology, AI implementation for therapists, digital course market disruption, online learning transformation, AI education statistics 2025, therapist competitive advantage AI era, technology-enhanced therapy programs

View Details

You've built your dream practice. You're booked solid. People are telling you "You've made it!" because you have 52 people on your waitlist.

But instead of feeling successful, you're drowning. You wake up at 3am thinking about all the people you can't help. You feel guilty every time you take a day off. You're starting to realize that your "success" feels suspiciously like moral injury.

Maybe you think a full practice means you're doing everything right. Maybe you've been told that waitlists are proof of your value and expertise. Maybe you're starting to suspect that trying to save everyone individually is slowly killing you—and leaving the people who need help most behind.

What if I told you that your waitlist isn't proof you've succeeded—it's proof the system is fundamentally broken?

While we're celebrating individual capacity metrics, we're missing a profound truth: the healing model we inherited was never designed to work. We're trying to empty the ocean with a teaspoon, and then wondering why we're exhausted and people are still drowning.

In this raw, unfiltered conversation, I share a call that changed everything:

  • Why your waitlist is actually a wound in a broken system—not a badge of honour
  • The uncomfortable truth about who actually makes it off waitlists (and who gets left behind)
  • How we've been conditioned to believe healing only happens in isolation—and why that's destroying us
  • The difference between being the healer and creating conditions for healing
  • Why the math of one-person-one-hour-one-room will never add up to liberation
  • How traditional therapy recreates the same systems we're trying to heal people from
  • The moment my colleague realized she was complicit in leaving people behind
  • Why "I built my dream practice and now it feels like a nightmare" is the most honest thing anyone has said about modern therapy
  • How to shift from scarcity-based individual healing to abundance-based community transformation
  • The revolutionary idea that your value isn't in how many people you personally save
  • Why moral injury disguised as success is keeping therapists trapped and clients waiting
  • The vision of what becomes possible when we stop trying to be the sole source of healing

Bottom Line: The system that creates waitlists—that makes healing scarce, keeps people isolated, and exhausts therapists—is counting on us being too tired to imagine anything different. But your waitlist isn't your fault. Staying stuck in a system that creates it when you know there's another way? That's a choice.

Your colleague with 52 people waiting isn't failing. The system is. And maybe it's time we all chose differently.

🎧 Ready to break free from the broken system?

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here 📧

🚀 Ready to create healing that serves everyone—including you? Join other visionary therapists who are building sustainable, community-centered practices in The Incubator: https://therapistsrising.com/incubator

Keywords: therapist waitlist problems, therapy practice burnout, broken mental health system, therapist moral injury, sustainable therapy practice, community-based healing, group therapy vs individual therapy, therapist capacity issues, mental health accessibility, healing in community, therapy practice transformation, therapist overwhelm, ethical therapy practice, systemic change in mental health, liberation-based therapy, collective healing approaches

View Details

You've built the business. Maybe you've launched your first program. People are buying. Results are happening.

But instead of feeling liberated, you're staring at your toddler's naptime thinking: "I have exactly 90 minutes to move the needle on my empire... no pressure."

Maybe you think successful entrepreneurship means choosing between being a present mom or a powerful business owner.

Maybe you've tried the "hustle harder" approach, felt like you were failing at everything, and wondered if ambitious dreams are just incompatible with goldfish crackers and bedtime routines.

What if I told you that motherhood doesn't shrink your ambition—it expands it?

While we're beating ourselves up for not having the capacity we used to have, we're missing the profound transformation that's actually happening: we're learning to build sustainably, lead authentically, and create with deeper purpose than ever before.

In this episode, neurologic physical therapist and "neuropreneur" Lily Jimenez reveals:

  • Why the "terrific twos" of business mirror the terrific twos of motherhood—and how to embrace both transformations
  • The game-changing mindset shift from "balancing" to "growing alongside" your dreams
  • Her boundary system that protects presence: why she literally hides in the bathroom to check her phone
  • How to find "pocket time" that actually moves the needle (hint: it's not about finding more hours)
  • The art of letting creativity flow instead of forcing productivity on mom schedule
  • Why "doing nothing" is actually doing something for your business—and your nervous system
  • How to redefine success when your season is "mostly goldfish crackers and cuddles"
  • The power of making your children your "why" without making them your pressure
  • Practical batching strategies that honor your capacity as a licensed professional and a mom
  • Why comparing your chapter 1 to someone else's chapter 20 is stealing your joy (and momentum)

Bottom Line: The difference between mom entrepreneurs who thrive and those who burn out isn't about having more time or energy—it's about honoring the season you're in while still moving toward the vision that lights you up.

You don't have to earn your dreams by doing it all at once. You're allowed to grow small and slow. Your calling is still valid, even when your pace looks different than it used to.

🎧 Ready to redefine success on your own terms?

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here

🔗 Connect with Lily:

  • Instagram: @the_brain_pt
  • Website: thebrainpt.com
  • Build Your Neuro Brand Bootcamp: thebrainpt.com/bynb (July 30-August 10)

🚀 Ready to build a business that grows with you, not against you? Join other visionary therapists in The Incubator: https://therapistsrising.com/incubator

Keywords: motherhood and entrepreneurship, mom entrepreneur balance, therapist mother business owner, building business with kids, entrepreneur mom guilt, sustainable business growth for moms, working mom entrepreneur tips, physical therapist entrepreneur, healthcare professional mother, balancing motherhood and career, mom entrepreneur mindset, neurologic physical therapy business, female entrepreneur with children, therapist work life balance, entrepreneurial motherhood

View Details

You’ve created your goals for the year, you have everything planned out. You know when all of your items need to be completed. But you don't seem to be making any progress. You cannot reach these goals. Life throws up unexpected items to derail your plan.

What if you were given permission to adapt, to adjust your plan?

This afternoon, our well‑crafted episode plan took a rain check—because life and capacity have their own ideas sometimes. Today, I (Rob Kelly) am stepping in behind the mic, not as backup, but as a real‑time model of adaptability in action. No fluff. No script. Just transparency about when the plan meets reality.

In this episode, I cover:

  • Capacity breakdown: how breaking goals into tasks, estimating time, and weekly blocking reveals where we’ve overscheduled ourselves.
  • The pivot moment: despite a capacity-matched plan, today we needed an adjustment—and that became a strategic move.
  • Strategy vs. rigidity: why adaptability matters more than blindly sticking to a plan.
  • Frozen 2 moment: “the next right thing” is more than a quote—it’s a survival (and success) tool.
  • Invitation to listeners: permission to pause, pivot, and make the next right move.

Tune in to Learn what happens when vision collides with weekly reality.

Your Homework:

  1. Read the Signals: Notice if tasks consistently don’t get completed due to a lack of time - this is an intentional checkpoint, not a sign you’re behind.
  2. Give Yourself Permission: Even capacity-aligned plans can shift—and that’s strategic, not shameful.
  3. Choose the Next Right Step: When overwhelmed, clarity trumps chaos. One step is all you need to move forward.

🎧 Love this episode?

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts Click here
Follow so you don’t miss future episodes!

🔗 Connect:

💬 Drop a Hayley a DM on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly - she reads every message (trust me, I see her do it)!
🎙 More episodes: therapistsrising.com/podcast

View Details

You've been avoiding it, haven't you? That little blue LinkedIn notification sitting in your email inbox, taunting you with connection requests you never respond to.

Maybe you think LinkedIn is just for corporate salespeople in suits, not compassionate healers like you.

Maybe you've tried posting once or twice, felt like a fraud trying to "market yourself," and promptly retreated back to the safety of your private practice bubble.

What if I told you that avoiding LinkedIn isn't protecting your authenticity—it's limiting your impact?

While we stay invisible on the one platform where our ideal referral partners are actively looking for us, we're missing conversations and opportunities that could transform our practices.

In this episode, LinkedIn expert Brenda Meller reveals:

  • Why LinkedIn is actually the PERFECT platform for therapists (professional relationships, not personal oversharing)
  • The "Social Media Pie" philosophy that reframes networking from taking to giving
  • Her game-changing 15-minute daily strategy that even the busiest therapists can maintain
  • The 80/20 rule for posting that eliminates the "salesy" feeling entirely
  • How to optimize your profile to attract referral partners (not just clients)
  • Why "netgiving" beats networking every time—and how to do it authentically
  • The algorithm secrets that make your content actually get seen by the right people
  • Specific engagement techniques that build social media karma and reciprocity

Bottom Line: The difference between therapists who have thriving referral networks and those who struggle in isolation isn't clinical skills—it's the willingness to show up professionally and build authentic relationships.

🎧 Ready to build your professional presence without compromising your values?

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here

🔗 Brenda's Resources:

  • 15-Minute LinkedIn Daily Plan: https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/focused-linkedin-daily-plan-your-profile-brenda-meller--qecoe/
  • LinkedIn Checklists: https://www.mellermarketing.com/checklists
  • 15 LinkedIn Profile Tips: https://www.mellermarketing.com/list
  • YouTube: https://youtube.com/@brendamellermarketing
  • Podcast: https://enthusiasticallyselfemployed.buzzsprout.com

🚀 Ready to diversify your practice? therapistsrising.com/incubator

Keywords: LinkedIn for therapists, therapist professional networking, LinkedIn strategy for mental health professionals, therapist referral marketing, professional visibility for therapists, authentic networking for therapists, therapist business development, LinkedIn for healthcare professionals, therapist practice marketing, mental health professional networking, LinkedIn marketing without being salesy

View Details

You've felt it, haven't you? That creeping realization that the therapy world you trained for is disappearing faster than you can adapt.

Maybe you've watched TikTok "healers" with zero qualifications book out $2000 programs while you're drowning in twelve-month waitlists and Medicare paperwork.

Maybe you've seen colleagues burn out, leave the profession, or settle for jobs that barely pay the bills—despite having skills that could transform lives at scale.

What if I told you that staying in your lane isn't protecting your career—it's limiting it?

While we follow every rule and stay perfectly compliant, the world around us is shifting at lightning speed. But here's what I know: you don't have to watch from the sidelines while everything changes around you.

In this episode, I reveal:

  • Why your clinical training is actually your innovation advantage (not a business liability)
  • The identity shift from "just a therapist" to therapeutic innovator that unlocks new possibilities
  • How one OT went from maternity leave panic to earning more than her clinic job in 6 months
  • The 20% rule that creates revenue resilience without abandoning your clinical work
  • Real math: how a simple 4-week group program can generate $8K annually in additional income
  • The ethical visibility framework that gets you found without getting you in trouble with registration boards
  • The three-sentence future bio exercise that clarifies your next-level positioning
  • Micro-actions you can implement this week (not someday when you have more time)

Bottom Line: The difference between therapists who thrive in the next decade and those who get left behind isn't clinical skills—we've all got those. It's the willingness to evolve your identity, diversify your revenue, and show up visibly in service of the people who need your help.

🎧 Ready to future-proof your practice? Here's how to take action:

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here and tell me which shift resonates most with your situation

Follow so you don't miss future episodes!

🔗 Links & Resources

🚀 Ready to build a practice that works for the world we're actually living in? Learn about The Incubator — where therapists become therapeutic innovators: therapistsrising.com/incubator

📲 Connect with me: @dr.hayleykelly

🎙 More episodes: therapistsrising.com/podcast

Keywords: future proof therapy practice, therapist entrepreneurship, therapy business diversification, therapist revenue streams, online therapy programs, therapy practice sustainability, therapist business skills, mental health innovation, therapy practice evolution, clinical skills business application, therapist professional development, therapy industry changes, therapeutic entrepreneurship, therapist income diversification, therapy practice modernization, mental health business strategies, therapist career pivot, therapy practice resilience, therapeutic innovation strategies, therapist business growth

View Details

You've been feeling it too, haven't you? That sense that something is deeply wrong with our mental health system.

Maybe you've drafted posts about impossible caseloads or regulations that harm more than they help.

But every time you go to hit publish, you stop. What if this gets back to my employer? What if speaking up puts everything at risk?

Two weeks ago, I stopped asking "what if" and found out exactly what happens when a therapist refuses to stay quiet. I got banned from LinkedIn. Twice. Not for being unprofessional—but for telling the truth about a system that's failing us.

This episode isn't about my LinkedIn drama. It's about the choice every therapist faces: stay safe and silent, or speak up and face the consequences.

In this episode, I share:

  • The exact post that got me banned (and why 200,000 people resonated with it)
  • What happened when I tried to appeal—and why creating a new account got me banned again within hours
  • The real reason this isn't about platform policies or community guidelines
  • How David Dinca's NDIS post made national news and what it reveals about systematic silencing
  • Dr. Nat Green's courageous stand on medical gaslighting and complaint systems that retraumatize
  • Why my neurodivergent brain responded to being told "you can't" by getting louder, not quieter
  • The 45 minutes I considered making myself smaller—and what pulled me back
  • What resistance with integrity looks like when the system punishes reform
  • Why this moment clarified rather than crushed my mission

Bottom Line: The mental health system will not reform itself. Permission to speak up isn't coming. The cost of waiting for someone else to fix what's broken is too high—for us and for those who need our help.

🎧 Love this episode? Here's how to help it reach more therapists:

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here and share what truth you've been too scared to speak
Follow so you never miss an Unmasked Monthly Musing where I tell you what really happens behind the scenes
Share with any therapist who's tired of whispering about things that should be shouted from rooftops

🔗 Links & Mentions

🔥 Ready to stop playing small with other therapists who refuse to be silenced? Learn about The Incubator — where we build businesses that disrupt systems instead of serving them: therapistsrising.com/incubator

📲 Follow me (while they let me): @dr.hayleykelly
🎙 More truth-telling: therapistsrising.com/podcast

Featured voices:

  • David Dinca - Psychologist whose NDIS post went viral and made national news
  • Dr. Nat Green - Medical professional speaking out about gaslighting and harmful complaint systems. Listen to her powerful episode here.

Keywords: LinkedIn ban therapist, mental health censorship, therapist speaking up, overregulation mental health, therapist burnout advocacy, professional platform restrictions, therapist activism, therapeutic reform movement, mental health professional silencing, medical gaslighting awareness, therapist truth telling, platform censorship mental health, therapeutic field corruption, therapist voice suppression, therapist reform activism

View Details

You've created an incredible program. You have valuable insights to share. You know your work could help so many people.

But every time you go to hit 'publish' on that post about your offer, you freeze.

What if someone reports me? What if I say the wrong thing? What if this puts my registration at risk?

If this sounds familiar, you're not alone. Almost every therapist I work with struggles with visibility fear — especially when they're moving beyond traditional therapy into coaching, online programs, or digital offerings.

Today, I'm sharing the exact 3-step framework I use with therapists to help them stay visible online without compromising their safety, values, or professional registration.

This isn't about throwing caution to the wind. It's about building clarity and courage so you can show up authentically while staying compliant and confident.

In this episode, I share:

  • Why visibility fear is actually your nervous system trying to protect you (and why hiding doesn't serve anyone)
  • The Visibility Safety Ladder Framework: 3 simple steps to post with confidence
  • How to ground your intention before writing any content
  • The hierarchy of safety in content types (stories vs. advice, experience vs. instruction)
  • Visibility anchors: how to help your audience know which professional hat you're wearing
  • Real examples of safe vs. risky language when promoting your work online
  • Why ambiguity breeds anxiety (for you and your readers)
  • One simple action step to practice safer visibility this week

Bottom Line: Your voice matters, your work matters, and there are people who need to hear exactly what you have to say. Don't let fear keep them from finding you.

🎧 Love this episode? Here's how to help it reach more therapists:

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here and tell me your biggest visibility fear
Follow so you don't miss future episodes about building ethical, sustainable therapy businesses
Share with therapists who are struggling with visibility fears

🔗 Links & Mentions

🚀 Ready for supported visibility practice? Learn more about the Incubator — where therapists practice showing up safely in community: therapistsrising.com/incubator

📲 Follow me: @dr.hayleykelly
🎙 Past episodes: therapistsrising.com/podcast

Keywords: therapist marketing ethics, therapist social media compliance, AHPRA social media guidelines, therapist visibility fear, ethical therapist marketing, therapist online presence, therapy to coaching transition, therapist registration safety, professional boundaries online, therapist content creation, ethical business promotion for therapists, therapist social media anxiety, therapy marketing compliance, professional visibility for therapists, therapist online marketing guidelines, ethical promotion strategies therapists, therapist business visibility, mental health professional marketing, therapist content strategy, therapy practice promotion

View Details

A 19-year-old client sits on his couch staring at a wall for 8 hours a day. He's been in therapy for two years. He's planned his suicide for his 20th birthday. Traditional therapy isn't working.

Three ketamine sessions later, he's dating someone, has a job, and is learning to snowboard.

This isn't a miracle story. It's Tuesday for Dori Lewis.

In this eye-opening conversation, I sit down with Dori Lewis — licensed professional counselor, clinical supervisor, and co-founder of Elemental Psychedelics, one of Colorado's first DORA-approved psychedelic training programs.

Dori's journey began with her own psychedelic trauma — being given DMT without consent, then spending four months in Asia integrating the experience. That traumatic weekend forged her into one of the most ethically-grounded voices in psychedelic medicine.

From facilitating nearly 100 ketamine sessions to training psilocybin facilitators, Dori lives at the intersection of ancient wisdom and modern therapy. She's not here to sell you on psychedelics — she's here to give you the unfiltered truth about what this work really entails.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • The client case that changed everything: 2 years of stalled therapy to breakthrough in 3 ketamine sessions
  • Dori's trauma story: DMT without consent and the Asia integration journey that birthed her practice
  • What happens in an 8-hour psilocybin session (the real, unfiltered process)
  • Why mushrooms "amplify everything in the unseen realm" and what that means for training
  • Cultural appropriation: how to honor spirituality without crossing ethical lines
  • Australia vs. America: $25,000 psychiatrist-only model vs. Colorado's $800-2000 sliding scale
  • Screening criteria: who should (and shouldn't) do psychedelic therapy
  • The dark side: narcissism amplification and harm from unskilled facilitators
  • Colorado's personal use model: grow, gift, and consume mushrooms legally

Bottom Line: Psychedelic therapy isn't replacing traditional therapy — it's amplifying it. But only with proper training, ethical foundations, and deep respect for holding altered states.

🎧 Love this episode? Here's how to help it reach more therapists:

Rate & Review on Apple Podcasts here and tell me what surprised you most
Follow so you don't miss future episodes about evolving mental health practice
Share with therapists curious about psychedelics but don't know where to start

🔗 Links & Mentions

🍄 Connect with Dori Lewis:
Website: reflectivehealing.com
Training: elementalpsychedelics.com
FREE Webinar: "Myths and Misconceptions About Psilocybin" — July 7th, Register here.

📲 Follow me: @dr.hayleykelly
🎙 Past episodes: therapistsrising.com/podcast

Keywords: psychedelic therapy training, psilocybin therapy, ketamine assisted psychotherapy, psychedelic facilitator training, Colorado psilocybin law, psychedelic therapy ethics, psychedelic therapy screening, ketamine therapy for depression, psychedelic integration therapy, elemental psychedelics Colorado, DORA approved psychedelic training, psychedelic healing centers, cultural appropriation psychedelics, therapist psychedelic training, underground psychedelic therapy, psychedelic therapy safety, psychedelic therapy business model, therapist career diversification

View Details

You've launched your signature program. You know it works. But there's a massive gap between people saying "I'm interested" and actually pulling out their credit card for $2,000.

What if there's a way to bridge that gap—not by discounting your course—but by creating "quick win offers" that actually make people MORE likely to buy your signature program?

Welcome back to Tuesday Tiny Wins—where we get straight to the point with one tool you can implement TODAY.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • The trust recession: Why people need proof before investing $2,000
  • What quick win offers actually are (and what they're NOT)
  • The gateway strategy: Why solving their biggest problem is wrong
  • The 4-step sequence that turns $27 customers into $2,000 clients
  • Real examples showing exactly how this works
  • Step-by-step plan to create your offer this week
  • Therapist considerations: scope of practice, pricing, ethics

The Gateway Strategy That Changes Everything:

Wrong: Try to solve their biggest problem in a mini offer
Right: Solve a gateway problem that reveals how much bigger their issue is

The 4-Step Sequence:

  1. Buy quick win offer (solve immediate problem)
  2. Use technique—it works (build trust)
  3. Realize: "This problem is bigger than I thought"
  4. Your signature program becomes exactly what they need

Your Action Plan:

Step 1: Identify Gateway Problem (20 minutes)

  • What transformation does your big program create?
  • What smaller problem do they need to solve FIRST?
  • What gives them a quick win AND shows the bigger pattern?

Step 2: Create Your Title (30 minutes)

Formula: The [time] [method] that [solves problem] in [situation]

Step 3: Outline Content (2-3 hours)

  • Lesson 1: Why this problem happens
  • Lesson 2: Exact technique to solve it
  • Lesson 3: When to use it + bigger picture

Therapist Considerations:

Scope: Keep it psychoeducational—teaching skills, not therapy
Pricing: $17-$47 for first quick win offer
Ethics: Clear disclaimers about educational content

Your Homework:

  1. Today: Identify your gateway problem
  2. DM me on Instagram with your gateway problem—commitment makes it real

🎧 Love this episode?

Rate & Review: Click here
Follow the show for more Tuesday Tiny Wins
Share with a therapist friend struggling with the "interested but not invested" gap

🔗 Connect:

📱 Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly
💬 DM your gateway problem — I read every message!
🎙 More episodes: therapistsrising.com/podcast

Keywords: therapist mini offers, low-cost digital products, gateway strategy, quick win offers, therapist marketing, signature program pre-sell, therapy business model, trust recession, therapist pricing strategy

View Details

The system you dedicated your career to was designed wrong from the beginning. Not broken — designed wrong.

970 million people globally need mental health support. We have approximately 1 million mental health professionals. The math isn't just broken — it reveals a system that was never built to serve the people who need it most.

In this paradigm-shifting episode, I expose the uncomfortable truth: Mental Health 1.0 was designed for social control. Mental Health 2.0 was designed for good intentions. But Mental Health 3.0 — what I'm describing today — is the first paradigm being designed for actual results.

While mental health professionals burn out trying to fix unfixable systems, tech companies are building Mental Health 3.0 solutions without us. The question isn't whether this transformation will happen. It's whether you'll help build it... or watch someone else do it.

In this episode, we unpack:

  • The Design Flaw Revelation — Why Mental Health 1.0 (asylums) and 2.0 (community care) created invisible problems while solving visible ones
  • The Current Collapse — Real data on 100+ day wait times, provider exodus, and technology filling gaps while professionals burn out
  • Mental Health 3.0 Framework — The educational revolution training therapeutic innovators who design community solutions, not just individual therapy
  • The Training Gap Crisis — Why medical schools teach healthcare entrepreneurship while psychology programs still train for Mental Health 2.0
  • The Narrow Window — Why early movers will have massive advantages in the coming transformation

The Five Mental Health 3.0 Principles:

  1. Proactive, not reactive — Identify community needs before crises emerge
  2. Population-scale, not individual-focused — Design interventions reaching thousands simultaneously
  3. Technology-enabled, not technology-resistant — Use digital tools to amplify human expertise
  4. Prevention-based, not crisis-driven — Invest in keeping people well
  5. Economically sustainable — Create models that scale efficiently

Bottom Line: Early movers will have massive advantages. Late adopters will be following someone else's vision of the future you could have helped create.

🎧 Ready to be part of the Mental Health 3.0 revolution?

Rate & Review — Help other professionals discover this paradigm shift. Tap here for Apple Podcasts.

Share — Text this to therapists ready to think beyond traditional practice models.

🔗 Connect: Instagram @dr.hayleykelly | LinkedIn: Dr. Hayley Kelly | therapistsrising.com

Keywords: Mental Health 3.0, therapeutic innovation, mental health workforce crisis, therapy system transformation, community mental health innovation, therapeutic innovator, mental health revolution, therapy practice evolution

View Details

You were trained to stay quiet. To follow rules written for a world that no longer exists. To accept that your expertise should be sanitized into beige compliance.

But what if everything you've been told about "staying safe" is actually keeping you small?

In this raw, unfiltered episode, I pull back the curtain on what happened after my viral LinkedIn post broke the internet — and more importantly, what it revealed about the quiet revolution already happening in mental health.

When therapists get investigated for posting anxiety tips while unqualified influencers sell $2,000 "trauma healing" courses, something is deeply broken. But buried in the 1,000+ shares and hundreds of comments was proof that change isn't coming, it's already here.

If you've ever felt like the system is working against you instead of for you, this episode will show you exactly how to be part of the solution.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • The 3am truth that sparked a viral movement (and what 1,000 shares really revealed)
  • Why therapists are uniquely positioned to lead the mental health revolution
  • The three types of quiet revolutionaries already changing the system from within
  • Pattern #1: The Permission-Takers — how to stop asking "am I allowed?" and start asking "how do I do this safely?"
  • Pattern #2: The System Hackers — reframing your expertise to work within (and around) outdated regulations
  • Pattern #3: The Bridge-Builders — creating solutions for communities the system has forgotten
  • Three small actions you can take TODAY to join the revolution (no committee approval required)

The Three Revolutionary Actions:

  1. Ask Better Supervision Questions — Transform compliance theater into collaborative courage labs
  2. Rewrite One Tiny Policy — Reclaim your authority to create policies that actually serve humans
  3. Break the Silence — Name system failures when they harm your clients (it's not unprofessional, it's honest)

Bottom Line: The revolution isn't happening in boardrooms or policy committees. It's happening with practitioners who care more about impact than approval. Who choose to be first, not perfect.

🎧 Love this episode? Here's how to help it reach more therapists who need to hear this:

Rate & Review the Show Scroll down on Apple Podcasts here and tap to leave a 5-star rating Click "Write a Review" and tell me which revolutionary action you're committing to this week

Follow for Future Episodes Hit that follow button so you don't miss Episode 202: "The Three Types of Therapists (And Why Only One Survives What's Coming)"

Share the episode Text it to a therapist friend who's tired of pretending everything is fine. Or share on socials with: "This episode gave me permission to stop waiting for permission."

🔗 Links & Mentions

📱 Connect with me: Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly LinkedIn: Dr. Hayley Kelly

📚 Mentioned in this episode:

  • The viral LinkedIn post that started it all

Keywords: mental health revolution, therapist revolution, mental health system broken, mental health innovation, therapy system change, therapist leadership, therapy supervision questions, therapist policy changes, mental health system failures, therapist courage, mental health reform, therapist empowerment, therapy practice innovation, therapist authenticity

View Details

You were trained to think psychology equals therapy chair. To believe "business skills" are something other people have. To accept that your expertise stops at the consulting room door.

But what if everything you've been told about your limitations is wrong?

In this game-changing conversation, I sit down with Carly Fisher — registered psychologist, government executive, board director, and living proof that therapists possess the exact skills businesses pay consultants millions for.

Carly went from a 190-person therapy waitlist in rural Australia to making strategic decisions for million-dollar organisations. She didn't get an MBA to "fix" her psychology background — she got it to amplify the superpowers she already had.

If you've ever thought "I'm just a therapist — I don't have business skills" — this conversation will shatter every limiting belief you've been carrying.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • Why a 190-person waitlist became a strategic career pivot instead of overwhelming pressure
  • The MBA decision: building credibility to sit at tables where million-dollar decisions get made
  • The 4 superpowers every therapist has that businesses desperately need (but don't know how to ask for)
  • Why case formulation is strategic planning in disguise
  • The ethical line between therapy and executive coaching
  • Step-by-step pathway from therapy practice to organisational consulting
  • The biggest mistakes therapists make when transitioning to business work

The Four Therapist Superpowers:

  1. Analytical skills and objectivity — evidence-based decisions under pressure
  2. Adapting to change — constant pivoting and resilience
  3. Influencing and persuading — reading humans and adjusting in real-time
  4. Risk assessment and control — identifying problems before they explode

Bottom Line: You don't need to learn new skills. You need to learn how to translate the ones you already have.

🎧 Love this episode? Here's how to help it reach more therapists who need to hear this:

Rate & Review the Show
Scroll down on Apple Podcasts here and tap to leave a 5-star rating
Click "Write a Review" and tell me which of the 4 superpowers hit you hardest

Follow for Future Episodes
Hit that follow button so you don't miss next week's episode on the systems thinking revolution happening in therapy

Share the episode
Text it to a therapist friend who needs to stop saying "I'm just a therapist." Or share on socials with: "This episode completely changed how I see my training."

🔗 Links & Mentions

📱 Connect with Carly Fisher:
Instagram: @thebusinessstrategist
Website: thebusinessstrategist.org

📲 Follow me: @dr.hayleykelly
💬 DM me — tell me which superpower you're ready to claim. I read every message.
🎙 Listen to past episodes: therapistsrising.com/podcast

Keywords: therapist business skills, psychology to business transition, therapist career change, case formulation strategic planning, therapist superpowers, psychology business consulting, therapist executive roles, therapy skills transferable, psychologist board director, rural business strategy, therapist MBA, psychology organizational development, mental health business opportunities, therapist entrepreneur, therapy to consulting pathway

View Details

You were trained to be ethical. To follow the rules. To keep yourself out of the spotlight and let the system guide the way.

But what happens when the system itself is no longer fit for purpose?

In this milestone episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on a truth I’ve been sitting with for a long time — and the reckoning that finally made me say, “I can’t keep pretending this is working.” This isn’t a celebration. It’s a confession. A call to those of us who’ve felt the discomfort of playing small while the field we love becomes harder to recognize.

You’ll hear the story behind my 2016 keynote that went silent, the inner war between staying beloved and speaking what’s true, and the unignorable patterns I’ve witnessed after mentoring hundreds of therapists trying to do business ethically — but innovatively — in a profession that resists both.

If you've ever wondered:

  • Is it just me, or is the system actually broken?
  • Why does it feel like there’s no room for nuance or newness anymore?
  • Can I still be a therapist if I want to burn the rulebook?

…this one’s for you.

In this episode, I discuss:

  • The therapist identity crisis: why staying safe often means staying silent
  • How outdated ethical codes are strangling innovation and visibility
  • The story of a therapist being investigated for a Mental Health Week post — and why it’s not an outlier
  • What happened after my 2016 keynote — and why I buried the leadership part of me for years
  • The psychic split between scaling a beloved brand and stepping into disruptive truth
  • Why the future of mental health is being built outside our profession — and why that terrifies me
  • The real patterns I can’t unsee anymore: watered-down offers, clinician burnout, unethical wellness gurus going unchecked
  • A soft reveal of the Mental Health 3.0 Compass — not a product, but a new lens to see what’s next
  • A call to those who feel “too much to be seen, but too big to stay small”

If you’ve ever felt like you’re breaking some invisible contract just by wanting more — more impact, more honesty, more space to grow — this is the episode that will name what you’ve been carrying.

🎧 Love this episode? Here’s how to help it reach more therapists:

Rate & Review the Show
Scroll down on Apple Podcasts here and tap to leave a 5-star rating
Click “Write a Review” and tell me what stirred something in you

Follow for Future Episodes
Hit that follow button so you don’t miss next week’s deep dive into AI, consumer shifts, and what the future of digital offers actually requires

Share the episode
Text it to a therapist friend. Drop it in your supervision group. Or share it on socials with the line:
“This episode cracked me wide open.”

🔗 Links & Mentions

📲 Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly
💬 DM me — tell me what this episode stirred up. I read every message.
🎙 Listen to past episodes at therapistsrising.com/podcast

Keywords: therapist business evolution, mental health system broken, fear of visibility therapy, ethical marketing for therapists, scaling therapy business, therapist identity crisis, therapy innovation, Mental Health 3.0, therapy ethics vs visibility, burnout in private practice, alternative therapist business models

View Details

Ever find yourself sabotaging your own success the moment things start working? Yeah, I see you there - saying no to opportunities that could expand your reach, undercharging like it's a badge of honor, or suddenly deciding your perfectly good program needs to be "better" before you can launch it.

Here's the thing nobody talks about in our field: you're not afraid of failing. You're terrified of succeeding. And after working with hundreds of therapists trying to break free from the traditional one-to-one model, I can tell you this fear is keeping some of the most talented, ethical practitioners I know playing impossibly small.

In this episode, I'm getting real about fear of success - the hidden saboteur that's probably running way more of your business decisions than you realize. I share my own story about watching my dad's version of "success" (spoiler: it involved never being home and a stressed-out family), and why I unconsciously decided I wanted nothing to do with that life.

Whether you're stuck in pricing guilt, marketing resistance, or that voice saying "who am I to charge premium rates," this episode gives you the psychological insights and practical tools to rewrite your success story without becoming someone you hate.

Today, I discuss:

  • Why fear of success hits therapists harder than other entrepreneurs (and why our helper identity makes scaling feel like betrayal)
  • The unconscious "success contracts" you inherited from childhood that are limiting your growth right now
  • How I realized my terror of becoming my workaholic father was keeping me from building the impact-driven business I actually wanted
  • The real cost of staying small - and why your success fear is literally hurting the people you're meant to serve
  • How success anxiety shows up: endless program tweaking, "opportunity amnesia," and that mysterious tech failure right before launches
  • Why attachment styles, trauma, and neurodivergence can make success feel genuinely dangerous
  • The difference between fear-driven success (hello, burnout culture) and purpose-driven success (sustainable impact that doesn't destroy your life)
  • Practical reframes to shift from "I'm being salesy" to "I'm making it easier for my ideal clients to find me"
  • Small experiments to build your success tolerance without overwhelming your nervous system

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? Let me know! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to ditch the martyrdom and build sustainable, profitable practices that actually serve them.

Here's how:

  • Click here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars
  • Select "Write a Review" and tell me what hit home for you!
  • Hit that follow button if you haven't already - I've got more myth-busting, industry-disrupting episodes coming your way

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Ready to heal your relationship with success and build a practice that serves you AND your mission? Learn more about the Therapists Rising Incubator here
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for more real talk about building ethical, profitable therapy businesses
  • DM me on Instagram - seriously, I want to hear what this episode stirred up and which small experiment you're brave enough to try this week

Keywords: fear of success, therapist entrepreneur, scaling therapy practice, diversifying income, pricing guilt, marketing resistance, sustainable success, therapy business growth, imposter syndrome, breaking traditional therapy models

View Details

It's 8 PM. You finished seeing clients hours ago, but you're still at your computer responding to course emails, updating social media, and planning next quarter's strategy.

Every decision runs through you. Every problem lands on your desk. Your business literally cannot breathe without you.

If that sounds familiar—if you've become the center of everything in your business—this isn't a sign you're doing something wrong. It's proof that what you've built actually works.

This is the final episode of our From Therapist to Visionary mini-series, where we're talking about the transition every successful therapist-entrepreneur faces: moving from being the engine of your business to being the visionary who guides it.

What You'll Learn:

  • How to identify the 4 main bottleneck areas that trap therapists (admin overload, client dependency, marketing hesitancy, decision paralysis)
  • Why your nervous system responses (fight, flight, freeze, fawn) create operational bottlenecks—and how to work with them
  • The 2 biggest challenges in transitioning to visionary leadership (identity shift and letting go)
  • 4 practical steps to evolve from doer to leader without losing your soul
  • How to audit what only you can do vs. what can be delegated or systematized
  • Why creating "visionary time" blocks will transform your business

This Episode is for You If:

→ You're holding everything together but feeling overwhelmed
→ Your business depends entirely on your personal availability
→ You want to step into leadership but don't know how to let go
→ You're ready to move from surviving to thriving as a business owner

Your 4-Step Action Plan:

  1. Audit what only you can do - Task inventory to identify what truly requires your voice/vision
  2. Shift your calendar - Add visionary time blocks, stop perpetual availability
  3. Create decision pathways - Define what you own vs. what your team can lead
  4. Define your "enough" leadership model - How much do you want to hold? How do you want to lead?

Links & Resources:

🧭 Ready to transition from bottleneck to visionary? Apply for a clarity call to explore The Collective—our mastermind designed specifically for therapists stepping into leadership.

📱 Want more mini-series like this? DM me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly with topics you'd love me to deep dive into!

⭐️ Rate, Review, & Follow

If this series helped you see that being the center of everything isn't failure—it's readiness—I'd love to hear about it in a review.

✔️ Rate with five stars
📝 Write a quick review about your biggest takeaway from this series
🔔 Hit Follow for future deep dives into building ethical, sustainable businesses

Keywords: therapist business leadership, operational bottlenecks, visionary leadership, therapist entrepreneur, nervous system business, delegation strategies, sustainable business growth

View Details

You want to grow. You want to reach more people, serve more deeply, make your work financially sustainable.

But not if it costs your values. Not if it fries your nervous system. Not if it costs your soul.

If you've ever watched other practitioners scale their businesses and thought, "I want to grow, but not like that" - this episode is for you.

This is Episode 3 of our From Therapist to Visionary mini-series, where we're tackling the biggest fear of all: scaling without selling out.

What You'll Learn:

  • The unspoken fears therapists carry around growth and why visibility feels dangerous
  • 3 ethical traps that sabotage well-meaning therapists when scaling
  • What "scaling" actually means (hint: it's not just more sales)
  • How to define your own version of "enough" before someone else does
  • Programs that honor your capacity and pricing that balances access with sustainability
  • The Scaling with Soul Self-Audit to ensure your growth aligns with your values

This Episode is for You If:

→ You want to grow but are terrified of "selling out"
→ You've seen other practitioners scale in ways that felt wrong
→ You're ready to scale on your own terms, not someone else's blueprint

The Scaling with Soul Self-Audit:

  1. What am I scaling for?
  2. What does "enough" look like for me?
  3. Do my current offers, pricing, and support match my nervous system and values?

Links & Resources:

🧭 Ready to scale with soul intact? Apply for a clarity call to explore The Collective—our mastermind for ethical, sustainable growth.

📱 Connect on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly

⭐️ Rate, Review, & Follow

If this episode gave you permission to grow authentically, I'd love to hear about it in a review.

✔️ Rate with five stars
📝 Write a quick review
🔔 Hit Follow for Episode 4!

Keywords: ethical scaling for therapists, trauma informed business growth, sustainable scaling strategies, nervous system informed business

View Details

Your calendar is overwhelming. Your nervous system is fried. Every decision - from what email to send to whether you should hire someone - feels exhausting.

And every piece of business advice tells you to "step into your CEO energy" or "think like a boss"... but that feels completely wrong in your body.

What if the problem isn't that you're not cut out for leadership? What if the problem is that you've only been shown one model of what leadership looks like—and it sucks?

This is Episode 2 of our From Therapist to Visionary mini-series, where we're reframing leadership into language and structures that actually honour your therapist's heart and nervous system.

Because here's the truth: you ARE already a leader. You're just not leading like yourself yet.

What You'll Learn in This Episode:

  • Why traditional CEO models are toxic for therapists How hustle culture gaslights you into believing burnout equals success - and why your resistance is actually wisdom.
  • The real reason "CEO" feels like a dirty word (And why that's good news!) Your discomfort with extractive leadership is your superpower.
  • Why the world needs therapists to lead NOW If you don't step into leadership, coaches with no trauma training will. Your resistance to power is what makes you trustworthy to hold it.
  • The clinical skills you already have that translate to CEO-level leadership Case formulation = strategic planning. Dual awareness = managing complexity. Boundaries = sustainable delegation.
  • A therapist-safe decision-making framework Values × Capacity × Vision—how to make choices that honour your nervous system and long-term vision.

This Episode is for You If:

→ The word "CEO" makes you want to hide under a blanket
→ You're drowning in decisions but every choice feels exhausting
→ You want to lead ethically without burning out
→ You're tired of business advice that ignores your nervous system
→ You know you need to step into leadership but don't know how to do it authentically
→ You're ready to make decisions from alignment instead of urgency

Key Takeaways:

✨ Your resistance to traditional leadership models is wisdom, not weakness
✨ You already have CEO-level skills—you just need to recognize them
✨ The world desperately needs leaders who understand nervous system regulation, power dynamics, and ethics
✨ Sustainable leadership feels spacious in your body, not contractive
✨ The best decisions align with your values, capacity, AND vision

Links & Resources Mentioned:

🧭 Ready to step into nervous system-safe leadership? Apply for a clarity call to explore The Collective—our high-level mastermind where therapists learn to lead with structure, strategy, and soul intact.

📱 Connect with me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for behind-the-scenes insights and real talk about building ethical businesses.

⭐️ Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode helped you see your leadership potential in a new light—if it gave you permission to lead like yourself instead of someone else—I'd be so grateful if you'd share that in a review.

Your words help other therapists find this show and realize they don't have to choose between success and their soul.

Here's how to support the show:
✔️ Click here to rate with five stars
📝 Write a quick review—what shifted for you in this episode?
🔔 Hit Follow so you catch Episode 3: Scaling Without Selling Out

View Details

You did it.

You mapped the modules. Built the curriculum. Maybe even sold out your first launch.
Your course, program, or offer is live—and people actually bought it.

So… why do you feel so weird?

If you’re standing in that liminal space between relief and restlessness, pride and paralysis—you’re not broken. You’re expanding.

This episode kicks off our 4-part mini-series From Therapist to Visionary—an unfiltered exploration of what it really takes to scale your business as a values-led therapist.
In this first episode of 4, we’re unpacking what happens after you launch: the identity disorientation, the emotional crash, and the question no one preps you for…

“Now what?”

Because this next level?
It’s not about doing more. It’s about becoming someone new.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:

  • Why the post-launch “dip” is a normal (and necessary) part of growth
    You’re not self-sabotaging—you’re recalibrating.
  • How success can trigger stuckness
    Why pride and paralysis often show up together—and what that means for your nervous system.
  • The myth of “just scale it” and why it’s not that simple
    More sales ≠ more sustainability if your business still relies on burnout to function.
  • How to know if you’ve built a job… or a business
    Signs you’ve recreated your therapy room in digital form—and how to shift into CEO energy.
  • The real work of scaling: identity, structure, and sovereignty
    Why your next chapter isn’t about tweaking a funnel—it’s about rewriting your role.

This Episode is for You If:

→ You’ve launched your program and are now feeling stuck, unclear, or low-key resentful
→ You’re wondering if you’ve built something sustainable—or just a new version of overgiving
→ You want to grow, but don’t know what “growth” should actually look like
→ You’re craving a business that honors your nervous system—not one that keeps you in survival mode
→ You’re ready to step into leadership—but need a container to hold you, too

Links & Resources Mentioned:

🧭 Ready to build a regenerative business that scales without self-sacrifice?
Send me a DM on Instagram to find out more about The Collective — our high-level mastermind for therapists who are ready to lead with structure, strategy, and soul.

⭐️ Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode landed for you—if it brought clarity, permission, or just a deep exhale—I’d love to hear from you.

Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are building bold, ethical businesses that don’t compromise who they are.

Here’s how to support the show:
✔️ Head here and tap to rate with five stars
📝 Write a quick review—what resonated most?
🔔 Hit Follow so you don’t miss the next episode in this series

Because the next version of your business?
Starts with the next version of you.

View Details

You’ve built your course.
Your modules are mapped, your portal’s prepped, your curriculum is solid.

And then someone asks:
“So… where’s the community space?”

Cue the existential spiral.

Because as a therapist, “community” doesn’t just mean “extra feature.”
It means emotional responsibility. Boundary navigation.
And the very real possibility that you’ll end up holding space you never consented to.

But here’s the truth most business coaches skip:

When done well, a community component can dramatically improve your program’s completion rates, referrals, and student transformation—without draining you.

In this episode, we’re unpacking the therapist-specific risks of community spaces, the must-have boundaries most course creators miss, and the systems that make a group feel alive without requiring you to be on call 24/7.

This isn’t just about connection.
It’s about creating containers that hold your students—and hold you, too.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:

  1. Why adding a community component often improves completion, retention, and referrals (And how connection helps your students regulate and actually finish the program.)
  2. The therapist-specific risks no one warns you about
    (Scope creep, overgiving, and “holding the group” without consent.)
  3. What platform options work best—and which ones to avoid
    (Yes, Facebook is easy. But is it actually right for your people?)
  4. How to set up your community without it taking over your life
    (Batching, rituals, alumni leaders, and clear boundaries.)
  5. The #1 mistake most course creators make with community spaces
    (And how to fix it with one simple shift.)

This episode is for you if:

→ You’re building an online program and wondering if you “need” a Facebook group
→ You’ve already got a group, but it’s become… complicated
→ You want your students to feel supported—but not at your expense
→ You’re looking for sustainable, ethical ways to boost engagement
→ You’re ready to create a space that works for everyone involved—including you

Links & Resources Mentioned:

  • Want to build a high-impact online course as a therapist—with or without a community component? Check out the Therapists Rising Incubator—your go-to for building ethical, profitable programs that actually get results.
  • Come debrief this episode with me on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode helped you feel clearer, safer, or more confident—I’d love to hear it.
Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are building bold, sustainable businesses on their terms.

Here’s how to support the show:
✔️ Click here and tap to rate with five stars
📝 Write a quick review—what resonated most?
🔔 Hit Follow so you never miss an episode on ethical business growth and online program creation

Let’s build course communities that actually feel like community—not like another thing to survive.

View Details

It starts off sounding perfect.

Create a course once. Let it sell itself. Finally step off the therapy treadmill and wake up to payment notifications instead of a full caseload.

But what no one tells you? Most therapists who try that route end up with a silent checkout page and a whole lot of self-doubt.

If you’ve ever wondered why your course isn’t selling - or whether this whole “passive income” thing is even real for someone like you - this episode is for you.

We’re digging into the truth behind evergreen courses, passive income promises, and why live launches are still the best starting point for most therapists.

You don’t need more funnel jargon. You need real talk about what works, what doesn’t, and how to build something that actually fits your energy, ethics, and capacity.

This isn’t about playing small.
It’s about building smart.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:

1. Why passive income isn’t as passive as you’ve been led to believe
(Especially for therapists navigating real human needs, not just digital products.)

2. What “evergreen” really means—and where it often falls short
(Clarity over hype. Always.)

3. The hidden pitfalls of evergreening too soon
(Because scaling a leaky offer just makes the leaks louder.)

4. The emotional weight of delivery models—and how they impact your work
(This goes way beyond logistics. It’s about connection, meaning, and nervous system safety.)

5. How to choose a model that fits your current season—not someone else’s strategy
(You’re not behind. You’re building something that lasts.)

This episode is for you if:

  • You’re tired of trading time for money and want a smarter way forward
  • You’re curious about evergreen but don’t want to screw it up
  • You’ve launched before… and it didn’t quite land
  • You want to grow, but only in ways that feel sustainable and aligned
  • You’re ready for honest business strategy that doesn’t require burning out to succeed

Links & Resources Mentioned:

  • Want to create your first profitable online program as a therapist? Check out the Therapists Rising Incubator — the go-to program for building ethical, sustainable, high-impact courses.
  • Come hang out or ask follow-up questions on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode gave you something to think about, I’d love to hear it. Your reviews help other therapists find the show—and remind me that these honest conversations matter.

Here’s how to support the show:
✔️ Click here, tap to rate with five stars
📝 Write a quick review and share what stuck with you
🔔 Hit Follow so you don’t miss the follow-up episode on how to go evergreen (without frying your nervous system)

Let’s build businesses that work for us—not the other way around.

View Details

So… someone told you to start a Facebook group to grow your audience.

And you did it.
You picked a cute name. Made a welcome post. Maybe even went live (sweating bullets but pretending it was chill).
And then… crickets.
Or worse - an entire digital ghost town of lurkers, silent members, and zero sales.

If that’s you - this episode is your permission slip and your reality check.

Because while Facebook groups are pitched as a must-have lead generation strategy in the online business world, for therapists? It’s a lot more complicated.

We’re breaking down the good, the bad, and the unexpectedly messy reality of using Facebook groups to grow your audience - especially if you’re a therapist juggling ethical guidelines, role confusion, and a nervous system that does not want another place to be “on” all the time.

This is not about burning it all down.
This is about deciding - strategically, ethically, and energetically - if a Facebook group actually fits your business ecosystem.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:

  1. The actual benefits of Facebook groups as a lead gen tool
    (Yes, there are upsides—but only when done with clear intention.)

  2. Why groups often become energy leaks instead of marketing assets
    (And how to avoid becoming a free consultant for 500 people who never buy.)

  3. The ethical and legal risks no one tells therapists about
    (Because duty of care and role confusion don’t disappear just because it’s “free content.”)

  4. What to ask yourself before starting a group
    (Clarity on purpose, boundaries, and your capacity is everything.)

  5. How to make peace with not starting one—and what to do instead
    (You’re not behind. You’re just building with integrity.)

This episode is a must-listen if:

  • You’re thinking about launching a Facebook group and want to sanity-check it first
  • You’ve already started one… and it’s slowly draining your soul
  • You’re a therapist navigating ethical grey zones and craving clearer boundaries
  • You’re looking for audience growth strategies that don’t burn you out

Links & Resources Mentioned:

  • Want help building a sustainable, therapist-aligned business? Learn more about the Therapists Rising Incubator program here
  • Come say hi (or vent about your ghost group) on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode hit home, I’d love to hear it. Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise, reimagine, and rebuild something powerful.

Here’s how to support the show:
✔️ Head over to the podcast here and tap to rate with five stars
📝 Write a quick review and tell me what landed
🔔 Hit Follow so you never miss an episode

Let’s rise together—and create businesses that are impactful, ethical, and actually feel good to run.

View Details

So… you launched your online program.

You crafted the sales page. You sent the emails. You even hit publish while whispering “this better work” under your breath.

And then… crickets.

Maybe your friend signed up. Maybe your mum said she’s proud. But internally? It felt like failure.

If that’s you—pause right here. Because this episode is your loving intervention and your practical roadmap to get things back on track.

We’re breaking down the 5 real reasons your online program isn’t selling (no fluff, no shame) and giving you a rebuild plan that’s strategic, grounded, and therapist-friendly.

This is not about hustling harder.
This is about learning how to market with clarity, connection, and integrity.

What You’ll Learn In This Episode:

1️⃣ The top 5 mistakes therapists make when launching their first (or third) online program
(Yes, even the most heart-centered, overqualified, spreadsheet-loving ones.)

2️⃣ Why having no audience is more dangerous than having the wrong niche
(And how to start building trust before your next launch.)

3️⃣ How to create a program people actually want to buy
(Hint: It’s not about your modules—it’s about their midnight Google searches.)

4️⃣ What a proper sales path looks like for high-trust buyers
(So you can stop dropping links and start guiding decisions.)

5️⃣ The “launch detox” steps that don’t just fix your funnel—but your nervous system, too
(Let’s be real: this is tender work. Your body deserves support!)

This episode is a must-listen if:
→ You’ve launched a program that didn’t sell and want to understand why
→ You’re about to build something and want to avoid painful missteps
→ You’re a therapist trying to be more visible without burning out
→ You’re ready to swap self-doubt for actual strategy

Links & Resources Mentioned:

  • Ready to build a focused, high-impact online program? Learn more about the Therapists Rising Incubator program here
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for more course creation tips and behind-the-scenes insights

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode hit home, I’d love to hear about it! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above burnout and build something powerful.

Here’s how to support the show:

  1. Click here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars
  2. Select “Write a Review” and share what you loved most
  3. Hit that Follow button so you never miss a dose of clarity and community

Let’s rise together—and create online programs that transform lives without burning you out in the process.

View Details

Somewhere between your fifth Canva graphic and your third platform login of the day, you started wondering…

“Is this what it takes to be seen?”

Because apparently, if you’re not on Instagram and TikTok and LinkedIn and Threads — you're falling behind. Or invisible. Or both.

But here’s the thing:
For therapists, “visibility” isn’t just about reach. It’s about safety.
And when the business world screams “just show up more,” your nervous system whispers, “at what cost?”

This episode is your loving intervention — and a radical permission slip to stop spreading yourself thin and start showing up in a way that actually feels good (and works).

What You’ll Get (Other than a Visibility Detox):

1️⃣ Why choosing one platform can actually make you more successful — not less
(Hint: Alignment converts better than exhaustion.)

2️⃣ The hidden reasons visibility feels so vulnerable for therapists
(It’s not resistance — it’s your body asking for protection.)

3️⃣ A practical 3-question framework to choose the right platform for you
(And yes, ignoring TikTok is a valid business strategy.)

Your Integration Homework (Don’t Skip This)

Open your Notes app, grab a journal, or voice memo your future self — and ask:

  • Where are your people already looking for support?
  • What kind of content energizes you instead of draining you?
  • What could you actually sustain for 30 days — without hating your life?

Wanna Take This Further?

Tag me or DM me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly and tell me:
What platform feels most like home for your message?
Let’s reimagine visibility as a form of leadership — not self-sacrifice.

🎧 If You Liked This Episode…

Subscribe. Leave a review here. Share it with the therapist friend who’s currently stuck between Reels burnout and “just one more freebie.”

Visibility isn’t a performance.
It’s a practice.
And you get to do it your way.

View Details

So… apparently therapists are being replaced by chatbots now. Clients are rolling into sessions with ChatGPT transcripts like,

“This helped more than our last three appointments. Oh, and it’s free.”

Yeah. That’s happening. And if you’re even mildly freaking out, you’re not being dramatic. You’re being awake.

In this episode, I’m not here to sprinkle affirmations over your fear or convince you to go become a tech bro. I’m here to talk about the real threat to therapists — and spoiler: it’s not AI.

It’s being invisible. Complacent. Undifferentiated in a profession that taught us to color inside the lines… while the world evolved around us.

We’re talking about what AI actually means for the future of therapy — and how to stay radically human, relevant, and in integrity while everything changes.

💣 What You’ll Get (Other than a Friendly Kick in the Pants):

1️⃣ The truth about why AI feels like such a gut-punch to therapists
(Hint: It’s not because it’s good — it’s because we’ve been trained to play small.)

2️⃣ Why arguing “AI doesn’t have empathy” is the wrong hill to die on
(And how to stop defending your existence and start leading.)

3️⃣ What to focus on instead — if you want to actually matter in five years
(You already have what makes you irreplaceable — now use it.)

📝 Your Integration Homework (Don’t Skip This)

Grab your journal. Pour a drink. Stare at the ceiling dramatically if you must.
Then ask yourself:

  • What part of your work could never be replicated by a robot — and are you actually leading with that?
  • Where are you hiding behind scripts, systems, or safety blankets that don’t serve you anymore?
  • What would your business look like if you stopped trying to be professional, and started being powerful?

🔗 Nerdy But Useful Links:

  • Join the the waitlist for our brand spanking new offer: The AI Marketing Hub.
  • My behind-the-scenes rambles + rants: @dr.hayleykelly on Instagram

🎧 If You Liked This Episode…

Hit subscribe. Leave a review. Tell your therapist bestie who’s low-key panicking about the future.

And if this stirred something in you — good. That’s the part we build from.

View Details

Ever feel like your next certification might just be the thing holding you back?

If you're nodding along (or feeling personally attacked already), grab a coffee, because this episode is your loving wake-up call. Today, we're tackling the therapist's sneaky habit of certification hoarding—and why your endless pursuit of the next qualification might actually be the biggest roadblock to your success, visibility, and impact.

As therapists, we're masters of credential collection. Weekend intensives, expensive online courses, professional masterclasses—we've done it all. But beneath all those shiny certificates is usually a deeper, scarier truth: it's easier to stay safely hidden in perpetual student mode than it is to step out, get visible, and claim our space as the leaders we're meant to be.

In this episode, we pull back the curtain on certification addiction, including why therapists cling to credentials, how it's really just an elaborate form of avoidance, and what you're actually hiding from (hint: it's not a lack of expertise).

We're diving deep into:

  • The uncomfortable truth about why you're really chasing more certifications
  • How your nervous system uses credential collecting as a safety blanket (and how to gently challenge it)
  • The identity traps that keep therapists stuck in the "qualified but invisible" zone
  • A practical self-assessment to see if you’re stuck in a certification loop (get ready for some "oh crap!" moments)
  • Actionable steps to finally break free from perpetual learning and step into bold, messy leadership
  • Why your next level is about courage, visibility, and messy action—not another fancy piece of paper

Consider this episode your official permission slip to stop hiding behind credentials and start leading from where you are right now—imperfect, brilliant, and ready.

Rate, Review & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Loving the podcast? Your reviews mean the world to me—and they help more therapists step out from behind their certifications and into their true potential.

Here’s how to support the show:

  • Click here and scroll to the bottom
  • Tap to rate with five stars
  • Select “Write a Review” and share your biggest takeaway
  • Hit follow for more episodes on therapist entrepreneurship, visibility, and ethical scaling

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Ready to finally step out of the shadows and into your leadership? The Therapists Rising Incubator is your safe container to do just that.
  • Connect with me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for real talk on therapist entrepreneurship, behind-the-scenes of launches, and the occasional pep talk (or puppy photo).

View Details

Ever thought, “Facebook ads are just a fancy way to light my money on fire”?
If the idea of opening Business Manager, setting a budget, or seeing a giant $0 in your results column makes your armpits sweat, this episode is for you.

Today, I'm joined by Facebook Ads and Funnel Strategist Natalie Alaimo—the magical unicorn who actually makes ads feel doable (and dare I say, a little bit fun?).
With over a decade of real-world experience helping course creators, coaches, and service providers, Natalie’s here to spill the tea on how therapists can use Facebook ads to grow their audiences without blowing their budget or losing their minds.

We're pulling back the curtain on Facebook ads—what they really are, why they’re not as scary (or expensive) as you think, and how you can use paid ads to grow your programs, memberships, and impact in a way that actually feels aligned and strategic.

In this episode, we unpack:

  • Why Facebook ads feel terrifying for therapists (and how to reframe that fear)
  • The biggest myths about running ads—and the truths therapists need to know
  • How Facebook ads can actually feel ethical, intentional, and aligned
  • The foundations you need in place before running your first ad (no guesswork!)
  • How even a $5–$10/day budget can grow your audience and email list
  • Why your funnel, messaging, and creative matter more than your targeting
  • How to use ads to build visibility and nurture trust (not just sell)
  • What it looks like to make your ad spend pay for itself (yes, really)

This episode is an invitation to see Facebook ads differently: not as a last resort or a "risky gamble," but as a powerful tool to help you connect, grow, and serve in bigger ways.

Whether you’ve been ads-curious for a while or you’re ready to stop relying solely on organic marketing, this conversation with Natalie will help you ditch the fear, demystify the tech, and finally feel confident pressing publish.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts
Loving the podcast? Your reviews mean the world to me—and they help more therapists discover a different (and way more sustainable) path to entrepreneurship.

Here’s how to support the show:

  • Click here and scroll to the bottom
  • Tap to rate with five stars
  • Select “Write a Review” and share your favourite takeaway
  • Hit follow for more episodes on therapist entrepreneurship, marketing, and ethical scaling

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Join Natalie Alaimo’s Paid Ads Challenge to start running your first Facebook ads with confidence.
  • Ready to create, sell, and scale your first online program? The Therapists Rising Incubator is where the magic happens.
  • Connect with Natalie on Instagram - @natalie_alaimo
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for therapist biz real talk, launch behind-the-scenes, and the occasional pep talk (or puppy photo).

*Disclosure: Please note this episode contains an affiliate link, and we may receive a small commission if you sign up for the Paid Ads Challenge using our link. However, we only recommend products and services that we genuinely believe in and/or use ourselves.

View Details

Think AI is just for writing session notes? Think again.
If you've been avoiding AI because you don't want to sound like a robot—or worse, feel like you’re cheating—this episode is for you.

We’re pulling back the curtain on AI for therapists—specifically how it can help you grow your practice, build your brand, and sell your digital offers faster and with way less burnout.

This isn’t a tech tutorial or a boring AI hype session. It’s a grounded, therapist-brained deep dive into practical ways to use AI as your personal marketing sidekick (without losing your voice or your values). Whether you’re new to the world of AI or already dabbling but feeling overwhelmed, this episode will give you fresh insights and simple next steps.

In this episode, we unpack:

  • Why AI isn't here to replace therapists—and how it can actually amplify your impact
  • The real reason therapists feel resentful about marketing (and how AI can help)
  • 5 powerful, practical ways to use AI right now to grow your business
  • How AI can shortcut your content creation without sounding generic
  • Why audience research, email marketing, and launch planning just got a whole lot easier
  • How to use AI to boost your SEO and get visible—without burning out
  • The #1 mistake therapists make when using AI (and how to avoid it)

This episode is an invitation to see AI differently: not as a threat, but as a tool to help you work smarter, grow faster, and stay true to your mission.

If you’re ready to make marketing easier, more aligned, and more sustainable, this quick and punchy episode is your permission slip to get started.

🎧 Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Loving the podcast? Your reviews mean the world to me—and they help more therapists discover a different (and way more sustainable) path to entrepreneurship.

Here’s how you can support the show:

  • Click here and scroll to the bottom
  • Tap to rate with five stars
  • Select “Write a Review” and share your favourite takeaway
  • Hit follow for more episodes on business, mindset, and building beyond the therapy room

🔗 Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Want in on the AI Marketing Lab? Jump on the waitlist here and be the first to know when doors open!
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for therapist biz real talk, AI tips, and the occasional puppy photo 🐾

View Details

Ever thought, “There’s no way in hell I could run a webinar”?
If the idea of live teaching, pitching, or even showing up on Zoom makes your armpits sweat, this episode is for you.

We're pulling back the curtain on webinars—what they really are, why they’re not as scary (or salesy) as you think, and how therapists can use them to grow their programs without turning into awkward marketing robots.

This isn’t a how-to or a slide-building masterclass. It’s a belief-shifting, therapist-brained deep dive into the mindset, mission, and magic behind webinars that actually feel good to run. Whether you’re launching your first course or still stuck in analysis paralysis, you’ll walk away with a fresh, grounded perspective on visibility and ethical selling.

In this episode, we unpack:

  • Why webinars feel terrifying for therapists (and how to reframe that fear)
  • What a webinar actually is—and how it’s more like a group session than a sales pitch
  • The #1 mindset shift that makes webinars easier (and less cringe)
  • How to run a webinar without feeling fake, forced, or overexposed
  • Why live teaching builds more trust than any sales page ever could
  • How webinars help you grow your audience and your confidence
  • The real reason webinars work—even if you mess it up the first time

This episode is an invitation to see webinars differently: not as a “launch strategy,” but as a way to serve, connect, and show up as the leader your people need.

Whether you’ve got a course idea brewing or you’re knee-deep in launch mode, this episode will help you ditch the fear, build belief, and finally press go live.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Loving the podcast? Your reviews mean the world to me—and they help more therapists discover a different (and way more aligned) path to entrepreneurship.

Here’s how to support the show:

  • Click here and scroll to the bottom
  • Tap to rate with five stars
  • Select “Write a Review” and share your favourite takeaway
  • Hit follow for more episodes on business, mindset, and rising beyond the therapy room

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Ready to create, sell, and scale your first online program? The Therapists Rising Incubator is where the magic happens.
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for therapist biz real talk, launch behind-the-scenes, and the occasional pep talk (or puppy photo).

Let’s rise together—one heart-aligned webinar at a time.

View Details

Ever stared at your course platform and thought, “What in fresh hell is this?!” If the idea of choosing the right tech stack for your online program makes you want to throw your laptop out the window, this episode is for you.

We’re cutting through the noise to talk about the real-world pros and cons of the most popular hosting and delivery platforms for therapists creating online programs, memberships, and courses. No fluff. No tech jargon. Just honest, practical guidance to help you pick a platform that works for you—without the tears and 1 a.m. Google spirals.

Heads up: This episode isn’t about free or low-cost tools. If you’re looking for budget-friendly tech, go listen to Episode 96, where we break those down in detail. Today’s episode is all about sustainable, scale-ready platforms for therapists ready to do this thing right the first time.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • The 4 core features therapists actually need in a course platform
  • How to figure out what YOU need before choosing a tool
  • Why your tech should feel invisible to the end user
  • The pros, cons, and quirks of Kajabi, Thinkific, Teachable, MemberVault, Podia, and Innovorise
  • How to avoid shiny object syndrome and focus on launching
  • The #1 tech mistake that delays most therapist course creators
  • Why “good enough” tech beats “perfect” tech every damn time

Whether you're mid-launch, picking your first platform, or considering a switch—this episode will help you get clarity, cut through overwhelm, and finally move forward with confidence.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Loving the podcast? I’d so appreciate a quick review! Your feedback helps us reach more therapists who are ready to rise, build scalable businesses, and change the mental health game.

Here’s how to support the show:

  1. Click here and scroll to the bottom
  2. Tap to rate with five stars
  3. Select “Write a Review” and tell me what you loved about the episode
  4. Hit that follow button for more no-fluff episodes on business, mindset, and therapist entrepreneurship

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Want to bootstrap with low-cost tools? Listen to Episode 96: Budget-Friendly Tech for Therapists
  • Kajabi: Sign up for a free 30 day trial of Kajabi here.
  • Ready to build and scale your online program? Check out the Therapists Rising Incubator
  • Curious about Innovorise (our therapist-specific platform)? Learn more inside the Incubator
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for behind-the-scenes biz wisdom, real talk, and the occasional dog pic

Let’s rise together—without the tech headaches, friend.

*Disclosure: Please note this episode contains an affiliate link, and we may receive a small commission if you sign up for Kajabi using our link. However, we only recommend products and services that we genuinely believe in and/or use ourselves.

View Details

Ever feel like you're doing all the “right” things—planning, learning, dreaming big—but you still can’t seem to move forward?

You’re not lazy. You’re not broken. You’re likely stuck in a very real nervous system response… and no amount of strategy can fix that alone.

In this powerful and vulnerable episode, I’m joined by clinical health psychologist, researcher, and EFT powerhouse Dr. Peta Stapleton to unpack the real reasons so many therapists feel paralyzed when trying to launch, pivot, or diversify their income. (Spoiler alert: it’s not just about mindset. It’s about safety.)

We talk about the subconscious beliefs keeping you stuck and how Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT tapping) can help you move from freeze to flow.

Oh—and we do a LIVE tapping demo, right in the middle of the episode. Yep. I let Peta walk me through real-time decision-making anxiety and fear of failure… and you can tap along with us!

In this episode, we discuss:

  • The real reason overthinking and analysis paralysis hits therapists so hard
  • Why “little therapist you” might be scared AF of being visible
  • What’s actually happening neurologically when you feel frozen
  • How tapping calms the body and unlocks decision-making and action
  • A guided EFT sequence you can follow along with (for fear of failure + being stuck)
  • How to use tapping proactively before launches, posts, or scary visibility moments
  • What Peta herself taps on as a business owner and creator

Whether you’re dragging your feet on launching that offer, stuck in logo-picking limbo, or just secretly terrified of being seen—this episode is a gentle, practical intervention for your nervous system and your dreams.

🎧 Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? I’d love to hear from you! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the doubt and build impactful, sustainable businesses.

Here’s how to support the pod:

  1. Click here and scroll to the bottom.
  2. Tap to rate with five stars.
  3. Select “Write a Review” and tell me what you loved most about the episode!

And if you’re not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button—I’ve got more transformational episodes (and live coaching moments) coming your way.

🔗 Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Learn more about Dr. Peta Stapleton and EFT at petastapleton.com
  • Get access to the free EFT personal-use course at evidencebasedeft.com
  • Follow Peta’s podcast The 4th Wave in Therapy on your favourite platform
  • Ready to build an ethical, scalable business as a therapist? Check out the Therapists Rising Incubator
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for more behind-the-scenes, therapy-meets-entrepreneurship gold

Let’s rise together—and finally do the thing that’s been waiting on the other side of fear.

View Details

Ever been asked to do a quick guest presentation—only to find yourself buried in hours of prep, stressing over pricing, and wondering if it was even worth it?

If you’ve ever felt stuck between wanting visibility and honouring your energy and expertise, this episode is for you.

In this power-packed 15-minute episode, I’m diving into one of the most common dilemmas for therapists stepping into entrepreneurship: how to handle guest speaking requests—ethically, confidently, and without losing yourself in people-pleasing.

Whether you’re being asked to present at a professional development day, speak inside someone else’s program, or you’re thinking about bringing a guest into your own course, this episode will help you get clear on when to say yes, how to price fairly, and how to protect your precious time and energy.

In this episode, I discuss:

  • The “resentment line” pricing strategy and how to use it to avoid overgiving
  • When it’s OK to say yes for visibility—and when it’s just not worth it
  • How to ask about budgets like a pro (without feeling awkward)
  • Pricing benchmarks for PD gigs and guest teaching opportunities ($500–$1500+)
  • What to consider if you’re bringing in a guest expert into your program
  • How to make values-aligned decisions that serve both your business and your nervous system

🎧 Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? I’d absolutely love to hear from you! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the challenges and create the impactful practices they dream of.

Here’s how:

  1. Click here and scroll to the bottom.
  2. Tap to rate with five stars.
  3. Select “Write a Review” and tell me what you loved most about the episode!

And if you’re not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button now—I've got more game-changing episodes (and some juicy behind-the-scenes coaching moments) coming your way.

🔗 Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Ready to create a sustainable, value-aligned business as a therapist? Learn more about the Therapists Rising Incubator
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for tips, laughs, and a real look at life behind the scenes!

Let’s rise together and build businesses that serve others without sacrificing ourselves in the process.

View Details

Ever feel like you've crammed absolutely EVERYTHING into your online course because you're afraid it's not enough? You're not alone! In this episode, I'm diving into one of the biggest challenges therapists face when creating online programs - overdelivering to the point where students get overwhelmed and drop off.

I reveal why your students aren't completing your course (hint: it's not because they're lazy) and introduce you to the powerful frameworks we use in the Therapists Rising Incubator to create streamlined, high-impact courses that actually get completed.

Whether you're still planning your first online program or wondering why students aren't finishing your existing course, this episode gives you practical tools to cut the bloat without losing depth.

In this episode, I discuss:

  • Why therapists tend to overdeliver in online courses (and the fears driving this behavior)
  • The Golden Thread framework for creating a clear path from problem to transformation
  • How to use the Strategic Filter to ruthlessly cut anything that doesn't serve your students
  • Practical benchmarks for course design (optimal video length, lessons per module, and PDF best practices)
  • How to reconnect with your power instead of people-pleasing through excessive content

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? I'd absolutely love to hear from you! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the challenges and create the impactful practices they dream of.

Here's how:

  • Click here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  • Select "Write a Review" and tell me what you loved most about the episode!
  • And if you're not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button now—I've got more game-changing episodes (and some bonus surprises) coming your way!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Ready to build a focused, high-impact online program? Learn more about the Therapists Rising Incubator program here
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for more course creation tips and behind-the-scenes insights!

Let's rise together and create online programs that transform lives without burning you out in the process!

View Details

Ever find yourself staring at a blank page, trying to name your online program and getting absolutely nowhere? You're not alone! In this mini-episode, I'm tackling one of the most common questions therapists ask when creating their first online program.

In this episode, I break down why so many therapists struggle with naming their programs and introduce my proven CLEAR framework specifically designed for therapists looking to take their expertise online.

Whether you're just starting to brainstorm your first online offering or you've been stuck in the naming phase for months, this episode will give you the practical framework and confidence to finally choose a name that attracts your ideal clients and communicates your value.

In this episode, I discuss:

  • Why program naming is particularly challenging for therapists (and the three common traps we fall into)
  • The CLEAR framework: Client-Centered, Laser-Focused, Evokes Emotion, Actionable, and Realistic
  • Practical ways to test your program name ideas with your target audience
  • What to do when you're stuck between multiple good options (and why perfectionism is your biggest enemy)
  • Why "until death do you part" doesn't apply to program names—you can always change it later!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts Love this episode? I'd absolutely love to hear from you! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the challenges and create the impactful practices they dream of.

Here's how:

  • Click here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  • Select "Write a Review" and tell me what you loved most about the episode!
  • And if you're not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button now—I've got more game-changing episodes (and some bonus surprises) coming your way!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Ready to build an online program that transforms lives? Learn more about the Therapist Rising Incubator program here
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly and share your program name ideas with me!

Let's rise together and create online programs that showcase your expertise, connect with your ideal clients, and make a bigger impact beyond the therapy room!

View Details

Ever find yourself escaping the burnout of 1:1 clinical work, only to accidentally build the exact same stressful environment online? Trust me, I've been there—done that—got the damn t-shirt.

In this Unmasked Monthly Musing, I'm getting totally real with you about something NOBODY seems to be talking about: how we therapists often recreate the exact same painful patterns in our online businesses that we were desperately trying to escape from in our clinical practices.

Whether you're burnt out in your practice, already dipping your toes into the online world, or just curious about what else is possible beyond the therapy room, this episode is your permission slip to recognize these sneaky patterns and break free from them once and for all.

I'm sharing my own messy journey—as a neurodivergent therapist who thought freedom was on the other side of clinical work (spoiler alert: my brain had other plans!)—plus the practical steps I've used to create a business that actually feels good to run.

In this episode, I discuss:

  • Why we leave clinical work and the beautiful fantasy of online business that doesn't always match reality
  • How we unconsciously recreate our old stress patterns in shiny new packages (and the psychological reasons WHY this happens)
  • The values conflicts that tear us apart when we don't recognize them (hello, freedom vs. contribution battle!)
  • Practical, actionable steps to break these patterns and build a business that honors who you really are
  • Creating an intentional business designed around your neurodivergence, values, and the life you actually want to live

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? I'd absolutely love to hear from you! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the challenges and create the impactful practices they dream of.

Here's how:

  • Click here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  • Select "Write a Review" and tell me what you loved most about the episode!
  • And if you're not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button now—I've got more game-changing episodes (and some bonus surprises) coming your way!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Ready to build a business that honors who you truly are? Learn more about the Therapist Rising Incubator program here
  • Follow me on Instagram for more behind-the-scenes insights and unfiltered reflections

Let's rise together and create businesses that actually support the lives we want to live—not just recreate the same old stress in a new setting!

View Details

Are you struggling to price your online program with confidence? Do you second-guess yourself when setting price points, even though you KNOW your content delivers incredible transformation?

In this value-packed episode, I'm diving deep into the psychology behind pricing your therapy programs. We're moving beyond "what to charge" into the more powerful territory of "WHY to charge it" — because understanding the true value of your expertise is the key to pricing with confidence.

Building on last week's breakdown of what therapists are currently charging in Episode 176, this episode gives you practical frameworks to calculate your program's specific value. I share the exact formulas that have helped hundreds of therapists in our community price their programs at premium rates that reflect their true worth.

In this episode, I share:

  • The critical shift from cost-based to value-based pricing (and why this mindset change is essential for therapists)
  • The Transformation Equation that quantifies your program's value based on pain level, urgency, market demand, and accessibility
  • How to use the Premium Positioning Matrix to strategically place your program in high-value quadrants
  • Why information alone has minimal value—and how to position your program as a transformation vehicle
  • Practical steps to overcome the pricing paradox that keeps most therapists undercharging

This isn't just about making more money—it's about creating alignment between the value you provide and how you price it. When you charge what your program is truly worth, everyone wins: you receive fair compensation, and your clients invest at a level that drives their commitment and results.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? Let me know! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the challenges and create the impactful practices they dream of.

Here's how:

  • Click here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  • Select "Write a Review" and tell me what you loved most about the episode!
  • And if you're not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button now—I've got more game-changing episodes (and some bonus surprises) coming your way!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Listen to part one of this Pricing conversation - Episode 176: Pricing Your Online Program: The Exact Numbers Therapists Are Charging in 2025
  • Listen to Episode 118 on creating scholarship programs for your courses
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly and DM me your favourite pricing framework!

Let's rise together and price our programs based on the transformation we provide—not the hours we spend creating them!

View Details

Have you launched your online program, gained some traction, but now find yourself stuck in a frustrating plateau? You're not alone—welcome to what I call "The Messy Middle."

In this raw, unfiltered episode, I'm breaking down the awkward growth phase that NO ONE in the online space wants to talk about. It's that frustrating gap between having a program that works and creating a truly scalable business. If you're working harder than ever but seeing diminishing returns, this episode is your roadmap out of the plateau.

I pull back the curtain on my own messy middle experiences and share the exact framework that helped me (and hundreds of my students) push through to create sustainable, scalable success.

In this episode, I share:

  • Why the "Messy Middle" exists and the 3 undeniable signs you're stuck in it
  • The crucial shift from therapist/creator to CEO (and the simple "Decision Filter" that makes this transition easier)
  • How to break free from energy-intensive hustle and build "Minimum Effective Systems" that scale without burning you out
  • Why DIY approaches become your biggest bottleneck (and how to identify exactly what type of support will move the needle)
  • Real examples of therapists who've successfully navigated this phase (including specific before/after metrics)
  • Actionable steps you can implement THIS WEEK to start breaking through your plateau

This isn't about working harder—it's about working differently. The strategies that got you to your first successful launch won't get you to consistent five-figure months. It's time to evolve your approach.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? Let me know! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the challenges and create the impactful practices they dream of.

Here's how:

  • Click here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  • Select "Write a Review" and tell me what you loved most about the episode!
  • And if you're not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button now—I've got more game-changing episodes (and some bonus surprises) coming your way!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for more scaling insights and behind-the-scenes moments!

Let's rise together and create a business that scales without sacrificing your sanity or soul—one strategic shift at a time!

View Details

Pricing your online program shouldn't be a shot in the dark—and yet for so many therapists, it's the most anxiety-inducing part of the creation process.

If you've ever stared at that empty price box wondering what the hell to charge for your expertise, this mini episode is for you! I'm breaking down the four core program types that therapists are creating right now and sharing the EXACT price ranges that are working in today's market.

Whether you're creating your first mini program or preparing to launch a high-ticket mastermind, you'll walk away with concrete numbers based on real-world examples from therapists just like you—not theoretical frameworks or wishful thinking.

In this mini episode, I share:

  • The four core program types successful therapists are creating (and what to charge for each)
  • Real-world examples of therapists who've successfully launched at each price point
  • The three critical factors that determine where your program should fall within these ranges
  • Why starting smaller might be your fastest path to success
  • A preview of next week's deep dive into value-based pricing frameworks

This is your permission slip to price your program confidently, based on what's actually working in our community right now.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? Let me know! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the challenges and create the impactful practices they dream of.

Here's how:

  • Click here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  • Select "Write a Review" and tell me what you loved most about the episode!
  • And if you're not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button now—I've got more game-changing episodes (and some bonus surprises) coming your way!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Follow me on Instagram for more pricing insights and behind-the-scenes moments!
  • Learn more about the Incubator program mentioned in this episode

Let's rise together and create the future of therapy—one confidently-priced program at a time!

View Details

As we head into 2025, I'm noticing something fascinating happening in our field - this quiet but powerful shift where therapists are finally starting to talk about the elephant in the room: spirituality. And honestly? It's about bloody time.

I had the absolute pleasure of sitting down with Tatiana da Silva, a registered psychologist in Sydney, OG member of our community, and the brilliant mind behind Integrated Wisdom. What makes this conversation so powerful is that Tatiana has done what many of us secretly wish we could - she's built a thriving practice and business around integrating spirituality and psychology in an evidence-based, ethical way.

What blows my mind about Tatiana's journey is how she transformed from hiding her spiritual interests (seriously, she couldn't even tell ME about them at first!) to becoming a leading voice helping other therapists embrace this dimension of human experience. And the research backing this up? It's absolutely compelling.

In this episode, we dive deep into:

  • The surprising research showing how spirituality provides significant protection against depression, anxiety, and substance use issues (the numbers will shock you!)
  • How the mental health field has artificially separated psychology from spirituality (and why this might be contributing to our clients' suffering)
  • What spirituality actually IS (and why it's different from religion)
  • The most common fears therapists have about incorporating spirituality (and how to ethically navigate them)
  • Practical ways to start having these conversations with your clients tomorrow
  • How embracing your authentic interests can become your unique niche and business differentiator

This conversation isn't just about spirituality - it's about having the courage to follow what lights you up professionally, even when it feels risky. Whether you identify as spiritual or not, Tatiana's journey offers a masterclass in turning your unique perspective into a thriving niche that attracts aligned clients and colleagues.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? Let me know! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the challenges and create the impactful practices they dream of.

Here's how: Click here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars. Select "Write a Review" and tell me what you loved most about the episode! And if you're not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button now—I've got more game-changing episodes (and some bonus surprises) coming your way!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Download Tatiana's free guide: "20 Client Conversation Starters" for ethically incorporating spirituality into your practice
  • Join the waitlist for "The Conscious Therapist" course opening in April here.
  • Follow Tatiana on Instagram @integrated_wisdom for more insights on the science of spirituality
  • Follow me on Instagram for more behind-the-scenes moments and insights!

Let's rise together and create the future of therapy—one bold step at a time.

View Details

Ever heard of tapping (EFT) and wondered if it’s actually backed by science? Or maybe you’ve been curious about how therapists can integrate it into their work for better client outcomes (and to prevent burnout for themselves)?

By popular demand, we’re re-releasing this fan-favourite episode with the brilliant Dr. Peta Stapleton, clinical psychologist, researcher, and a global leader in Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT), aka tapping.

EFT isn’t just some woo-woo trend—it’s a powerful, research-backed tool that’s showing incredible results for issues like trauma, chronic pain, food cravings, burnout, and more. And in this episode, we dive into exactly why therapists need to be paying attention.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:

  • The science behind EFT—how tapping works on a biological and neurological level
  • Why EFT is still considered “fringe” (and why that’s finally changing!)
  • The research-backed benefits of EFT for trauma, stress, and even DNA changes
  • How therapists can use EFT to prevent burnout and compassion fatigue
  • The future of EFT—how it’s being integrated into mainstream therapy

If you’re even remotely curious about how tapping could transform the way you work with clients (and even support your own nervous system as a therapist), this is a must-listen episode!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? Let me know! Your reviews help more therapists find this podcast and confidently explore new, evidence-based tools like EFT.

Here’s how:

  1. Click here and scroll to the bottom
  2. Tap to rate with five stars ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
  3. Select "Write a Review" and tell me what you loved most!

Also, if you haven’t already, hit follow so you never miss an episode—more game-changing insights are coming your way!

Links & Resources Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Dr. Peta Stapleton’s Website – Learn more about EFT and her research
  • Training for Health Professionals – Want to integrate EFT into your practice? Check out Peta’s professional training
  • The Incubator Waitlist – Ready to scale your impact with an online program? Get on the waitlist for my signature program

View Details

By Popular Demand: The Ethical Roadmap – 3 Must-Know Considerations for Therapists Creating Online Programs

Thinking about launching an online program but feeling overwhelmed by the ethical and legal considerations? You’re not alone. As therapists, stepping beyond the therapy room means navigating new territory—but knowledge is power.

In this fan-favourite episode, I’m breaking down three essential ethical and legal considerations every therapist needs to know when creating online programs. This isn’t generic business advice—this is tailored specifically for therapists like you who want to scale their impact while staying aligned with ethical and professional guidelines.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:

  • Why ethical and legal considerations are non-negotiable for therapists creating online programs
  • Key Consideration #1: Scope of practice and professional boundaries—how to stay in your lane while expanding your impact
  • Key Consideration #2: Confidentiality and data protection—keeping your clients (and yourself) legally covered
  • Key Consideration #3: Content and marketing ethics—how to ethically promote your online program without overstepping
  • How these considerations empower you to create an online program that’s not just profitable and impactful—but also ethically sound and legally compliant

When you understand these three pillars, you’ll have the confidence to build an online program that truly serves your audience while keeping you protected.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? Let me know! Your reviews help more therapists find this podcast and confidently build ethical online programs.

👉 Here’s how:

  1. Click here and scroll to the bottom
  2. Tap to rate with five stars ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
  3. Select "Write a Review" and tell me what you loved most!

Also, if you haven’t already, hit follow so you never miss an episode—more game-changing insights are coming your way!

Links & Resources Mentioned in This Episode:

🚀 Join The Incubator Waitlist – The ultimate program to help therapists build, launch, and scale online programs with confidence and integrity

View Details

Let's talk about something that's been keeping me up at night. I keep seeing incredible therapists - with years of experience, unbelievable client success stories, and so much wisdom to share - completely stuck in the "someday" trap of creating their online program. And you know what fascinates me most? It's rarely about not knowing what to do. It's about not trusting what you already know.

Here's what blows my mind: After helping thousands of therapists create online programs, I've discovered something crucial - choosing the right program idea is literally everything. Get this wrong, and nothing else matters. Get it right? That's when the magic happens. And the best part? You already have everything you need to make this decision - you just might not see it yet.

In this special episode (which is actually the first training from our Online Program Blueprint Bootcamp!), I'm pulling back the curtain on exactly how to choose and validate your online program idea. No more second-guessing, no more half-finished projects collecting dust on your hard drive. We're getting straight to what actually works, backed by real success stories from our community of over 4,000 therapists.

In this episode, we dive into:

  • Why your therapy room experience is actually the perfect market research (and how to use it)
  • The Impact Matrix - your new best friend for validating program ideas
  • How to finally choose ONE idea (even if you have 17 different ones right now)
  • The four crucial elements every successful online program needs
  • Real stories from therapists who've turned their expertise into thriving online programs
  • Practical steps to move from idea to action (without overwhelming yourself)

This episode is just the beginning - it's actually the first of FOUR intensive trainings in our Online Program Blueprint Bootcamp. Want to continue the journey and learn exactly how to structure your content, price your program, and get it into the world with confidence? Join us at therapistrising.com/blueprint

Rate, Review, & Subscribe to the Therapists Rising Podcast "Dr. Hayley truly understands the unique challenges therapists face!" <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! This helps me support more therapists in creating sustainable, scalable practices that serve more people.

Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review."

Also, if you haven't done so already, subscribe to the podcast. We've got some incredible episodes coming up that you won't want to miss!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Join the Online Program Blueprint Bootcamp: therapistrising.com/blueprint
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly
  • Learn more about our signature program, The Incubator

View Details

Look, let's talk about something that's been driving me crazy. I keep seeing brilliant therapists - with incredible expertise, amazing programs ready to go - completely stuck in fear. And you know what's fascinating? When we look at the psychology of what's actually happening here, it has nothing to do with strategy.

Here's what blows my mind: strategy only accounts for 20% of your success in launching an online program. The other 80%? That's what we're diving into today, and trust me - this is going to change everything about how you approach putting yourself out there.

In this episode, I'm getting really real about what's actually holding therapists back (and no, it's not your tech setup or your marketing plan). Drawing from both neuroscience and real stories from our community, I'm sharing exactly how to work with your nervous system, not against it. Because here's the truth - your clinical expertise isn't just relevant to building an online program, it's actually your secret weapon.

In this episode, we dive into:

  • Why strategy is only 20% of your success (and what actually moves the needle)
  • Meet your new best friend: 'nerv-cited' - our community's approach to working with fear
  • The superpower you already have (hint: it's your clinical expertise!)
  • How to make your vision bigger than your fear
  • Real, honest stories from therapists who've been exactly where you are
  • Practical ways to take action while honouring your clinical integrity

Rate, Review, & Subscribe to the Therapists Rising Podcast
"Dr. Hayley truly understands the unique challenges therapists face!" <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! This helps me support more therapists in creating sustainable, scalable practices that serve more people. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review."

Also, if you haven't done so already, subscribe to the podcast. We've got some incredible episodes coming up that you won't want to miss!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly
  • Join our free Facebook community: Therapists Rising Community
  • Learn more about our signature program, The Incubator, here.

View Details

Ever wondered what really happens when you take your therapy expertise beyond the consulting room? Today I'm sitting down with three incredible therapists who've recently launched their first online programs to share the real, raw truth about transforming clinical skills into digital offerings that create change.

Whether you're feeling stuck in content creation, questioning if your idea has value, or just curious about what's possible, this episode pulls back the curtain on the actual journey of therapist to course creator - complete with the struggles, victories, and unexpected discoveries along the way.

Today, we discuss:

  • How three different therapists navigated their transition from one-on-one work to online programs
  • The mindset shifts that transformed their confidence and capabilities
  • Why community support is crucial for success (and where to find it)
  • The power of testing and refining your program with your first participants
  • What's next after your first successful launch

If you're ready to see what's possible when therapists embrace their expertise in new ways, this episode is packed with inspiration and practical insights to help you take that next step!

Love This Episode? Let Me Know! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the challenges and create the impactful practices they dream of.

Here's how:

  • Head to Apple Podcasts and tap to rate with five stars
  • Select "Write a Review" and tell me what resonated most with you!
  • If you're not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button now

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Connect with Dr. Nat Green: drnataliegreen.com.au or @drnatgreen
  • Visit Nicolette at The Quiet Way: thequieterway.com or @thequieterway
  • Learn more about Dr. Monique's program: drmoniquenesa.com or @nurtureme_fortherapists
  • Ready to create your own online program? Get on the Incubator waitlist here
  • Follow me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly for more insights and behind-the-scenes moments

Let's rise together and create the future of therapy—one bold step at a time!

View Details

Ever caught yourself thinking "I know I could help more people with an online program, but how the hell do I actually create the content?" You're going to LOVE this episode.

Today I'm pulling back the curtain on the framework that's helped hundreds of therapists turn their clinical expertise into amazing online programs. Spoiler alert: you already have everything you need - you just don't realize it yet!

I'm sharing my Bridge to Desire Island Framework, which shows you exactly how your therapy skills (yep, the ones you use every single day) make you a natural at creating course content. Trust me, once you see this connection, you'll never doubt yourself again.

In This Episode:

  • Why your therapy skills are actually your secret superpower for creating online programs
  • How to turn your clinical expertise into engaging course content (without overcomplicating it!)
  • The Bridge to Desire Island Framework - your roadmap from idea to actual content
  • A real-world example from a therapist who went from "stuck in content creation" to running successful programs

Love This Episode? Let Me Know! If this episode gave you that "aha!" moment about your own expertise, please leave a review on Apple Podcasts. Every review helps more therapists discover how they can break free from the therapy room and create bigger impact.

Here's how:

  • Head to Apple Podcasts right here
  • Give us 5 stars (because you're amazing!)
  • Tell me what clicked for you in this episode

Want More Support?

  • The Incubator Waitlist: Ready to package your expertise into an online program? Get on the waitlist here
  • Instagram: Come hang out with me @dr.hayleykelly for more behind-the-scenes insights and practical tips
  • Final Thought Here's the truth - you don't need to learn a whole new set of skills to create an amazing online program. You just need to see how powerful your existing expertise really is.

Your wisdom and experience are too valuable to keep locked in the therapy room. Let's get it out there to help more people. Because when therapists rise, everyone rises.

View Details

Creating your first course as a therapist doesn’t have to feel overwhelming or impossible. If you’ve been stuck in “Where do I even start?” mode—this episode is for you.

In today’s conversation, I’m breaking down my Incu-BETA Framework, a simple, ethical, and stress-free way to validate your course idea before you spend months creating content. No massive audience? No email list? No problem. I’ll show you exactly how to test your idea, launch a small beta, and build your course based on real feedback—without overthinking every detail or diving headfirst into tech chaos.

If you’ve been dreaming of scaling your impact, creating a sustainable income stream, and stepping beyond the therapy room, this episode will help you take that first step with confidence and clarity.

In This Episode, You’ll Learn:

  • Why therapists struggle with launching courses (and the number one mistake to avoid)
  • How to choose a course idea that aligns with your expertise and actually sells
  • The simple three-step Incu-BETA Framework to test your idea before going all in
  • How to find five to ten beta students without an email list or a big social media following
  • Why your course doesn’t have to be perfect—it just needs to be tested

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode gave you the clarity and motivation you’ve been searching for, I’d love for you to rate and review the podcast. Your feedback helps other therapists discover how to break free from the one-to-one therapy model and build thriving, scalable businesses.

Here’s how you can support the show:

  • Go to Apple Podcasts here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars
  • Select “Write a Review” and share your biggest takeaway from this episode
  • Don’t forget to hit the follow button so you never miss an episode

Links & Resources Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Join The Incubator Waitlist: Ready to launch your first online program the right way? Join the waitlist for The Incubator
  • Follow Me on Instagram: For more course creation tips, mindset shifts, and behind-the-scenes insights, connect with me at @dr.hayleykelly

Final Thought

The biggest mistake therapists make isn’t launching a bad course—it’s trying to create a perfect one before it’s even tested. Your course doesn’t need to be flawless to make an impact. It just needs to start.

If you’ve been waiting for the right time, this is it. Your clients are already looking for solutions, and you have the expertise to help them. So let’s rise together and take that bold first step.

View Details

Creating a course doesn’t have to feel like a guessing game or a late-night panic Googling session. If you’ve been wondering, “Is this course idea even worth pursuing?” or “Where do I even start?”—this episode is for you.

In today’s conversation, I’m breaking down how therapists can use AI to validate their course ideas quickly and confidently. Whether you’re stuck in overthinking mode, juggling too many ideas to count, or avoiding it altogether (hello, Netflix binge), AI can be the clarity-inducing superhero you didn’t know you needed. Oh, and I’ll also share the exact prompts you can use today to get unstuck and start moving forward.

If you’ve been dreaming of diversifying your income, creating greater impact, and building a sustainable business beyond the therapy room, this episode will show you how to take that first step—with the power of AI on your side.

In This Episode, You’ll Learn:

  • Why choosing the “right” course idea feels overwhelming—and how AI can help you get out of your own head.
  • How to use AI to uncover your audience’s biggest pain points in minutes (without the endless Googling).
  • The exact prompts to brainstorm and refine your course ideas—because no one needs another mental squirrel chase.
  • How to test demand for your ideas before you spend months creating content.
  • Why AI is your creative assistant—not your replacement—and how it saves you time while keeping you in the driver’s seat.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode gave you the clarity and tools you’ve been searching for, I’d love for you to rate and review the podcast! Seriously, your feedback helps other therapists discover how to break free from the therapy room and build impactful, scalable businesses.

Here’s how you can support the show:

  1. Go to Apple Podcasts here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  2. Select “Write a Review” and share your biggest takeaway from this episode.
  3. Don’t forget to hit the follow button so you’re the first to know about new episodes!

Links Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Join The Incubator Waitlist: Ready to create your first ethical and scalable online program? Join the waitlist for The Incubator here.
  • Follow Me on Instagram: For more tips, strategies, and behind-the-scenes insights, connect with me at @dr.hayleykelly.

Final Thought

Taking that first step toward building your dream course doesn’t have to be perfect—it just has to be intentional. Trust your expertise, use the tools we talked about today, and let AI do the heavy lifting to give you clarity and confidence.

Because here’s the truth: if your Google history looks like the diary of an overthinking entrepreneur, you’re not alone—but it doesn’t have to stay that way. Let’s rise together, my friends, and create programs that make a lasting impact—one bold step at a time.

View Details

Creating your first online program as a therapist doesn’t have to be overwhelming or confusing. If you’ve ever thought, “Where do I even start?” or “Am I ready for this?”—this episode is for you!

In today’s conversation, I’m unpacking the five most common mistakes therapists make when creating their first online program. From spending months creating content without validation to underpricing your course, these mistakes are not only avoidable but entirely fixable. Plus, I’ll share actionable steps to help you streamline your process, overcome mindset blocks, and launch with confidence.

If you’ve been dreaming about diversifying your income, creating a greater impact, and building a sustainable business beyond the therapy room, this episode will guide you to take intentional steps toward your goal.

In This Episode, We Discuss:

  • Why spending months creating content without validation delays your success—and what to do instead.
  • How to get crystal clear on your messaging to connect with your ideal client.
  • The power of simplicity: How to avoid overwhelming your clients (and yourself) by overloading your course.
  • Why pricing your program too low can hurt your business and your clients’ results.
  • The truth about “waiting for the perfect time” to launch your program—and why starting messy is the best approach.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode gave you the clarity and motivation you’ve been searching for, I’d love for you to rate and review the podcast! Your feedback helps other therapists discover how to break free from the traditional therapy room and create scalable, impactful businesses.

Here’s how you can support the show:

  1. Go to Apple Podcasts, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  2. Select “Write a Review” and share what resonated most with you in this episode.
  3. Don’t forget to hit the follow button so you’re the first to know about new episodes!

Links Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Join the Blueprint Training Series: Ready to create your first ethical and scalable online program? Sign up for this free training here.
  • Follow Me on Instagram: For more tips, strategies, and behind-the-scenes insights, connect with me at @dr.hayleykelly.

Final Thought
The world needs your expertise, not your perfection. The clients you’re meant to serve are waiting for you to show up, just as you are. Let’s rise together and create programs that make a lasting impact—one bold step at a time!

View Details

Creating an online program as a therapist might seem daunting, but let me tell you—it’s 100% doable, even if you’re starting from scratch! If you’ve ever caught yourself thinking, “Am I really expert enough to do this?” I’m here to remind you: Yes, you absolutely are.

In today’s episode, I’m breaking down the biggest mindset traps that keep therapists stuck and showing you how to move past them. We’ll uncover the sneaky ways imposter syndrome shows up, why perfection isn’t necessary (spoiler alert: it never is), and the signs that prove you’re more ready than you think to create your own online program.

If you’ve been dreaming about creating a bigger impact and building a sustainable income beyond the therapy room, this episode will give you the clarity and confidence to finally take that first step.

In This Episode, We Discuss:

  • The 4 P’s of imposter syndrome: perfectionism, procrastination, people-pleasing, and paralysis—and how to overcome them.
  • Why it’s so common for highly educated therapists to question their expertise.
  • Clear signs that you’re ready to create an online program—even if you’re doubting yourself.
  • How to shift your mindset from “Am I good enough?” to “How can I serve?”
  • Why the world doesn’t need a perfect expert—it needs YOU, just as you are.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode gave you that little nudge you’ve been waiting for, I’d be so grateful if you’d take a minute to rate and review the podcast! Your support helps more therapists like you discover how to rise beyond the traditional therapy room and create their dream businesses.

Here’s how to do it:

  1. Head to Apple Podcasts, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  2. Select “Write a Review” and tell me what you loved most about this episode!
  3. And don’t forget to hit the follow button so you never miss an episode.

Links Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Join the Blueprint Training Series: Ready to create your ethical and scalable online program? Sign up for the free training here.
  • Follow Me on Instagram: For more tips, strategies, and behind-the-scenes moments, find me at @dr.hayleykelly.

Let me leave you with this: If you have the skills to help, why wouldn’t you? The world doesn’t need perfect experts—it needs people like you, showing up authentically and sharing what you know. Let’s rise together!

View Details

Creating a thriving online program as a therapist might seem like a daunting task, but today’s episode is proof that it’s absolutely achievable—even if you’re starting from scratch.

Meet Tania Kalkidis, a seasoned clinical psychologist and psychotherapist who transformed her decades of expertise in psychodynamic psychotherapy into an online program that sold out in record time. Tania’s journey isn’t just inspiring—it’s packed with actionable strategies and lessons to help you follow in her footsteps.

If you’ve been dreaming about scaling your impact and creating a sustainable income stream beyond the therapy room, this episode is for you.

We dive deep into Tania’s story, exploring her passion for psychodynamic psychotherapy, attachment theory, and neuroscience, as well as the mindset shifts and strategic steps she took to bring her online program to life.

This episode will leave you feeling empowered and ready to take action on your own journey toward creating scalable and impactful online programs.

In This Episode, We Discuss:

  • Tania’s journey from private practice to launching a sold-out beta program in just weeks.
  • The biggest challenges therapists face when transitioning to online programs (and how Tania overcame them).
  • How attachment theory and neuroscience play a crucial role in creating transformational client relationships—and how Tania brings this expertise into her training.
  • The practical tools and mindset shifts Tania used to tackle tech overwhelm and build a thriving online business.
  • Why focusing on a clear niche and high-value offer is a game-changer for therapists.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If you loved this episode and feel inspired by Tania’s success story, I’d be so grateful if you’d take a moment to rate and review the podcast! Your support helps us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the limitations of traditional practice and create their dream businesses.

Here’s how:

  1. Head to Apple Podcasts, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  2. Select “Write a Review” and let me know what you loved most about this episode!

And don’t forget to hit the follow button. There’s so much more value-packed content coming your way—you won’t want to miss it!

Links Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Join the Incubator Waitlist: Ready to create your ethical and scalable online program? Doors are opening soon—get on the waitlist here.
  • Follow Tania Kalkidis: Find her on Instagram @taniakalkidis and Facebook at Deep Mind Psychodynamic Training.
  • Take Tania’s Free Attachment Quiz: Learn more about her programs and get insights on attachment styles at deepmindpt.com.
  • Follow Me on Instagram: Stay inspired with tips, strategies, and behind-the-scenes moments @dr.hayleykelly.

View Details

Creating online programs can feel like a dream come true—scaling your impact, reaching more people, and building a thriving business. But let’s face it: as therapists, we face unique challenges that most business coaches can’t help us navigate. Enter the minefield of dual relationships.

If you’ve ever wondered how to expand your reach ethically and legally while keeping boundaries rock solid, this episode is for you!

Today, I’m breaking down the most important strategies to help you ethically manage dual relationships when creating online programs. We’ll cover why dual relationships matter, the key ethical and legal challenges to look out for, and the practical tools you need to protect yourself and your clients.

This isn’t just about compliance—it’s about creating programs that align with your values and ensure everyone involved feels safe, respected, and supported.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • What dual relationships are and why licensing boards like APA, AHPRA, and NASW take them so seriously.
  • The risks of blurred boundaries, power dynamics, and confidentiality breaches in online programs—and how to address them.
  • The legal steps every therapist should take when running online programs, including disclaimers, contracts, and setting up separate business entities.
  • My top practical tips to screen participants, create clear agreements, and maintain professional boundaries in group settings.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode helped you feel more confident about managing dual relationships in your business, I’d love for you to rate and review the show! It’s the best way to support the podcast and help other therapists learn to build ethical, scalable online programs.

Just head to Apple Podcasts, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Be sure to let me know what you loved most about this episode!

And if you haven’t already, hit the follow button. Bonus episodes and practical tips are coming your way, and I don’t want you to miss out!

Links Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Join the Incubator Waitlist: Ready to create your ethical and scalable online program? Doors open soon—get on the waitlist!
  • Follow me on Instagram dr.hayleykelly

View Details

Well, my friends, buckle up because this episode is the wake-up call you didn’t know you needed! If you’ve been feeling stuck, burned out, or like your therapy practice is running your life instead of the other way around, this one’s for you.

In today’s value-packed episode, we’re breaking down exactly what it takes to build a profitable therapy practice that supports your dream life—without working more hours, sacrificing your sanity, or burning out.

We’re taking a hard look at the traditional private practice model, why it’s not designed for long-term sustainability, and how you can break free from the grind. From redefining your boundaries to exploring scalable offerings, this episode is packed with actionable steps to help you start 2025 on the right foot.

Today, we dive into:

  • Why the traditional private practice model leads to burnout—and how to fix it.
  • The Lifestyle Audit: Your blueprint for designing a practice that aligns with your dream life.
  • How to overcome the income ceiling by incorporating scalable offerings like courses, memberships, or workshops.
  • The systems and boundaries you need to reclaim your time and energy.
  • Thought-provoking questions to help you uncover limiting beliefs and start making bold changes in 2025.

If you’re ready to make this year the one where you take back control of your practice—and your life—this episode will give you the tools to make it happen.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

For the love of everything self-care, if you’re enjoying the podcast, please share the love! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to ditch burnout and build practices that support their values and goals.

Here’s how:

  1. Tap here to rate with five stars (yes, right now—I’ll wait!)
  2. Select "Write a Review" and share what resonated most with you.
  3. If you haven’t already, hit that follow button so you never miss an episode—we’ve got some exciting content coming your way in 2025!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Ready to create your own breakthrough in 2025? Learn more about the Incubator program here
  • Share your ONE insight from this episode with me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly

View Details

Well, my friends, grab your tissues and your notebooks because this isn't your typical end-of-year reflection episode! If you're ready for some raw honesty about what it really takes to scale your impact as a therapist entrepreneur, this episode is going to be a game-changer for you!

In this value-packed end-of-year episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on our incredible (and sometimes messy) growth journey of 2024, plus sharing the exact framework we used to plan for 2025. Spoiler alert: there were tears, breakthroughs, and some serious mic-drop moments!

I'm sharing our real numbers (including the 400% student growth that made me cry), the complete shit fights that taught us everything, and the Mountain Climbing Method that's revolutionizing how we plan for the future. And don't worry - I'm giving you actionable steps to implement this framework in your own business.

Today, we dive into:

  • The Reality Check Framework that transformed our team retreat
  • Why your "Base Camp" assessment is crucial for massive growth
  • The breakthrough moment that changed everything about our systems
  • How to pick your perfect "Summit" (and actually reach it)
  • The common roadblocks that stop most therapists from scaling (and how to overcome them)

If you're ready to make 2025 your breakthrough year, this episode will give you the exact framework you need to make it happen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

For the love of everything self-care, if you're enjoying the podcast, please share the love! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the traditional therapy model and create the impact and income they dream of.

Here's how:

  • Tap here to rate with five stars (I'll wait - yes, right now!)
  • Select "Write a Review" and let me know what resonated most
  • And if you're not already part of our Therapists Rising community, hit that follow button - we've got some incredible episodes coming your way!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Ready to create your own breakthrough in 2025? Learn more about the Incubator program here
  • Share your ONE insight from this episode with me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly

Remember - your journey to making a bigger impact starts with a single step. But you have to take it. Let's make 2025 the year you stop playing small and start creating the change you're meant to make in the world!

View Details

Holy moly, my friend - if you've got an incredible online program but the sales just aren't happening, this episode is going to be a game-changer for you!

In this value-packed mini episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on the exact signs I look for when helping our students figure out why their programs aren't selling. Spoiler alert: it usually comes down to their niche!

I'm sharing real examples from our community (including my own early struggles!) and breaking down the five telltale signs your niche needs work. And don't worry - I'm not just pointing out the problems. I'm giving you actionable steps to fix each one.

Today, we dive into:

  • The "Everyone Trap" and why it's killing your sales
  • Why talking about your amazing features isn't doing you any favours
  • The sneaky problem with trying to help both Sally the CEO and Sarah the Stay-at-Home Mom
  • How the fear of missing out is actually making you miss out
  • The clarity breakthrough that will make your offer irresistible

If you're ready to stop throwing spaghetti at the wall and start attracting your perfect-fit clients, this episode is absolutely for you!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

For the love of everything self-care, if you're enjoying the podcast, please share the love! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the traditional therapy model and create the impact and income they dream of.

Here's how: Tap here to rate with five stars (I'll wait - yes, right now!) Select "Write a Review" and let me know what resonated most And if you're not already part of our Therapists Rising community, hit that follow button - we've got some incredible episodes coming your way!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Ready to get crystal clear on your niche? Come join us inside the Incubator
  • Send me a DM on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly - I'd love to know which sign resonated most with you!

Remember - when you're trying to rise while carrying everyone's problems, you'll barely get off the ground. But when you know exactly who you're serving and how you're helping them? That's when you'll truly take flight!

View Details

As we head into 2025, the mental health field is evolving faster than ever before—and with these changes come incredible opportunities for growth, innovation, and sustainability in your practice.

In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on Mental Health 3.0—the next big shift in how we approach therapy. We’ll explore the key trends shaping the future of our field, why change is both necessary and urgent, and how you can adapt your practice to not only survive but thrive in this new era of mental health care.

Whether you’re feeling burnt out, frustrated with the limits of traditional 1:1 models, or excited about the possibilities of scalable care, this episode is for you. It’s time to reimagine what’s possible for your practice, your clients, and the future of therapy.

Today, I discuss:

  • Why the cracks in the mental health system are an opportunity, not a dead-end
  • How Mental Health 3.0 is reshaping care to be scalable, preventative, and accessible
  • Practical strategies to safeguard your practice, including leveraging technology, diversifying income streams, and advocating for equity
  • The mindset shifts you need to embrace change as a chance to grow

If you’re ready to take control of your future and step confidently into 2025, this episode is packed with actionable insights to help you do just that!

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love this episode? Let me know! Your reviews help us reach more therapists who are ready to rise above the challenges and create the impactful practices they dream of.

Here’s how:

  1. Click here, scroll to the bottom, and tap to rate with five stars.
  2. Select “Write a Review” and tell me what you loved most about the episode!

And if you’re not already following the Therapists Rising Podcast, hit that follow button now—I’ve got more game-changing episodes (and some bonus surprises) coming your way!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Download your free guide: 2025 Therapy Trends—How to Futureproof Your Practice
  • Ready to embrace Mental Health 3.0? Learn more about the Incubator program here.
  • Follow me on Instagram for more insights, tips, and behind-the-scenes moments!

Let’s rise together and create the future of therapy—one bold step at a time.

View Details

What’s holding you back from earning more as a therapist? Spoiler alert: It’s not just the system - it’s your mindset.

As therapists, we’ve been conditioned to believe that financial sacrifice equals integrity. That earning more means losing touch with your ethics, your clients, or your values. But here’s the truth: this belief is the #1 reason so many therapists hit an income ceiling - and stay there.

In this episode, we’re breaking down why this mindset is holding you back and, more importantly, how to bust through it. From shifting your money story to creating scalable income streams, we’re diving into the tools and strategies you need to create a career that’s both sustainable and impactful.

In this episode, I’ll cover:

  • The #1 reason therapists hit an income ceiling—and why it’s a mindset issue more than anything else.
  • How the Reticular Activating System (RAS) works—and why your beliefs literally shape your reality.
  • Why wealth creation isn’t about greed, but about creating resources to expand your impact.
  • How I used the “How can I make this possible?” mindset to launch an evergreen revenue stream that helps fund my vision.
  • Practical strategies for busting through the ceiling, from tiered goal-setting (Good, Better, Audacious) to scalable income ideas.

This episode is for you if:

  • You’re tired of feeling stuck in the 1:1 model but don’t know how to move forward.
  • You’ve been holding onto limiting beliefs about what’s possible for your income and your career.
  • You’re ready to break through your ceiling and start building a business that supports your big vision.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode resonated with you, I’d be so grateful if you could rate and review the show! Your feedback helps us reach more therapists ready to rise and create sustainable, impactful businesses.

Here’s how: Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode—your support means the world!

And don’t forget to hit follow so you never miss an episode. Big things are on the horizon, and you won’t want to miss a moment.

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Join the waitlist for our next Incubator cohort
  • Follow me on Instagram

View Details

Feeling stuck trying to grow your team without breaking the bank? Here’s how to hire smart, delegate with confidence, and build a thriving business you love.

My friend, let’s talk about a topic that so many therapists-turned-entrepreneurs face: how to hire and grow your team without feeling overwhelmed - or spending more than you can afford.

Today, I’m joined by the incredible Paula Maidens, a hiring strategist and team expert who’s spent over 14 years helping entrepreneurs like you build high-performing teams. Paula is here to share her practical and proven strategies for hiring the right people at the right time, delegating tasks effectively, and stepping confidently into your role as a leader.

In this episode, we’re diving deep into the art and strategy of building your dream team on a budget. Paula breaks down everything from when and how to hire your first team member to overcoming the fear of spending money on building a team. Plus, we tackle the mindset shifts you need to lead with clarity and confidence as your business grows.

Here’s what you’ll learn in today’s episode:

  • Why hiring doesn’t have to be expensive or stressful
  • How to recognize when it’s time to hire - and where to start
  • Practical tips for hiring the right person, not just the cheapest option
  • The secrets to successful delegation - and why it’s the key to scaling
  • How to overcome the fear of investing in a team
  • Why strategic hiring sets the foundation for long-term success

Whether you’re just starting out or already thinking about growing your team, this episode is packed with insights to help you hire, delegate, and thrive with confidence.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

Love the show? Your support means the world! If you enjoyed this episode, please consider rating and reviewing Therapists Rising Podcast. Your feedback helps us reach more therapists like you who are ready to rise above the traditional therapy model and create impactful, sustainable businesses.

Here’s how:

  1. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.”
  2. Let me know what you loved most about the episode!

And don’t forget to follow the podcast—there’s so much bonus content on the way that you won’t want to miss. Hit that follow button now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Say hi to Paula on Instagram
  • Learn more about Paula’s Hiring Mastery™ Method here
  • Come hang out with me on Instagram
  • Ready to rise and build your dream business? Join our Incubator waitlist here

Let’s keep rising, my friend—you’ve got this!

View Details

Feeling stuck under the weight of judgment and criticism? Here’s how to keep showing up, stay focused on your mission, and turn negativity into momentum.

My friend, let’s have an honest heart-to-heart about something that stops so many therapists in their tracks: the fear of judgment and criticism. Whether it’s in those infamous therapist Facebook groups (we’ve all been there!) or the dreaded client review, it can feel so hard to stay focused when negativity creeps in.

But here’s the thing: criticism isn’t a sign that you’re doing something wrong—it’s proof that you’re making waves. The louder the feedback, the bigger the impact you’re having. So, instead of letting judgment hold you back, this episode is all about showing you how to use it as fuel to keep going.

In this episode, I’ll show you:

  • Why criticism is inevitable when you’re making a difference—and why that’s a good thing
  • How to stay in your lane and focus on your unique strengths, even when comparison starts creeping in
  • Practical tips for handling negativity, from checking in with your moral compass to embracing the "block and delete" philosophy
  • Why collaboration beats competition every time—and how lifting others up lifts you up too
  • How to center yourself on your "Why" and keep showing up for the people who need you most

Remember: The world needs your voice, your vision, and your unique perspective. Let’s rise above the noise and keep making waves that matter.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

“I love Hayley and Therapists Rising.” <– If that’s you, please take a moment to rate and review the show! Your feedback helps us reach more therapists like you who are ready to create impact through online programs.

Here’s how: Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode—your support means the world!

And if you’re not already following the podcast, now’s the perfect time. I’ve got some bonus episodes and special content coming soon, and you won’t want to miss it. Hit that follow button now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Come and say hi on Instagram!
  • Ready to rise above the fear and create the online program of your dreams? Join the waitlist here for our next Incubator cohort!

View Details

Messaging is the key to unlocking sales, connection, and impact for your online program. Are you ready to master it?

Here’s the deal: You could have the most life-changing online program in the world, but if your messaging isn’t clear, your audience won’t buy it. Messaging isn’t just about words - it’s about building a bridge between your dream clients and the transformation they’re craving.

In this episode, I’m breaking it all down for you. From understanding your ideal client to creating a message that stops people in their scroll, this is your roadmap to mastering your messaging and turning curiosity into commitment.

Whether you’re just starting out or you’ve launched before and felt like your message didn’t quite land, this episode will give you the tools you need to create messaging that connects, resonates, and—most importantly—converts.

In this episode, you’ll hear:

  • What messaging really is and why it’s the foundation of a successful online program
  • How to identify and deeply understand your ideal client to speak directly to their needs
  • The biggest mistakes therapists make in their messaging—and simple ways to avoid them
  • How to speak to your audience’s pain points and desires using clear, relatable language
  • Actionable steps to refine your message so it builds trust and connects with your dream clients
  • Why messaging is the missing link that makes marketing feel natural and easy

The time is NOW to create messaging that works for you!

Every moment you spend wondering why your program isn’t selling could be spent refining your messaging and connecting with the people who need your work. Your dream clients are out there—they’re just waiting for you to say the right thing.

Listen now and get ready to transform your messaging!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode hit home for you, I’d be so grateful if you could rate and review the show! Your feedback helps me reach more therapists ready to turn their knowledge into impactful, profitable programs. Just click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and write a quick review. Thank you for supporting the show!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Follow me on Instagram for more tips and behind-the-scenes insights

View Details

Ever felt a whisper in your heart telling you that being a therapist doesn’t feel like the perfect fit anymore? Or maybe you’ve wrestled with the guilt and shame of wanting to step away from 1:1 therapy work, wondering what that means for your purpose, your clients, and your identity.

You’re not alone, and this episode is for you.

So many therapists reach a point where they feel the need for change, yet the weight of expectations, identity, and guilt can hold them back. In this candid conversation, I’m sharing insights to help you navigate this journey, redefine your purpose, and step into your next chapter with confidence and clarity.

🎙️ Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

  • Why Stepping Away Feels So Hard: Explore the identity crisis and guilt many therapists face, plus my personal story of being told I was "abandoning ship" when I decided to leave 1:1 work.
  • Reframing the Narrative: Why stepping away doesn’t erase your impact—it’s an evolution of your purpose.
  • Practical Steps to Navigate the Transition: From tuning into your inner voice to testing the waters with small projects, actionable steps to help you move forward.
  • The Bigger Picture: Redefine your soul mission and discover how living authentically can make an even greater impact.

This episode is a reminder that your worth isn’t tied to the therapy chair. If you’ve ever questioned your role or dreamed of something new, you’ll find the tools and encouragement to start exploring what’s next.

🔗 Listen now to discover how to navigate the transition and embrace a new chapter with purpose and grace!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode resonated with you, I’d be so grateful if you could rate and review the show! Your feedback helps us reach more therapists who need these conversations. Just click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Thank you so much for your support!

Links Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Want to explore new possibilities? Join the waitlist for The Incubator to be the first notified when doors open in early 2025.
  • Connect with me on Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly
  • Looking for resources? Explore our programs and tools designed to help therapists thrive beyond the therapy chair.

View Details

Ever feel like Instagram is just not made for therapists? Like it’s all trends, dances, and influencers, while you’re here trying to connect with real people who need your help?

You’re not alone. So many therapists feel overwhelmed by Instagram - and that’s why I invited Emily Masterson, creator coach and Meta insider, to join me for this episode. With over 8 years of experience helping small businesses grow, Emily knows exactly how therapists can use Instagram to build a community, attract dream clients, and fill their online programs without losing their sanity.

This isn’t about becoming an influencer. It’s about showing up authentically, connecting with your audience, and making Instagram work for you—on your terms.

🎙️ Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

  • The ONE Mistake Killing Your Instagram Reach: Emily breaks down why most therapists are getting this wrong.
  • How to Build Trust Through Instagram: Why it’s about relationships, not followers.
  • Emily’s Top Tips for Standing Out: Simple shifts to make your content more effective.
  • The Truth About Instagram for Therapists: It’s not about perfection or trends- it’s about connection.

This episode is packed with actionable insights to help you cut through the noise and start making Instagram a powerful tool for your practice and programs.

And because I know you love tools that make life easier, we’ve created a free guide just for you: "50 Conversation Starters + AI Prompts to Attract Your Ideal Program Participants Quickly." It’s your secret weapon to creating authentic, engaging content in no time.

🔗 Listen now to learn how to turn Instagram into a growth tool for your practice!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode hit home, please take a moment to rate and review the show! Your feedback helps us reach more therapists looking for clarity, connection, and growth in their practices. Just click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Thank you so much for your support!

Links Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Download the Free Guide: 50 Conversation Starters + AI Prompts to Attract Your Ideal Program Participants Quickly
  • Follow Emily on Instagram: @Emily_Masterson_Official
  • Drop me a DM over on Instagram!
  • Want to create your own online program? Join the incubator waitlist to be the first notified when we open doors in early 2025!

View Details

Ever felt a twinge of guilt or shame for wanting to earn more money in your practice? You’re not alone. In this episode, we’re tackling one of the most pervasive and limiting beliefs in the therapy world: the idea that wanting financial success is greedy or unethical.

Join me as I break down why this narrative is not only outdated but actively holding therapists back from making the impact they’re capable of. From reframing money as a tool for good to overcoming guilt and shame around earning, this episode is packed with empowering insights to help you embrace financial success without sacrificing your values.

🎙️ Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

  • The Myth of Noble Poverty: Why therapists are conditioned to equate sacrifice with integrity and how this mindset undermines both personal and professional sustainability.
  • Breaking the Silence Around Financial Success: How openly sharing your success stories can inspire others, break down stigma, and shift the narrative for therapists everywhere.
  • The Income-Impact Cycle: Explore the powerful connection between money and impact, and why earning more allows you to serve more people and amplify your values.
  • The Emotional Side of Money: Confront the guilt and shame that can come with wanting financial success and reframe it as a means to create greater impact.
  • Actionable Steps for 2025: Reflect on your income this year, set bold but aligned financial goals for the coming year, and identify how additional income could expand your reach and impact.

If you’ve ever wondered whether it’s possible to build a financially successful practice without compromising your ethics, this episode is here to show you that not only is it possible — it’s essential.

🔗 Listen now to learn how to embrace financial success as a therapist and use it as a tool to transform your practice and your community!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode resonated with you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! Your feedback helps us reach more therapists ready to rewrite their money narratives and make a bigger impact. Just click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Thanks so much for listening!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • If this episode resonated with you - head over to Instagram and drop me a DM!
  • Want to create your own online program? Jump on the waitlist to be the first notified when we open doors in early 2025!

View Details

Ever thought about adding a membership model to your business but aren’t sure where to start or what it really takes? This episode dives deep into why memberships are a powerful way for therapists to create sustainable, recurring revenue — and the strategies to make them thrive. Join me as I unpack the steps to building a membership that offers continuous value and genuine community.

I’ll be pulling back the curtain on how our signature course, The Incubator, and our membership, Incubator Plus, really work behind the scenes to support therapists at every stage of their journey. You’ll get an insider’s look at how these programs create a seamless ecosystem where members can keep growing and scaling sustainably. If you’ve ever wondered about the impact of combining a course and a membership to offer deeper support for your clients, this episode is for you!

🎙️ Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

  • Pros and Cons of Memberships: From the benefits of recurring revenue and scalability to the challenges of retention and ongoing commitment, we’ll break down what you need to know before diving into memberships.
  • Key Strategy Elements: Discover three foundational strategies that can set your membership up for success, including designing for retention, understanding your members’ journey, and building a strong community.
  • Creating Value Over Time: Learn why it’s crucial to show “Time to Value” with early wins and how to create a content cadence that keeps members engaged without overwhelming them.
  • Upsells, Downsells, and Building an Ecosystem: Hear how a membership can serve as the perfect bridge between your courses and higher-tier offers, creating a seamless pathway for client growth.

If you’re ready to learn how a membership model could transform your practice, this episode is packed with actionable insights and tips.

🔗 Listen now to explore how to build a membership that not only serves your community but also scales with your business!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode resonated with you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! Your feedback helps us reach more therapists ready to build their authority and visibility. Just click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Thanks so much for listening!

**Links mentioned in this episode:

-** Interested in creating your own online program? Jump on the waitlist to be first notified when we open doors in early 2025!

View Details

Ever feel like you’re pouring all your energy into creating an online program, but you’re still wondering if it’s truly helping your students get the results they signed up for? In today’s episode, we’re diving into strategies that make a real difference in student experience and success. Because here’s the thing: when your students thrive, so does your program.

We’ll talk about practical, human-centered ways to boost engagement, reduce drop-off, and help students feel connected, motivated, and ready to take action. This isn’t just about delivering great content — it’s about building an experience that empowers them to reach their goals with confidence and clarity.

🎙️ Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

  • Onboarding That Truly Welcomes: Discover how a thoughtful onboarding process can help students feel right at home, reduce overwhelm, and set the tone for their journey. We’ll cover tips like giving them a “quick win” in the first module to show immediate value and boost their confidence.
  • Keeping Content Interactive and Actionable: It’s not just about teaching; it’s about engaging. We’ll dive into ways to integrate worksheets, quizzes, or small group discussions that make learning more enjoyable and keep students coming back for more.
  • Building a Strong, Supportive Community: Community is where the magic happens. Find out how creating spaces for students to connect, share wins, and support each other can foster accountability and motivation — and make the whole experience richer.
  • Focusing on “Time to Value” with Early Wins: Want to get students hooked from day one? We’ll talk about designing those first lessons to deliver quick, meaningful wins that build momentum and keep them excited about what’s next.

If you’re ready to level up your program’s impact and create a memorable experience for your students, this episode is packed with insights to make it happen. Because at the end of the day, a thriving student experience is the key to a program that’s fulfilling — for both them and you.

🔗 Listen now to discover how you can elevate your students' journey and create lasting impact!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode resonated with you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! Your feedback helps us reach more therapists ready to build their authority and visibility. Just click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Thanks so much for listening!

**Links mentioned in this episode:

-** Interested in creating your own online program? Jump on the waitlist to be first notified when we open doors in early 2025!

View Details

Ever wondered how to take your expertise beyond the therapy room and into the media spotlight? Today’s episode with Clare Rowe is packed with actionable insights on how therapists can get into PR and media to expand their impact and build authority in their field. Clare, an Educational & Developmental Psychologist and seasoned media commentator, joins us to share her journey and practical advice for navigating the world of media while staying authentic to your values.

Whether you’re looking to amplify your message, build your brand, or reach new clients, Clare’s experience in the public eye offers a roadmap to stepping confidently into the media world and positioning yourself as an expert.

🎙️ Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

  • Breaking into Media as a Therapist: Clare shares how to start building your media presence, even if you’re new to PR, and why it’s crucial for expanding your reach and credibility.

  • Authenticity and Imposter Syndrome: Discover Clare’s personal approach to balancing authenticity with visibility and how to face imposter syndrome when stepping into the public eye.

  • Knowing Your Worth and Charging for It: Clare dives into the importance of recognizing the value of your work and why confidence in your worth can shift your media presence and professional success.

  • Practical Tips for PR Success: From reaching out to media contacts to honing your message, Clare offers tried-and-true tips on positioning yourself in the media without losing sight of your mission.

If you’re ready to make your voice heard and start gaining traction in PR and media, this episode is a must-listen. Clare’s insights will give you the tools and inspiration to take that first (or next) step in your journey to becoming a recognized voice in your field.

🔗 Listen now to learn how to amplify your impact and expertise in the media!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If this episode resonated with you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! Your feedback helps us reach more therapists ready to build their authority and visibility. Just click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Thanks so much for listening!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Clare’s Website: www.clarerowe.com.au
  • Follow Clare on Instagram: @clarerowe_psychologist

View Details

Have you ever felt like there’s a voice in your head that loves to point out all the reasons why you shouldn’t go after something big? Yeah, me too. That voice is often loud, full of doubt, and sometimes tries to masquerade as “playing it safe.” But here’s what I’ve learned after building a seven-figure program: it’s not about ignoring that voice; it’s about reshaping it with beliefs that can lift you up instead of holding you back.

In today’s episode, I’m sharing three powerful beliefs that helped me stay resilient, keep my focus, and make a real impact along the way. And no, this isn’t just about me — these beliefs are something you can take with you on your journey, whether you’re creating your first online course or looking to reach the next level in your business.

🎙️ Here’s what you’ll hear in this episode:

Belief #1: Nothing I Come Up Against Is Bigger Than My Commitment to My Goals. Learn why staying true to your purpose and focusing on the change you want to make can help you push through any obstacle (and why I’ve found this belief to be the bedrock of my success).

Belief #2: Success is Inevitable if You Keep Going. “Progress over perfection” has become my mantra, and I’ll show you why shifting from “fear of failure” to seeing every step as data has made all the difference in my business journey.

Belief #3: My Impact is Worth the Judgments or Criticism I Might Face. Standing out means facing the critics. I talk about handling judgments — from others and from within — and how centering on your “why” can help you weather those storms (even if you’re wired to feel those hits a little harder, like me!).

So, if you’re ready to tap into some big-picture beliefs to fuel your success, this episode is for you. Whether you’re in the early stages of an idea or refining an existing program, these mindsets are here to help you keep going — with purpose and confidence.

🔗 Listen now and start building a belief system that’s as unstoppable as your ambition!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

“I love this podcast!” If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! Your feedback helps me support more people like you, moving toward a more impactful and profitable practice. Just click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Thanks so much for listening!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Viktor Frankl’s Man’s Search for Meaning
  • Visit me on Instagram!

View Details

High-Achieving & Neurodivergent: Thriving Beyond the Diagnosis with Johanna Badenhorst

In honor of ADHD Awareness Month, I’m thrilled to bring you an incredibly special episode that’s close to my heart. Today, I’m joined by Johanna Badenhorst, a psychologist and ADHD coach who was diagnosed with ADHD later in life, just like me. We dive deep into the unique challenges - and strengths - of high-achieving women with ADHD, exploring how neurodivergent individuals can thrive both personally and professionally.

Johanna shares her personal story of navigating a late diagnosis and how it has shaped her approach to empowering women with ADHD to build self-trust, find clarity, and prevent burnout. As a fellow neurodivergent entrepreneur, this episode is particularly meaningful to me, and I know it will resonate deeply with many of you.

In this episode, we cover:

  • Johanna’s journey to her ADHD diagnosis and how it transformed her career path.
  • Common misconceptions about ADHD in high-achieving women and how to challenge them.
  • Why ADHD women often struggle with burnout and how to create more flow.
  • Practical strategies for pacing energy, setting boundaries, and embracing authenticity.
  • Johanna’s insights on showing up authentically on social media and breaking the mold as a neurodivergent psychologist.

If you’re ready to learn how to harness your ADHD as a strength rather than a setback, this episode is for you. Tune in for practical advice, real-life stories, and a big dose of inspiration for embracing your neurodivergent identity.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If you found this episode helpful, please consider rating and reviewing the show! Your feedback helps me reach more therapists and neurodivergent individuals looking to grow and thrive. Just click here, scroll down, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what resonated most with you!

If you haven’t already, be sure to follow the podcast. By following, you won’t miss out on bonus episodes or exclusive content—so hit that 'Follow' button now!

Links Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Johanna Badenhorst's Instagram:
  • Download the free ADHD Burnout Guide

View Details

Signs Your Clients Need You to Create an Online Program

Are you constantly running into the same client challenges, managing never-ending waitlists, or repeating the same foundational lessons? It might be time to create an online program to meet your clients' growing needs—and maximize your impact. In this episode, I break down the five key signs that your clients are telling you they need more from you than 1:1 sessions.

If you’ve ever wondered whether creating an online course could help you serve your clients better, this episode will guide you through exactly what to look out for.

I cover:

  • Why repetitive psychoeducation could be your signal to scale
  • How never-ending waitlists indicate demand—and what to do about it
  • The power of community support and why clients crave it
  • How financial barriers make online programs more accessible for clients
  • How to identify the right time to turn your expertise into a program

Curious to learn how to meet client needs beyond 1:1 sessions? I’ve got you covered in this episode!

👉 Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If you found value in this episode, consider rating and reviewing the podcast! Your support helps me reach more therapists who want to grow their impact and income through online programs. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Don’t forget to follow the podcast so you don’t miss out on bonus episodes and actionable tips to elevate your practice. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Episode 117 | 3 Signs You Are Ready to Create an Online Program
  • Download the Ultimate Guide to Creating an Online Program as a Therapist
  • Therapists Rising on Instagram

View Details

If you’re looking for an engaging way to grow your email list, connect with your ideal clients, and increase sales for your online programs, this episode is a must-listen! I’m joined by quiz expert Lindsay Roberts, who shares how therapists can use quizzes to attract qualified leads, nurture relationships, and boost program enrollments.

In this episode, we cover:

  • What quizzes are and why they work well for therapists building online programs.
  • Step-by-step strategies for designing effective quizzes, including topics, questions, and results pages.
  • How quizzes compare to traditional opt-ins (like PDFs or meditations) and why they often achieve higher engagement.
  • Examples of successful quizzes tailored for therapists and practical tips for creating your own, even if you're a beginner.
  • How to use quizzes to segment your audience, personalize marketing, and drive more sales.
  • Common pitfalls to avoid when designing quizzes to ensure optimal results.

Whether you’re new to quizzes or ready to create one, this episode is packed with insights and actionable advice to help you grow your online program.

Connect with Lindsay Roberts

  • Email: lindsay@femfrontier.com
  • Quiz Camp: Visit Here

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If you enjoyed this episode, please rate and review the show! Your feedback helps more therapists discover new ways to build sustainable online programs. Head to Apple Podcasts here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about the episode!

And don’t forget to follow the podcast for more actionable tips!

Links Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Take the 2-minute Quiz to Find out if an Online Program is the Right Move for You and Your Practice
  • Therapists Rising Website
  • Dr. Hayley Kelly’s Instagram
  • Explore more episodes of the Therapists Rising Podcast here

View Details

Have you launched an online program and wondered if there’s a way to maximize your income without overhauling what’s already working? You’re not alone! Many therapists are looking for simple, effective ways to increase revenue while still delivering powerful results.

In today’s episode, I’m sharing three easy strategies that can boost your program’s sales and enhance the client experience — all without changing the core of your offer. We’re diving into the world of order bumps, upsells, and VIP upgrades, breaking down exactly how they work and why they’re so effective.

Whether you’re new to these strategies or already considering them for your next launch, this episode is packed with practical tips to help you make more money from your online program in a sustainable, client-friendly way.

In this episode, I talk about:

  • What order bumps, upsells, and VIP upgrades are — and why they work so well for therapists
  • How to know if an add-on is truly a bonus or if it should be part of your core program
  • Real-life examples, including price points, to help you implement each strategy in your own program
  • How these add-ons boost revenue without compromising the integrity of your main offer

If you’re ready to make more from your online program and want a step-by-step guide to adding these strategies, make sure to tune in!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If you’re enjoying the Therapists Rising podcast, I’d love for you to take a moment to rate and review the show! It helps more therapists and entrepreneurs—just like you—find the podcast and grow sustainable, impactful businesses. Just head to Apple Podcasts here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what resonated most with you in this episode!

And if you haven’t done so already, be sure to follow the podcast! I’m adding bonus content regularly, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Therapists Rising Website
  • Dr. Hayley Kelly’s Instagram
  • Explore more episodes of the Therapists Rising podcast here

View Details

From Invisible to Invincible: Nichi Morrin’s Mission to Empower Those with Invisible Conditions

Have you ever felt unseen or misunderstood because of an invisible condition? Or perhaps you’re a therapist wondering how you can make a difference for clients who face unique, unseen challenges every day? In today’s episode, I’m sitting down with Nichi Morrin, a visionary clinical psychologist, entrepreneur, and fierce advocate for those living with invisible conditions.

Nichi is the founder of The Successful Zebra and creator of the Million Seen Movement, a campaign dedicated to reaching one million people who live with invisible illnesses, helping them feel seen, heard, and connected. She’s also the author of Girl, Get out of the Freaking Car!, a powerful guide that uses a life-changing metaphor to help women with invisible conditions reclaim their confidence and self-worth. A member of the Therapists Rising community, Nichi started her journey in our Incubator program and is now a valued mastermind member — she’s even been named our Student of the Month!

In this episode, Nichi shares her journey from psychologist to advocate, the metaphor that inspired her book, and her mission to make sustainable success a reality for those often overlooked. Whether you’re a therapist, a client, or someone looking for a dose of inspiration, this conversation is packed with insights into advocacy, self-confidence, and the power of being seen.

In this episode, we talk about:

  • Nichi’s journey from teaching to psychology and advocacy for those with invisible conditions
  • The Million Seen Movement and why Nichi’s committed to reaching one million people globally
  • The life-changing metaphor behind Nichi’s book, Girl, Get out of the Freaking Car!
  • How the Therapists Rising community has helped Nichi take intentional action toward her dreams
  • Tips for therapists looking to serve clients with invisible conditions in impactful ways

If you’re interested in advocacy, personal growth, or finding ways to create sustainable change, this episode will leave you inspired and empowered.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If you’re enjoying the Therapists Rising podcast, please consider rating and reviewing the show! Your feedback helps us reach more therapists and entrepreneurs on their journey to creating sustainable, impactful businesses. Simply head to Apple Podcasts here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what resonated with you most in this episode!

And don’t forget to follow the podcast so you never miss an episode. We’re adding bonus content, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Million Seen Movement on Facebook and Instagram
  • The Successful Zebra Store
  • Therapists Rising Website
  • Dr. Hayley Kelly’s Instagram
  • Explore more episodes of the Therapists Rising podcast here

View Details

Can an Online Program Really Be as Transformational as 1:1 Therapy?

Have you ever wondered if an online program could deliver the same depth of transformation as working 1:1 with a therapist? You’re not alone. Many therapists are hesitant to create online programs because they’re concerned that group or self-paced formats just won’t offer the same personal growth as individualized sessions.

In today’s mini episode, I’m unpacking the strengths and limitations of online programs, and exploring the question that so many of us have: Can an online program truly change lives the way 1:1 therapy can? I’ll dive into the unique benefits of online programs, from flexibility and accessibility to the power of community, and the opportunities they provide for clients to take ownership of their journey. We’ll also discuss the limitations and when 1:1 support is irreplaceable.

Whether you’re considering launching an online program or just curious about the potential impact, this episode will give you valuable insights into how online programs can complement traditional therapy work.

In this episode, I talk about:

  • Why therapists are concerned about whether online programs can be as impactful as 1:1 support
  • The unique benefits online programs bring, including flexibility and accessibility for clients with busy schedules
  • How peer support and community can enhance growth, creating a powerful, shared experience for clients
  • The empowering nature of self-directed growth in an online format and how it can foster lasting change
  • When 1:1 support is still essential, especially for complex or highly individualized needs

If you’re thinking about adding an online program to your practice, tune in for a balanced look at the strengths and limits of this model and what it can bring to clients on their transformational journeys.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If you’re enjoying the Therapists Rising podcast, I’d love for you to rate and review the show! This helps me support more therapists and entrepreneurs—just like you—on their journey to building sustainable and impactful businesses. Simply head to Apple Podcasts here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast! I’m adding bonus episodes, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Therapists Rising Website
  • Dr. Hayley Kelly’s Instagram

View Details

Marketing 101 for Therapists: Overcoming Common Hurdles to Build and Grow Your Online Program

Feeling overwhelmed by marketing? You’re not alone! Marketing can feel especially challenging for therapists who are used to connecting one-on-one and want to maintain values-aligned, ethical practices. That’s why I’m answering some of the most common marketing questions I get asked in this episode.

After the amazing response to our last Q&A episode (Episode 136: Social Media Tips for Therapists: How to Build Trust, Boost Engagement, and Sell Your Program), I knew it was time for another! In today’s episode, we’ll talk about why marketing doesn’t have to feel overwhelming, and how simple strategies can help you reach people who need your program without compromising your ethics.

So, if you’re ready to make marketing feel doable and aligned with your work as a therapist, this episode is for you!

Here’s what we’ll cover:

The Thought of Marketing Online Scares Me—Any Words of Wisdom?
Discover how to approach marketing as sharing your message rather than selling. I’ll walk you through starting small and focusing on authenticity, helping you feel confident and in control of your marketing.

How Did You Grow Your Audience for Therapists Rising?
I’ll share my journey of building Therapists Rising, from creating content that resonates to the pros and cons of hiring a VA. You’ll learn why it’s okay to start solo, and how slow, consistent growth is both effective and manageable.

Can I Promote My Online Program to Current or Past Clients?
We dive into the ethical considerations here, like maintaining boundaries and avoiding dual relationships. I’ll explain when a soft introduction might work and offer tips for promoting in a way that’s transparent and respectful.

Is a Mailing List Important if I Only Have One Online Program?
I’ll address why email lists remain one of the highest ROI marketing strategies. We’ll explore simple, effective ways to create value-filled emails and connect with your audience directly without feeling like you’re constantly promoting.

Should I Start a Facebook Group to Funnel People Into My Program?
Thinking about a Facebook group? I’ll walk you through the pros and cons, from community-building benefits to ethical boundaries. Plus, we’ll talk about what it really takes to get a group up and running successfully.

If marketing has ever felt daunting, my goal is to help you feel empowered, aligned, and ready to take action. Join me as we break it down into doable steps that fit your values as a therapist.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

“I love Therapists Rising!” <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! This helps me reach more therapists who want to grow sustainable businesses. Just click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” I’d love to know what resonates most with you!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding bonus episodes, and if you’re not following, you might miss out! Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Instagram – Follow me for more marketing insights and updates!
  • Listen to Episode 136: Social Media Tips for Therapists: How to Build Trust, Boost Engagement, and Sell Your Program

Other ways to listen:

Download on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts. Results may vary; please see earnings disclaimer for more detail.

View Details

Do you find yourself chasing new ideas all the time, only to leave them unfinished? If you’re a therapist looking to expand your practice, you might be battling a case of “too-many-idea-itis.” But there’s a simple antidote: F.O.C.U.S., or “Follow One Course Until Success.Are you caught up in “too-many-idea-itis”? If you’re constantly dreaming up new programs, courses, and membership ideas (and starting half of them!), you’re not alone. This “condition” may sound like a childhood diagnosis from Doc McStuffins, but it’s very real for therapists expanding their practices. Luckily, I’ve got the antidote: F.O.C.U.S., or “Follow One Course Until Success.”

In today’s episode, I’m sharing the journey of discovering F.O.C.U.S. and why it’s been life-changing. We’ll explore why therapists often fall into idea overload and how a little science and a lot of focus can help you finally see results. Plus, I’ll share some tough lessons I’ve learned firsthand from my own “too-many-idea-itis,” and how you can use F.O.C.U.S. to avoid the same pitfalls.

Whether you’re just getting started with your first online program or juggling several projects, this episode will help you ditch the overwhelm and commit to one powerful path to success.

In this episode, we’ll cover:

  • What “too-many-idea-itis” is (and why Doc McStuffins may be onto something with these names)
  • The dopamine hit from new ideas, and why it can leave us with a pile of unfinished projects
  • The myth of multitasking, backed by research from Stanford and Dr. Daniel Levitin
  • How to protect your limited energy as a therapist and invest it in one high-impact project
  • Steps to follow the F.O.C.U.S. strategy and start seeing real results in your business

If you’re ready to say goodbye to idea overload and embrace a focused, productive path, this episode is for you!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If you’re enjoying the Therapists Rising podcast, please consider rating and reviewing the show! This helps me support more therapists and entrepreneurs—just like you—on their journey to creating impactful and sustainable businesses. Simply head to Apple Podcasts, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” I’d love to know what resonated with you most!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast! I’m adding bonus episodes, and by following, you’ll be the first to know.

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Therapists Rising Website
  • Dr. Hayley Kelly’s Instagram
  • Explore more episodes of the Therapists Rising podcast here

View Details

Have you ever dreamt of running a retreat with your dream clients, in an exotic location, and creating a life-changing experience? You’re not alone—so many therapists are drawn to the idea of hosting retreats. But, before you dive in, let’s have an honest conversation about the realities of running retreats.

In today’s episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on the good, the bad, and everything no one tells you about running a retreat. I’ll also be sharing some key signs to look out for in your business to know if a retreat is the right fit for you.

Whether you’re dreaming about a retreat, or you’ve already started planning one, this episode is packed with the insights you need to make the best decision for your business.

In this episode, I talk about:

  • Why retreats are so appealing to therapists and the common goals many have for running one
  • The incredible impact and connection retreats offer, and why they can be so transformational for clients
  • The logistical and financial challenges therapists don’t often see coming (and how to avoid them)
  • The legal, ethical, and emotional complexities you need to be prepared for
  • 5 key signs that your business is ready for a retreat (and how to know if it’s not)

If you’ve been thinking about adding retreats to your business model, make sure to tune in for this deep dive into the world of retreats and what it really takes to run one successfully.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

If you’re enjoying the Therapists Rising podcast, I’d love for you to rate and review the show! This helps me support more therapists and entrepreneurs—just like you—on their journey to building sustainable businesses. Simply head to Apple Podcasts, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast! I’m adding bonus episodes, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Therapists Rising Website
  • Dr. Hayley Kelly’s Instagram
  • Explore more episodes of the Therapists Rising podcast here

View Details

You’ve been running your business solo, handling every task yourself—but now you’re ready to take the next big step: building a team. In today’s episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on my hiring journey in a special “Unmasked Monthly Musing” episode.

From the first hire to learning how to let go of control, I’m sharing all the behind-the-scenes details of what worked, what didn’t, and the lessons I wish I’d known sooner. Whether you’re making your first hire or looking to scale your team, this episode is packed with real, actionable insights to help you grow your business with confidence.

In this episode, I talk about:

  • (3:12) Why I transitioned from working with contractors to employees and how that decision impacted my business
  • (6:45) How I figured out my best first hire (spoiler: it was a game-changer!)
  • (10:17) The pros and cons of working with contractors vs. hiring employees
  • (14:33) The unexpected bumps and challenges I faced with a paid team
  • (18:25) What I would do differently to better support my team and my own growth as a leader
  • (22:10) My top tips for hiring your first team member

If you’re an entrepreneur ready to grow your team and scale your business, this episode is for you! I’m sharing what I’ve learned about hiring, leadership, and why it’s okay to make mistakes as you grow.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

“I love Therapists Rising!” <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more therapists and entrepreneurs like you. Head to Apple Podcasts, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t already, follow the podcast! I’m adding bonus episodes and, if you’re not following, you might miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Connect with me on Instagram @dr.hayleykelly
  • Listen to past episodes of Therapists Rising here therapistsrising.com/podcast

View Details

You’ve been hearing all the buzz about AI and how it can revolutionize businesses, but as a therapist building an online program, you’re wondering—how does this apply to me? Well, today’s episode is exactly what you need! I’m not exaggerating when I say this episode could be a game-changer for how you create, grow, and scale your online program.

I’ve brought in an expert who’s been teaching AI to online businesses—Rick Mulready. He’s here to walk us through how therapists can use AI to simplify their business, free up more time, and focus on what matters most—helping people. Trust me, if you’ve been overwhelmed by the thought of AI, this conversation will break it all down and make it easy to understand.

Whether you’re just getting started or already have an online program, you’ll find practical, easy-to-implement strategies to help you use AI to make your business more efficient and streamlined.

In This Episode, You’ll Learn:

  • How AI can save you time by repurposing your content into multiple formats (like blog posts, emails, and social media updates) in minutes
  • The best AI tools to create lead magnets, structure online programs, and engage your audience without needing a tech background
  • How to use AI to identify your audience’s pain points and tailor your content to their needs
  • Why you don’t need to be a tech expert to integrate AI into your business (even if you’re a solo entrepreneur)
  • How AI can help you create a month’s worth of Instagram posts in under 30 minutes

By the end of this episode, you’ll know exactly how to leverage AI to save time, increase your productivity, and grow your online program with ease.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Dr. Hayley and the Therapist Rising Podcast." <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more therapists — just like you — move toward the thriving practice and life they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven't done so already, follow the podcast. I'm adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you're not following, there's a good chance you'll miss out. Follow now!

**Links Mentioned in This Episode:

-** Rick Mulready's website
- Visit Rick's YouTube channel
- Join Rick's free school Skool community

View Details

If you’ve been feeling overwhelmed by social media marketing as a therapist, today’s episode is exactly what you need to hear!

Social media can feel like a tricky space, especially when you're used to getting most of your clients through word-of-mouth or referrals. But here's the truth: social media is an incredibly powerful tool that can help you grow your online program and reach new audiences, without feeling like you're selling your soul.

In this episode, I’m diving into some of the most common social media marketing questions I’ve received from therapists who are building online programs. Whether you’re wondering if you really need to show your face on camera, how big your following needs to be to make sales, or if social media is even necessary when you already have referral pathways—this episode has you covered.

Here’s a peek at what we’ll be talking about:

(2:45) Do I need separate social media accounts for my therapy practice and my online program?
I break down the pros and cons, especially considering ethical boundaries and managing client expectations. I'll give you actionable tips for managing both without feeling overwhelmed.

(6:50) Can I grow my online program without relying on social media?
Spoiler alert: Yes, but you’re missing out on a massive opportunity! I'll explain why social media complements your existing referral pathways and helps you scale your message to a broader audience.

(12:30) The pros and cons of faceless marketing
Not ready to show your face on camera? I discuss why face-to-camera content is a powerful tool for building trust and connections, and share easy ways to start small if you’re feeling nervous about visibility.

(19:05) How many followers do I need to make sales?
I debunk the myth that you need thousands of followers to make sales and explain why engagement matters so much more than numbers. Plus, I’ll share practical strategies for increasing engagement and nurturing your existing audience.

If you’ve been wondering how to make social media work for you in a way that feels aligned with your values and your therapeutic mission, this episode is a must-listen!

Listen in, and don’t forget to share this episode with another therapist who might be struggling with social media marketing!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

“I love Dr. Hayley and Therapists Rising!” <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more therapists—just like you—grow their online programs and reach more people. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

If you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast! I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Instagram – Follow me for more tips and behind-the-scenes content!

View Details

Creating an online program as a therapist can feel like juggling client sessions, ethical considerations, and tech challenges all at once. In this episode, I pull back the curtain on our recent Incubator launch and share valuable lessons that every therapist venturing into the online space needs to hear. Whether you're an experienced online educator or just starting to explore digital possibilities for your practice, these insights will help you navigate the unique challenges therapists face when expanding beyond the therapy room.

If you're feeling overwhelmed or uncertain about taking your therapy skills online, this episode is your lifeline! I reveal the powerful lessons and mindset shifts that helped us overcome unexpected hurdles and achieve remarkable growth in serving therapists like you. These aren't your typical business tips, but I promise they'll be your secret weapons for boosting your confidence and embracing the journey of becoming a therapist-entrepreneur.

Therapists who can adapt to challenges and continuously improve their online offerings are the ones who will thrive in the digital space while maintaining their clinical integrity. You deserve to be one of those practitioners! You'll walk away from this episode ready to face the unexpected, optimize your content for fellow therapists, and create more value for your clients and colleagues alike.

Today, I talk about:

  • (2:20) The unexpected health challenge that threatened to derail our launch (and how we modeled self-care for our community)
  • (7:30) Why streamlining our content led to better engagement and results for busy therapists
  • (13:40) The power of perceived value and how a simple $49 upgrade transformed our launch and increased participant commitment
  • (19:50) The importance of a strong pre-launch strategy and how it grew our email list of therapists by thousands
  • (25:15) Why continuous improvement and post-launch debriefs are crucial for long-term success in the online therapy education space

Listen in, and be sure to share this message with a fellow therapist who's considering expanding their impact through online programs!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Dr. Hayley and Therapists Rising." <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more therapists — just like you — move toward expanding your impact and creating additional income streams beyond one-on-one therapy. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven't done so already, follow the podcast. I'm adding a bunch of bonus episodes tailored for therapists entering the online space, and if you're not following, there's a good chance you'll miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • The Incubator Program for Therapists
  • Therapists Rising Instagram
  • Freebie: The Ultimate Guide for Therapists to Create and Sell a Profitable & Impactful Online Program
  • Freebie: ChatGPT Prompts to Help Therapists Create an Online
    Program [from Scratch] Quickly and Easily.
  • Want to create (or level up) a freebie/lead magnet of your own? This episode deep dives into how to create a great opt-in that will grow your email list by thousands! Tune in here to Episode 108

View Details

Are you a therapist struggling with the financial side of your practice? This episode is your guide to gaining financial confidence and creating a thriving business!

In this episode, I sit down with financial expert Amanda Thompson to discuss the unique financial challenges we therapists face and how to overcome them. We dive deep into:

  • (2:15) Amanda's journey as a financial planner and her mission to financially empower business owners
  • (6:30) The changing landscape of the financial planning industry and its impact on us as therapists
  • (10:45) Common financial mistakes we make as therapists and how to avoid them
  • (15:20) Reframing our relationship with money as helping professionals
  • (20:30) The importance of aligning our financial goals with our personal values
  • (26:45) Diversifying income streams and the future of our therapy practices
  • (35:10) Tips for becoming our own CFO (Confident, Focused, and On top of our finances)
  • (41:25) The most rewarding aspects of financial planning and creating a lasting legacy

Whether you're just starting your private practice or looking to optimize your existing business, this episode provides valuable insights on how we can build financial confidence and create sustainable success.

Ready to take control of your finances? Check out Amanda's book "Financially Fit Women" on Amazon or via her website endurancefinancial.com.au

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"Dr. Hayley Kelly delivers the real deal on business growth for therapists!" <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps more therapists find this valuable content.

To rate and review: Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with 5 stars, and select "Write a Review." Let me know what resonated most with you in this episode!

Also, make sure to follow the podcast so you don't miss any of my future episodes!

View Details

As therapists, we're passionate about helping others but often struggle to create sustainable, profitable practices. In this powerful kickoff to the Online Program Blueprint training series, Dr. Hayley Kelly reveals how online programs can transform your therapy business and expand your impact.

With over 3,500 therapists registered for this groundbreaking training, the demand for this knowledge is clear. Dr. Kelly shares her own journey from burnt-out clinician to thriving entrepreneur, along with inspiring case studies of therapists who have successfully made the leap to online programs.

In this episode, Dr. Kelly covers:

  • (02:55) Why the traditional therapy model is broken and unsustainable
  • (08:55) How online programs allow you to help more people without burning out
  • (16:42) The Impact Matrix framework for evaluating your program idea
  • (40:35) Real-life success stories of therapists with thriving online programs
  • (54:25) Overcoming mindset blocks and imposter syndrome
  • (59:55) Next steps to start creating your own online program

Whether you're brand new to online programs or have tried before without success, this training provides the blueprint you need to diversify your practice and increase your impact. Don't miss the rest of this transformative series!

Register for the full Online Program Blueprint Training Series: [LINK]

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Dr. Hayley and the Therapist Rising Podcast." <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! This helps more therapists discover these valuable insights. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then share what you loved most about the episode!

Also, be sure to follow the podcast so you don't miss any future episodes or bonus content.

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Register for the Online Program Blueprint Training Series: [LINK]
  • Follow Dr. Hayley on Instagram: [LINK]

🎉 FREE TRAINING: "The Online Program Blueprint for Therapists" Ready to create a successful online program? Join our FREE 3-part workshop series to learn how to:

  • Create and sell your program authentically
  • Increase income while reducing caseload
  • Stay compliant with regulations

Transform your practice and expand your impact. Reserve your spot now

🎉 FREE TRAINING: "The Online Program Blueprint for Therapists"

Therapists, ready to create a successful online program? Join our FREE 3-part workshop starting August 1st! Learn to:

  • Create and sell your program authentically
  • Increase income while reducing caseload
  • Stay compliant with regulations

Transform your practice and expand your impact. Reserve your spot now.

View Details

Are you a therapist curious about creating online courses but feeling hesitant due to industry pushback? This episode is your ultimate guide to navigating the choppy waters of course creation in the therapy world!

Holy hell, do I have a spicy topic for you today! I'm diving deep into the controversial world of online program and course creation for therapists, and let me tell you, it's got people more fired up than a cat in a roomba factory.

I'm addressing the recent Facebook post that left many of our colleagues feeling like they'd be tarred and feathered for even thinking about creating an online program. Not cool, folks. Not cool at all.

In this episode, I'm busting myths, dropping truth bombs, and giving you the real scoop on:

  • (2:15) The current landscape of online program creation in therapy
  • (5:30) Addressing burnout and why courses aren't a magic solution
  • (9:45) Debunking the "saturated market" myth with mind-blowing stats
  • (14:20) Navigating the identity crisis of being both a therapist and course creator
  • (18:35) Who should (and shouldn't) create online programs
  • (23:50) Alternative ways to diversify your practice and income

Whether you're team "Hell yeah, I want to create a course!" or "I'd rather eat glass than make an online program," this episode is for you. Because at the end of the day, this conversation is about more than just courses - it's about how we evolve as a profession and support each other in the process.

Ready to explore the world of ethical and impactful course creation? Join our Blueprint training series at https://therapistsrising.com/blueprint. Let's rise together, therapy rockstars!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"Dr. Hayley Kelly delivers the real deal on business growth for therapists!" <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! Your support helps more therapists find this valuable content. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then let me know what resonated most with you in this episode!

Also, if you haven't already, make sure to follow the podcast so you don't miss any of our episode drops!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Online Program Blueprint Training Series
  • Global Market Insights E-learning Market Report
  • Research and Markets Global E-learning Market Analysis

🎉 FREE TRAINING: "The Online Program Blueprint for Therapists"

Therapists, ready to create a successful online program? Join our FREE 3-part workshop starting August 1st! Learn to:

  • Create and sell your program authentically
  • Increase income while reducing caseload
  • Stay compliant with regulations

Transform your practice and expand your impact. Reserve your spot now.

View Details

Dreaming of financial freedom as a therapist? Here's my step-by-step journey to a million-dollar online program business!

As therapists, we often shy away from talking about big money goals. But what if I told you that it's possible to make a million dollars with online programs while staying true to your values? In this powerful episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on my journey to seven figures and sharing the exact strategies that got me there.

If you're feeling stuck in your practice or dreaming of a bigger impact, this episode is a must-listen! I reveal the game-changing strategies and mindset shifts that helped me go from burnt-out therapist to million-dollar course creator. This isn't your typical "get rich quick" advice – it's real, actionable steps tailored specifically for therapists like you.

Therapists who are willing to embrace these strategies and lessons are the ones who will thrive both professionally and financially. You deserve to be one of those people! You'll walk away from this episode ready to take bold action, create high-value offers, and build a scalable business that serves more people than you ever thought possible.

In this episode, I talk about:

  • (04:46) The #1 strategy for success: Creating a high-value offer that solves a pressing problem
  • (09:08) How to build an effective sales funnel that guides potential clients to purchase
  • (12:01) The power of automation and delegation in scaling your business
  • (15:56) When (and how) to incorporate paid advertising into your strategy
  • (19:39) Leveraging upsells and backend offers to boost your revenue
  • (22:18) Why relentless focus on customer success is non-negotiable
  • (25:47) The biggest lessons I learned on my journey to seven figures

Listen in, and be sure to share this message with a fellow therapist who dreams of making a bigger impact!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Dr. Hayley and the Therapist Rising Podcast." <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more therapists — just like you — move toward the thriving practice and life they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven't done so already, follow the podcast. I'm adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you're not following, there's a good chance you'll miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Register here for the FREE Online Program Blueprint Training Series
  • Come and say hi on Instagram

🎉 FREE TRAINING: "The Online Program Blueprint for Therapists"

Therapists, ready to create a successful online program? Join our FREE 3-part workshop starting August 1st! Learn to:

  • Create and sell your program authentically
  • Increase income while reducing caseload
  • Stay compliant with regulations

Transform your practice and expand your impact. Reserve your spot now.

View Details

As therapists, we often shy away from talking about money. But in today's economic climate, we can't afford to ignore the financial side of our practice anymore. In this powerful mini-episode, I dive deep into the uncomfortable but necessary conversation about financial stability for therapists.

If you're feeling the pinch in your practice or guilty about wanting to earn more, this episode is a must-listen! I reveal the game-changing mindset shift that helped me overcome my own financial struggles and build a thriving business. This reframe isn't what you'd usually hear in therapy circles, but I promise it will be your secret weapon for boosting your income without compromising your values.

Therapists who are willing to embrace this money mindset shift are the ones who will thrive both professionally and personally. You deserve to be one of those people! You'll walk away from this episode ready to break free from the limitations of the 1:1 therapy model, embrace your worth, and create the financial stability you deserve.

In this episode, I talk about:

  • (00:36) Why the traditional 1:1 therapy model is broken and how it's holding you back financially
  • (04:55) The shocking economic realities facing therapists today
  • (08:56) How to overcome the "icky" feeling of talking about money in therapy
  • (12:13) The powerful bi-directional relationship between money and impact
  • (15:00) Identifying and challenging your limiting money stories
  • (16:42) Why focusing on financial growth isn't selfish - it's necessary for sustainable impact

Listen in, and be sure to share this message with a fellow therapist who needs to hear it!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Dr. Hayley and the Therapist Rising Podcast." <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more therapists — just like you — move toward the thriving practice and life they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven't done so already, follow the podcast. I'm adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you're not following, there's a good chance you'll miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Register for the Online Program Blueprint Training Series
  • Come and say hi on Instagram

🎉 FREE TRAINING: "The Online Program Blueprint for Therapists"

Therapists, ready to create a successful online program? Join our FREE 3-part workshop starting August 1st! Learn to:

  • Create and sell your program authentically
  • Increase income while reducing caseload
  • Stay compliant with regulations

Transform your practice and expand your impact. Reserve your spot now.

View Details

From Idea to Impact: Three Therapists Share Their Online Program Creation Journeys

Are you a therapist dreaming of creating an online program but feeling overwhelmed about where to start? You're not alone! In this inspiring episode, I sit down with three incredible therapists at different stages of their online program journeys. From those first nervous steps to celebrating six-figure in revenue, these stories will give you the boost you need to take action on your own program ideas.

I'm thrilled to introduce you to Dr. Nicole Sokol, Lauren Daly Bentley, and Kerry Evetts. They candidly share their experiences, challenges, and triumphs in developing online programs. Whether you're just starting out or looking to scale your existing offerings, this episode is packed with practical advice and motivation to help you take that next exciting step.

Today, you'll learn:

  • (4:55) How to kick perfectionism to the curb and take those crucial first steps in program creation
  • (11:30) Why beta launches are gold for refining your course and boosting your confidence
  • (20:15) Clever strategies for juggling program creation with clinical work and family life
  • (28:40) The surprising personal and professional growth that comes from this journey
  • (35:20) Smart tips for scaling your program and building a dream team as you grow
  • (42:10) The life-changing impact of online programs on therapists' careers and lifestyles
  • (48:35) Why surrounding yourself with a supportive community is your secret weapon for success

Don't let self-doubt keep you from sharing your amazing expertise with the world. Listen in and get the inspiration and practical know-how you need to start or level up your online program today!

Standout Moments:

"What you start with and where you end up are two very different things. The journey is about refinement and growth." - Kerry Evetts

"Creating an online program opens up a completely new way of utilizing your skills, creativity, and finding ways to serve the people you're most passionate about helping." - Dr. Nicole Sokol

"The incubator has given me options, possibilities, and a space to actually infuse myself in the way that I work." - Lauren Darley-Bentley

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"Dr. Hayley's advice is a game-changer for therapists!" <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! This helps more therapists discover these valuable insights for creating online programs. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then share what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven't done so already, follow the podcast. I'm adding bonus episodes with even more juicy tips for therapists, and if you're not following, you might miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Grab Your Free Ticket to The Online Program Blueprint Training Series
  • Therapists Rising Incubator Program
  • Join the Therapists Rising Facebook Community
  • Dr. Hayley Kelly Instagram
  • Lauren Darley-Bentley on Instagram
  • Kerry Evetts on Instagram
  • Dr. Nicole Sokol on Instagram

View Details

Hello there, my friend! In this episode of the Therapist Rising Podcast, I'm diving into a topic that comes up so often in our community - how to create an online program that runs alongside your one-to-one work.

I'm thrilled to be joined by the incredible Emma Gray, our head of coaching here at Therapist Rising. Emma is a walking demonstration of how to balance online programs with a one-to-one caseload, and she's here to share her wisdom with us.

Here's what we chat about:

  • Why therapists want to keep their one-to-one work while diversifying (00:31)
  • Emma's journey in creating successful online programs (01:35)
  • How online programs can bring more financial stability and spaciousness to your practice (03:19)
  • The beautiful impact on work-life balance and flexibility (04:24)
  • Reducing burnout and showing up more powerfully for your clients (05:50)
  • Creating offerings that light you up and bring you joy (08:17)
  • Using online programs to enhance your one-to-one work (10:56)
  • Embracing the future of therapy and mental health (14:02)

Emma drops some amazing insights, like: "It's a beautiful way of bringing more spaciousness into our day, but increasing our earning capacity."

And I share my thoughts on why this matters: "This is actually the future of therapy - how are you going to adapt as a one-to-one therapist to make your longevity more assured?"

If you're a therapist who loves your one-to-one work but wants to reduce your caseload, increase your income, or find more balance, this episode is absolutely for you. I hope you enjoy this conversation and find some inspiration for your own journey!

Don't forget to follow the Therapist Rising Podcast on your favorite platform to catch all our latest episodes. Until next time, my friend!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Dr. Hayley and Therapists Rising!" <– If that sounds like you, I'd be over the moon if you'd consider rating and reviewing the show! Your support helps me reach more amazing therapists just like you who are ready to build the practice and life of their dreams. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then, let me know what part of the episode lit a fire under you!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Therapists Rising Website
  • Register now for the Online Program Blueprint
  • My Instagram

View Details

G'day and welcome to another Unmasked Monthly Musing! In this episode, I'm taking you behind the scenes of what happened when our babysitting fell through right before a major business retreat. Buckle up, because this is a story of:

  • Kids at a business retreat (yep, you read that right!)
  • Team members becoming fairy hunters
  • The incredible power of community
  • And how sometimes, the biggest challenges lead to the most beautiful realizations

What you'll hear:

  • (2:00) The moment I nearly pooped my pants (figuratively... I think)
  • (6:07) How my kids surprised the hell out of me
  • (11:44) The feedback that made me want to cry (in a good way)
  • (15:30) Why I'm so damn grateful for this "disaster"
  • (20:42) A reality check on work-life integration
  • (24:48) Exciting news about our Online Program Blueprint!

This episode is for you if you've ever felt like your personal life and business dreams are at odds. Spoiler alert: they don't have to be!

Remember, I'm not special or different from you. If I can do this, so can you.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Dr. Hayley and Therapists Rising!" <– If that sounds like you, I'd be over the moon if you'd consider rating and reviewing the show! Your support helps me reach more amazing therapists just like you who are ready to build the practice and life of their dreams. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then, let me know what part of the episode lit a fire under you!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Therapists Rising Website
  • Register now for the Online Program Blueprint
  • My Instagram

View Details

Ever wondered how some therapists manage to work less while earning more? The secret lies in understanding the math behind your practice! Whether you're looking to add a little cushion to your bank account or dreaming of a four-day workweek, this episode is your roadmap to success.

In this episode, I'm diving deep into the nitty-gritty of the numbers behind online programs. You'll learn how to crunch the numbers and see how you can either fatten up your bottom line or wave goodbye to a day of clinical work without sacrificing your income. It's like financial alchemy, and I'm going to show you how to turn your expertise into gold!

From calculating your current practice's value to exploring various online program options, this conversation is packed with practical, straightforward advice that can transform your practice and your life.

Today, you'll learn:

  • (2:00) How to calculate your current practice's true value
  • (5:30) The different types of online programs and their typical price points
  • (9:45) The math behind adding to your bottom line with a short course
  • (14:20) How to replace a full day of clinical work with a group program
  • (19:30) Practical considerations for launching your online program
  • (23:45) The compounding effect: How one program can lead to increased income over time

Listen in and start crunching those numbers! Your future self (and your bank account) will thank you.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"Dr. Hayley's advice is game-changing for therapists!" <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! This helps me support more therapists -- just like you -- move toward the practice and lifestyle they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven't done so already, follow the podcast - if you're not following, there's a good chance you'll miss out on our new episodes. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Therapists Rising Website
  • Come and say hi on Instagram!

View Details

Create a successful online program for free: Learn how to turn your therapy expertise into a digital course without spending a dime.

Are you a therapist dreaming of creating an online program but worried about the cost? What if I told you that you could launch a successful digital course without spending any money? In this episode, I'll show you exactly how to leverage your expertise and free tools to create, host, and deliver an impactful online program.

As a therapist who's been there, I understand the struggle of wanting to expand your reach but feeling limited by budget constraints. That's why I'm sharing my step-by-step guide to creating a Minimum Viable Program (MVP) using only free resources. You'll learn how to plan, create content, host, and deliver your program without breaking the bank.

From utilizing Google Docs for course outlines to recording high-quality videos with just your smartphone, this episode is packed with practical tips to get your online program off the ground. Plus, I'll show you how to build an engaged community around your course using free platforms.

Today, you'll learn:

  • (2:22) How to plan your program structure using free tools like Google Docs and Trello
  • (8:15) Tips for creating compelling course titles and descriptions that attract your ideal participants
  • (13:40) Strategies for recording professional-quality video content using just your smartphone
  • (19:55) How to leverage free platforms like YouTube and Google Drive to host your program
  • (25:30) Using Mailchimp's free plan for effective program communication
  • (31:15) Building a supportive community around your program with a free Facebook group
  • (37:40) The concept of a Minimum Viable Program (MVP) and why it's perfect for getting started

Don't let a lack of budget hold you back from sharing your expertise with the world. Listen in and learn how to create your online program today – no investment required!

___________________________________________

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"Dr. Hayley's advice is a game-changer for therapists!" <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing the show! This helps more therapists discover these valuable insights for creating online programs. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then share what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven't done so already, follow the podcast. I'm adding bonus episodes with even more tips for therapists, and if you're not following, you might miss out. Follow now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Free AI Guide for Therapists
  • Join the Therapist Rising Community
  • Dr. Hayley Kelly Instagram
  • Therapists Rising Website

View Details

As a therapist venturing into the world of online programs, you might feel overwhelmed by the ethical and legal considerations. But I'm here to tell you that knowledge is power, and understanding these key points will give you the confidence to create impactful, ethical, and legally compliant online programs.

In this episode, I break down the three major areas you need to have on your radar as a therapist creating online programs. This isn't information you'll get from generic business coaches - it's specifically tailored for therapists like you who want to expand beyond the one-to-one therapy chair.

Today, I talk about:

  • (1:12) Why understanding ethical and legal considerations is crucial for therapists creating online programs
  • (5:34) Key Consideration #1: Scope of practice and professional boundaries
  • (12:26) Key Consideration #2: Confidentiality and data protection
  • (16:45) Key Consideration #3: Content and marketing ethics
  • (22:22) How these considerations empower you to create amazing, impactful programs with confidence

Listen in because when you understand these ethical and legal considerations, you'll have the foundation to create online programs that are not just impactful, but also ethically sound and legally compliant.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Dr. Hayley and Therapists Rising." <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more therapists — just like you — move toward creating impactful online programs. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven't done so already, follow the podcast.

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • The Incubator Waitlist

View Details

Are you a therapist sitting on a goldmine of knowledge but unsure how to package it for the online world? This episode is your roadmap to overcoming self-doubt and recognizing the immense value of your expertise. We'll guide you through uncovering your unique strengths and show you how to leverage them in the digital space.

In this episode, we debunk the myth that you need to be a "guru" to create successful online programs. Your years of education, practical experience, and genuine desire to help others are more than enough to get started. We'll help you see how your specialized knowledge sets you apart in the crowded online course market.

Today, we dive into:

  • (3:00) Understanding and overcoming common objections therapists face when considering online programs
  • (8:00) The "Expertise Inventory Exercise" to uncover your areas of deep knowledge
  • (18:00) Finding your unique angle and standing out in the online space
  • (21:00) Leveraging your professional journey to create compelling content
  • (24:00) Why your evidence-based practices give you an edge over non-expert course creators
  • (27:00) Actionable steps to start creating your online program today

Listen in to discover how your therapy expertise can be transformed into a million-dollar online business. It's time to step up, show up, and share your brilliance with the world!

Connect With Me:

  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly
  • Website: www.therapistsrising.com

If you enjoyed this episode, please leave a review and subscribe so you never miss an episode. Your support means the world to me!

View Details

Are you struggling to come up with ideas for your online program? You're not alone! In this episode, I tackle the common roadblock for so many therapists, "I don't have any ideas for my online program, so I can't start yet."

I share actionable strategies to kickstart your idea generation and get those creative juices flowing. By the end, you'll have tools to generate ideas and the motivation to take action.

Here's a glimpse at what I cover:

  • [00:55] Why waiting for the "perfect" idea often leads to inaction
  • [02:42] The power of taking small steps to generate momentum
  • [04:36] Debunking the myth that you need a completely unique or revolutionary idea
  • [05:54] How to use "idea intersections" to create fresh program concepts
  • [09:03] Tapping into your clients as a goldmine of program ideas
  • [11:31] The simple but powerful Problem-Solution Framework for generating ideas
  • [19:15] A rapid-fire ideation exercise to bypass your inner critic

The key takeaway: Don't let a lack of ideas stop you from starting. Action creates clarity! Your online program journey doesn't start with a perfect idea - it starts with taking that first step.

I hope this episode gives you the strategies and motivation to start exploring program ideas. Remember, your unique perspective and experiences are valuable. There are people out there waiting for exactly what you have to offer!

Have you struggled to come up with ideas for your online program? What strategies have you found helpful? I'd love to know - send me a DM

Connect With Me:

  • Instagram: @dr.hayleykelly
  • Website: www.therapistsrising.com

If you enjoyed this episode, please leave a review and subscribe so you never miss an episode. Your support means the world to me!

View Details

In this raw and honest episode, I dive deep into the alarming rates of burnout among therapists and the urgent need for change in our mental health profession. Drawing from my personal experiences and recent conversations with struggling therapists, I shed light on the systemic issues contributing to burnout and the devastating impact on both practitioners and clients.

If you've ever felt like you're drowning in paperwork, constantly trying to squeeze in more clients, or battling shame and guilt for struggling with your own mental health, this episode is for you. I emphasize that you are not alone and that it's time for us as therapists to break the silence and advocate for change.

In this episode, you'll hear about:

  • 2:27: My personal story of burnout and the "head in the bucket" moment that made me realize change was necessary
  • 7:06: Shocking statistics on burnout rates among therapists and the alarming trend of psychologists unable to take on new clients
  • 14:36: The systemic issues contributing to burnout, including long wait lists, pressure to see more clients, and the emotional toll of holding space for others' trauma
  • 20:04: The importance of us as therapists taking radical responsibility for creating sustainable change in the profession
  • 25:51: Prioritizing your own well-being as a therapist and having the courage to set boundaries and ask for help

Listen to this episode for a powerful call to action and practical steps you can take to start moving towards a more sustainable, fulfilling, and impactful career as a therapist. Remember, you are not alone in this journey, and together, we can create a future where therapists can thrive, not just survive.

_______________________________

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts
"Real followable information - Fantastic! Real practical information to help therapists with a heart of gold. So glad we found this." <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more therapists — just like you — in creating online programs and building the practices of their dreams. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Links mentioned in this episode:

  • Therapists Rising Facebook Group
  • My Instagram

View Details

Discover the secrets to making time for your online program, even with a packed therapy practice!

Hey there, fellow therapist! Are you feeling overwhelmed trying to balance your client load with your dream of creating an online program? Trust me, I've been there. It can feel like there's just never enough time in the day to make progress on your passion project.

But here's the thing – creating an online program is a game-changer for your business and your clients. It allows you to scale your impact, reach more people, and create a sustainable income stream. And the best part? It doesn't have to mean sacrificing your sanity or your current responsibilities.

In this mini-training episode, I'm sharing five powerful strategies to help you find pockets of time for program creation, even amid the demands of your practice. We'll dive into:

  • (01:30) Conducting a time audit to identify hidden opportunities in your schedule
  • (04:15) Using time-blocking to prioritize your program and treat it like a non-negotiable appointment
  • (07:20) Leveraging small pockets of time for focused work on your program
  • (10:05) Delegating and automating lower-priority tasks to free up mental space and energy
  • (13:15) Embracing imperfect action to make consistent progress, even when things feel messy

I'll also be sharing examples from my own journey of creating online programs while managing a busy therapy practice. Trust me, if I can do it, you can too!

By the end of this episode, you'll have a toolbox full of practical and actionable strategies to start implementing right away. Whether you're just starting to dream up your program or you're in the thick of content creation, these tips will help you make the most of your time and energy.

So, grab your favorite beverage, get cozy, and join me for this game-changing mini-training. Your online program (and your future clients) will thank you!

_______________________________

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts
"Real followable information - Fantastic! Real practical information to help therapists with a heart of gold. So glad we found this." <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more therapists — just like you — in creating online programs and building the practices of their dreams. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select "Write a Review." Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven't done so already, follow the podcast. I'm adding bonus episodes to the feed and, if you're not following, there's a good chance you'll miss out. Follow now!

View Details

Are you a therapist who's poured your heart and soul into creating an online program, only to hear crickets when you launched? If your program isn't selling the way you'd hoped, you're not alone – and it might not be for the reasons you think. In this episode, I'm diving deep into the three surprising reasons most therapists' programs don't sell, and what you can do to turn things around. If you're ready to finally see the sales and impact you deserve, this is a must-listen.

Key Takeaways:

  1. I'll reveal why your messaging needs to focus on the transformation, not just the features. I'll show you how to paint a vivid picture of how your clients' lives will change as a result of your program, and watch your sales skyrocket.
  2. We'll talk about why you're probably undercharging, and how to price your program based on the value of the transformation you provide, not just the time or content involved. I'll help you own your worth and charge what your offer deserves.
  3. I'll explain why consistency is key in marketing, and how a lack of consistent effort might be the reason you're not seeing sales. I'll show you how to commit to a marketing plan and stick to it – your breakthrough is just around the corner.
  4. Throughout the episode, I'll emphasize that these are all things YOU have the power to change. I'll give you the tools and strategies to make adjustments to your messaging, pricing, and marketing, so you can completely transform your program sales and finally create the impact and income you've been dreaming of.
  5. I'll remind you that your ideal clients are out there, waiting for the transformation only you can offer. I'll encourage you not to give up on your program, but to keep refining, keep showing up, and keep believing in the value of what you do.

If you're a therapist struggling to sell your online program, I promise this episode is a game-changer. I'll walk you through the three surprising reasons most therapy programs don't sell – and more importantly, I'll give you the exact steps to fix them. By implementing the strategies I share in this episode, you'll be able to attract more of your ideal clients, make a bigger impact, and create more financial freedom and abundance in your business. Don't miss this powerful episode – your breakthrough is waiting.

__________________________

**And if you're ready to take your online program to the next level, I'd love to support you. Whether you're starting from scratch or looking to scale an existing program, the Incubator is the perfect solution. This comprehensive program is designed specifically for therapists, and it's packed with everything you need to create, launch, and grow a wildly successful online program.

We only open doors a few times a year, so don't miss your chance – get your name on the waitlist now for our August 2024 cohort. Head to the Incubator waitlist and be first notified when we reopen doors!**

View Details

Hey there, therapist friend! Are you ready to make your online program more inclusive and accessible, but worried about breaking the bank? Well, buckle up, because in this episode we're diving into the world of scholarships and how you can make them work for your biz!

In this value-packed episode, you'll discover:

  • The super powerful "why" behind offering scholarships (spoiler alert: it's not just about being a good human, but also about making a massive impact!)
  • The nitty-gritty considerations for creating a scholarship strategy that won't leave you eating ramen noodles (we're talking how many to offer, who's eligible, and all that jazz)
  • Creative tactics for making your program more accessible, like partial scholarships, tiered pricing, and teaming up with community orgs
  • How to shout about your scholarships from the rooftops in a way that feels authentic, transparent, and totally inclusive
  • The juggling act of balancing accessibility and sustainability (because we want you to keep changing lives for the long haul!)

Whether you're a scholarship newbie or looking to level up your existing program, this episode is packed with actionable tips and insights to help you create an online offering that's both inclusive and impactful.

So, if you're ready to revolutionize mental health education and make it accessible to all, without sacrificing your financial well-being, it's time to tune in!

Here are the key nuggets of wisdom you don't want to miss:

  1. Offering scholarships is a game-changer for living out your values and making a real difference in people's lives.
  2. Scholarships require a strategic approach that balances your passion for accessibility with the realities of running a sustainable biz.
  3. There are loads of creative ways to make your program more accessible, from partial scholarships to partnering with community rockstars.
  4. Authentic and transparent communication about your scholarships can help you forge deeper connections with your community and encourage more folks to apply.
  5. Regularly reviewing and adjusting your scholarship offerings based on feedback and financial considerations is the secret sauce to long-term success.

If this episode has you fired up and ready to take action, I'd love to hear about it! Share your experiences and insights on offering scholarships in your online program, and let's keep this conversation going. I'd love to hear from you - send me a DM and let me know how this episode landed for you. You can connect with me on Instagram at @dr.hayleykelly

View Details

Are you a therapist who feels stuck in the one-on-one grind, trading hours for dollars and wondering if there's a better way? Do you have a burning passion for a specific niche or topic that you know could transform lives on a bigger scale? Are you craving more creativity, flexibility, and fulfillment in your work? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this episode is for you!

In "3 Signs You're Ready to Create an Online Program as a Therapist," I dive deep into the key indicators that suggest you might be ready to take the leap into the world of online programs. I share powerful stories and insights from my own journey as a therapist-turned-online-program-creator, as well as case studies from colleagues who have successfully made the transition.

You'll learn:

  • The surprising limitations of the one-on-one therapy model and how online programs can help you scale your impact and income
  • The importance of having a clear niche or passion, and how to use that focus to create a highly targeted, transformative online program
  • The telltale signs that you're ready for a new challenge and how an online program can reignite your creativity and sense of purpose
  • Additional indicators of readiness, such as a desire for financial stability, a growing reputation as an expert in your field, and a willingness to invest in your own growth
  • Practical strategies for overcoming common fears and objections around creating an online program

If you're a therapist who's been feeling the call to create an online program but aren't sure if you're ready, this episode will give you the clarity and confidence you need to take the next step. You'll come away with a deeper understanding of what it takes to succeed in the online space and a roadmap for turning your expertise into a scalable, impactful program.

If you're ready to break free from the limitations of one-on-one therapy and create a business that truly lights you up, then this episode is a must-listen. Tune in now and discover how to leverage your unique gifts and expertise to create a transformative online program that changes lives and fuels your own growth and success.

Don't forget to subscribe, rate, and review the podcast. Your support means the world to me and helps me reach even more therapists who are ready to make a bigger impact.

View Details

In this inspiring "Student Spotlight" episode, I had the privilege of sitting down with Dr. Vicky Stewart, PhD, a brilliant physiotherapist who specializes in helping people with persistent dizziness. Vicky is not only a star student of my program, but also now a valued mentor in our community. Her journey of creating and launching her online program, The Shift, is a testament to the power of determination, imperfect action, and staying true to your vision.

In our conversation, Vicky shares:

  • How her personal experiences and challenges led her to develop an integrative approach to treating persistent dizziness
  • The incredible transformations her beta program participants experienced, and how that fueled her passion to help even more people
  • How she navigated the challenges of launching her program, from mindset hurdles to technical obstacles, and still achieved outstanding results
  • The power of community and having a "pace car" to keep you motivated and moving forward
  • How creating an online program has allowed her to impact more lives, while also giving her the freedom to be present for her family
  • Her vision for the future of The Shift, including expanding her reach, developing a membership model, and empowering other practitioners with her methodology

Vicky's story is a shining example of what's possible when you combine your unique expertise with the power of online programs. Her willingness to take imperfect action, learn from her "failures," and keep moving forward is an inspiration to anyone who dreams of creating a thriving online business that transforms lives.

If you've ever doubted your ability to create a successful online program, this episode will give you the motivation and practical insights you need to take the leap. Discover how you can turn your knowledge and passion into a scalable, impactful online program, and create the freedom and fulfillment you deserve.

View Details

In this powerful mini episode, I dive deep into the crucial role of mindset in creating successful online programs as a therapist. Drawing from my years of experience working with therapists in this space, I reveal the #1 mindset shift that separates those who thrive from those who struggle. If you're ready to take your online program to the next level, this episode is a must-listen!

Key Takeaways:

  1. I've found that the key differentiator in online program success is mindset, not tactics or audience size.
  2. I've seen many therapists get stuck in a "passenger mindset," waiting for a program to work for them rather than taking active ownership of their success.
  3. The antidote is what I call an "active inevitability" mindset, where you fully believe that if another therapist can succeed with online programs, so can you.
  4. With an active inevitability mindset, you see challenges as opportunities to grow and prove your resilience, rather than signs you're not cut out for this.
  5. I've witnessed how deciding that failure is not an option unlocks a new level of commitment and resourcefulness.
  6. I encourage you to focus on proving to yourself that you have what it takes, rather than getting caught up in proving a program right or wrong.
  7. I advise approaching any gaps in your knowledge or the program as opportunities to build your skills and become an even more capable online program creator.
  8. In my experience, being willing to follow proven models exactly in the beginning helps you gain a solid foundation of skills and confidence.
  9. I've found that surrounding yourself with examples of therapists succeeding with online programs makes that success feel achievable for you too.
  10. I firmly believe you can start embracing an active inevitability mindset right now, in this very moment - you don't need to wait for the perfect circumstances.

In my work with therapists, I've seen that shifting from a passenger mindset to an inevitability mindset is a game-changer for those looking to create thriving online programs. By taking ownership of your success, seeing challenges as opportunities, and committing to your inevitable success, you become unstoppable. The strategies I share in this episode - from following proven models to surrounding yourself with inspiring examples - can help you cultivate this transformative mindset starting today. Imagine the impact you could have and the freedom you could create with a wildly successful online program. That future is waiting for you, and it all starts with choosing an active inevitability mindset. I hope you enjoy this episode!

View Details

Hey there, it's Dr. Hayley Kelly here, and I'm excited to share with you some powerful insights from my recent trip to the United States. In this episode of the Therapist Rising Podcast, I dive into the transformative lessons I learned while attending workshops and masterminds with some of the most brilliant minds in the business world.

One of the key takeaways from this experience was the importance of surrounding yourself with "expanders" - people who challenge your current way of thinking, push you outside your comfort zone, and inspire you to dream bigger. By immersing myself in the company of successful entrepreneurs, I was forced to confront my own limiting beliefs and elevate my perception of what's possible for my business and personal growth.

Another crucial insight I gained was the value of expanding your network beyond your immediate niche. Engaging with diverse perspectives from various industries can fuel creativity, innovation, and lead to game-changing ideas. I also learned that imposter syndrome is a common struggle among entrepreneurs, regardless of their level of success, and that it's essential to embrace the discomfort as a sign of growth.

Throughout the episode, I share how challenging your beliefs and assumptions can help you reach new heights, and how focusing on mastering the fundamentals and tackling the most significant constraints in your business can lead to sustainable success.

So, if you're a therapist looking to grow your practice, diversify your income, or scale an online program, this episode is packed with actionable tips and insights to help you on your journey. Remember, success is not a straight line, but by staying committed to your vision, surrounding yourself with the right people, and focusing on the essentials, you can achieve the impact and success you desire.

**________________________________________

Have you joined our free Facebook Community?**

Come over and say hi and join the thousands of other therapists diversifying their income and practices with online programs. Join here.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

In this episode, I explore three types of online programs that therapists can create to expand their reach, impact more lives, and generate additional income. I discuss the characteristics, benefits, and considerations of each program type, providing examples and actionable tips to help you get started.

Key Takeaways:

  1. Mini Online Programs are perfect for helping clients achieve specific goals quickly, such as learning relaxation techniques for stress and anxiety relief. To create a successful mini program, identify a narrow topic or skill that provides a quick win for your target audience.
  2. Short Online Programs offer a more comprehensive approach to a specific topic or problem. By creating a 4-6 module program, you can provide your audience with a solid foundation and tangible results. To get started, determine a single topic or problem your audience struggles with and develop a program that addresses it in-depth.
  3. Signature Online Programs are premium, in-depth offerings that help clients achieve significant transformations over a 6-12 week period. To create a successful signature program, identify the broader transformation you want to provide and structure your program with additional support, such as group coaching or Q&A sessions.

I also share inspiring success stories from therapists in my community who have created profitable online programs, demonstrating the potential for therapists to make a meaningful impact and grow their businesses through online offerings.

I encourage listeners to take action by choosing the program type that aligns with their expertise and audience's needs, and to share their thoughts and ideas within my community for support and inspiration.

Whether you're new to online programs or looking to expand your existing offerings, this episode provides valuable insights and actionable strategies to help you create a profitable online program that transforms lives and grows your therapy practice.

**________________________________________

Have you joined our free Facebook Community?**

Come over and say hi and join the thousands of other therapists diversifying their income and practices with online programs. Join here.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

Hey there, it's Dr. Hayley Kelly, and welcome to another episode of the Therapists Rising podcast. Today, I'm excited to take you behind the scenes of our podcast and explore the question that many of you have been asking: Should you start your own podcast as a therapist?

In this episode, I'll be sharing the realities of running a podcast, including the challenges and rewards that come with it. We'll discuss how the podcast has helped grow the Therapists Rising business and the role it plays in our marketing strategy. I'll also dive into which therapists are best suited for starting a podcast and when the right time is to take the leap.

Whether you're a seasoned therapist looking to expand your reach or a new practitioner trying to find your voice, this episode is packed with valuable insights and actionable tips to help you navigate the world of podcasting. So, grab a pen and paper, and let's dive in!

Key Takeaways:

  1. The Therapists Rising podcast has grown significantly since its launch in April 2022, with 112 episodes, tens of thousands of downloads, and reaching #1 on Apple Podcasts.
  2. Running a podcast requires consistency, time commitment, and financial investment in equipment and software.
  3. Podcasting offers rewards such as deeper connections with your audience, establishing authority, and driving traffic to your website.
  4. Therapists with a clear message and unique perspective, who enjoy public speaking and teaching, are prime candidates for starting a podcast.
  5. Before starting a podcast, ensure it aligns with your overall business strategy and goals.
  6. Define your target audience and niche to create valuable content that resonates with your listeners.
  7. Invest in good quality equipment and editing software to ensure a polished and professional podcast.
  8. Promote your podcast through your existing network, social media, show notes, and website to drive engagement and grow your audience.

Bonus Tip: Encourage listeners to subscribe, leave ratings and reviews, and share their favorite episodes to become your biggest cheerleaders and help your podcast reach more people.

Resources Mentioned:

  1. Buzzsprout: Podcast hosting platform
  2. Libsyn: Podcast hosting platform
  3. Blue Yeti Microphone: Affordable, high-quality microphone for podcasting and course creation
  4. Vidyo.ai: AI-powered platform for creating video reels from podcast episodes

If you're feeling inspired to start your own podcast after listening to this episode, I'd love to hear from you! Share your thoughts, topics, and ideal listener with me by sending a message on Instagram, email, or leaving a comment or review. Don't forget to subscribe to the Therapists Rising podcast and leave a review on Apple Podcasts to help support the show and reach more therapists worldwide.

View Details

In this groundbreaking episode, I dive deep into the concept of Mental Health 3.0 and why it's crucial for both therapists and clients. Join me as I share my personal journey and passion for transforming the mental health system, and discover how this paradigm shift can lead to a more sustainable, innovative, and impactful future for mental health care.

I open up about my own dark period, where I found myself burnt out, overwhelmed, and questioning whether I could continue in this field. I share the visceral memory of sitting on my kitchen floor, head in a bucket, dry-retching from the stress and anxiety of facing another day in the clinic. It was a defining moment when I realized that the job I had dedicated my life to was harming me. Through this challenging time, I discovered a glimmer of hope and found a way to reclaim my health, financial stability, and passion for my work.

Key takeaways from this episode include:

  1. Understanding the limitations of Mental Health 1.0 and 2.0 models, and why they fail to address the full spectrum of human functioning
  2. Embracing an entrepreneurial mindset and diversifying your income streams as a therapist
  3. Leveraging technology and online programs to scale your impact and reach more people
  4. Prioritizing your own well-being and creating a business that aligns with your passions and values
  5. Practical steps to start implementing Mental Health 3.0 principles in your practice

If you're a therapist feeling the weight of a broken system, or someone passionate about revolutionizing mental health care, this episode is for you. Tune in to learn how you can be part of the Mental Health 3.0 movement and create a brighter future for yourself, your clients, and the world.

View Details

Welcome back to this episode of the Therapists Rising podcast, where I dive into my experience as a neurodivergent entrepreneur and share insights on how to thrive in your online business.

As some of you may know, I am AuADHD with a sprinkle of RSD and Dyscalculia. Learning to play to my neurodiverse strengths and work in a way that nurtures my wellbeing has been a crucial part of my entrepreneurial journey.

With an increasing number of neurodivergent therapists joining the Therapists Rising community and seeking guidance on how to thrive in their online businesses, I felt compelled to record this episode. I share valuable insights and practical tips for neurodivergent entrepreneurs looking to succeed in their ventures.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. My personal experience as a neurodivergent entrepreneur with AuADHD, RSD, and Dyscalculia
  2. How to identify and leverage your unique neurodivergent strengths in entrepreneurship
  3. Practical shifts in daily work practices to support success and wellbeing as a neurodivergent entrepreneur
  4. Strategies for building a complementary team that fills in skill gaps and supports your strengths
  5. Neuronormative "shoulds" to ditch in order to embrace your authentic self and thrive in business

Throughout the episode, I emphasize the importance of embracing your neurodivergent quirks and differences as your greatest assets. I encourage listeners to build businesses and lives that honor their unique wiring, even if it looks different from the norm.

Whether you're a neurodivergent therapist considering starting your own online business or an established entrepreneur looking to optimize your work practices, this episode is packed with actionable advice and inspiration.

Tune in to learn how you can work with your brain, not against it, and create a business that not only accommodates your neurodivergence but allows it to shine as the superpower it truly is.

Keywords: neurodivergent entrepreneur, AuADHD, RSD, Dyscalculia, neurodiverse strengths, online business, therapists, daily work practices, building a team, neuronormative expectations, embracing differences, authentic success

View Details

Hey there, it's Hayley here, and welcome back to another episode of the Therapists Rising podcast. Get ready because today, we're diving into a juicy topic in our Monthly Musing segment, where I share the raw, unfiltered truth about my entrepreneurial journey.

In this episode, I'm getting vulnerable about a recent situation that left me with no choice but to disappoint my clients. Yep, you heard that right! I had to make a tough decision that didn't sit well with everyone, and I'm here to spill all the details.

But this isn't just a story of disappointment; it's a powerful lesson in setting boundaries, staying true to yourself, and navigating the messy reality of running a business. So, if you've ever struggled with people-pleasing or feared letting others down, this episode is for you.

Tune in as I share:

  • The context behind my difficult decision (01:30)
  • Why I had to prioritize my own wellbeing and business sustainability (03:45)
  • The importance of clear communication and expectation-setting (06:20)
  • How embracing change and course-correction is essential for growth (10:55)
  • The power of transparency and vulnerability in leadership (13:40)
  • Why modeling self-care and boundaries is crucial as a business owner (16:15)
  • How to focus on delivering value while staying within your limits (18:50)
  • The balancing act of considering feedback while honoring your vision (21:30)
  • Key lessons and takeaways for fellow entrepreneurs (24:00)

By the end of this episode, you'll have a fresh perspective on what it really means to lead with integrity, even when it's uncomfortable. You'll see that disappointing others doesn't make you a failure; it makes you human. And most importantly, you'll know that you're not alone in navigating these challenges.

So, grab a cup of tea, get cozy, and join me for this raw and honest conversation. It's time to embrace the ups and downs of the entrepreneurial rollercoaster and learn how to thrive through the mess.

Key Takeaways:

  1. Setting clear expectations and boundaries is essential for avoiding confusion and frustration down the line.
  2. Prioritizing your wellbeing and business sustainability is non-negotiable, even if it means making tough calls.
  3. Embracing change and course-correction is a normal, necessary part of entrepreneurial growth.
  4. Leading with transparency and vulnerability fosters trust and connection with your audience.
  5. Modeling self-care and healthy boundaries sets a powerful example for your clients.
  6. Focusing on delivering value within your limits helps maintain momentum and client success.
  7. Balancing client feedback with your long-term vision is key to staying aligned with your purpose.

I hope this episode has shown you that disappointing clients doesn't have to be a dirty secret or a source of shame. In fact, it can be an opportunity for profound growth and transformation - not just for yourself, but for your business and your clients, too.

So, the next time you're faced with a tough decision that might let others down, remember this: You are not alone, and you are not a failure. You are a brave, resilient leader who is willing to do what it takes to create a sustainable, values-aligned business. And that, my friend, is something to be proud of.

If you resonated with this episode and want to dive deeper into the art of creating a thriving online business as a therapist, be sure to check out the Incubator here. And if you're feeling inspired, I'd love for you to leave a review and share this episode with a friend who needs to hear this message today.

View Details

Hey there, my fellow therapists and online program creators!

In this jam-packed episode, I dive deep into the world of lead magnets and how they can be your secret weapon for attracting your ideal clients and skyrocketing your online program sales.

As therapists, we often struggle with creating effective lead magnets that truly engage our audience and convert them into loyal subscribers. But fear not! I've got you covered with a step-by-step guide to crafting the perfect lead magnet for your niche.

Key Takeaways:

  • Lead magnets are essential for building trust, credibility, and growing your email list with potential online course participants.
  • A high-converting lead magnet should be specific, relevant, and solve a "first step" problem for your ideal client.
  • Real-life examples prove the power of well-crafted lead magnets, like Adelle's children's book on being autistic and ADHD, which generated over 1,000 opt-ins in just one month!
  • Brainstorming your lead magnet involves understanding your audience's challenges and desires, choosing an engaging format, and using tools like Chat GPT to generate ideas.
  • Nurturing your email list after delivering your lead magnet is crucial for building relationships and increasing online course sales.

To make your lead magnet creation journey even easier, I've put together a game-changing resource just for you - the "Creating a High-Converting Lead Magnet" checklist! This checklist walks you through all the key steps we covered in the episode, ensuring you don't miss a single crucial element.

But wait, there's more! I'm also giving away a powerful Chat GPT prompt that will help you generate customized lead magnet ideas specifically tailored to your niche and audience. This prompt is a lifesaver when it comes to brainstorming unique and engaging lead magnets that your ideal clients will love.

To get your hands on both the checklist and the Chat GPT prompt, simply head to https://therapistsrising.com/leadmagnet

Trust me, you don't want to miss out on these incredible resources!

If you found this episode valuable, please don't forget to share it with your fellow therapists and online program creators. Together, we can help more people share their expertise, make a bigger impact, and build the online program business of their dreams.

And if you haven't already, make sure to subscribe to the podcast and leave a review. Your support means the world to me, and it helps me continue creating content that empowers and inspires you on your online course creation journey.

**________________________________________

Don't forget to grab your free lead magnet checklist and Chat GPT prompt here**!

View Details

In this very special episode of the Therapist Rising podcast, I sit down with my husband and business partner, Rob, for a candid conversation about what it's really like working together in our family business. We dive into the nitty gritty details of our journey, sharing the ups, downs, and everything in between.

Rob and I reminisce about how our love story began over 20 years ago on the touch football field, and how our relationship evolved from friendship to marriage and now to becoming business partners at Therapist Rising. I openly share about the immense privilege and support I had from Rob when I decided to leave my one-on-one therapy practice to start my online coaching business.

We pull back the curtain on what Rob's role looks like at Therapist Rising, and how he taught himself everything from building websites to editing podcasts to support the business in its early days. Rob also shares how he's stepped into more of a coaching role, teaching our Collective members about strategy, project management and implementation.

While there are so many benefits to working with your spouse, Rob and I also vulnerably share some of the challenges we face, like struggling to "turn off" the business talk, managing our relationship dynamics in a professional setting, and juggling business demands with family time, especially during busy launch periods."

We also reflect on some of the lessons we've learned along the way, and what we would do differently if we could turn back time, like Rob getting involved in the business earlier, me seeking out more mentorship on running a successful business, and both of us being more intentional about aligning our goals with our values from the beginning.

Finally, we leave you with our best advice for couples who are considering going into business together (hint: go for it, but be realistic and put the right foundations in place first!), as well as an exciting update on how this episode has inspired us to start incorporating more support for the business partners and key players of our Collective members.

Whether you're already in business with your significant other, or just exploring the possibility, this episode is a must-listen. Tune in now to get an inside look at the real life ups and downs of running a purpose-driven business with your life partner by your side.

View Details

In today's episode, we're diving into a topic that, while often overlooked, is crucial for any entrepreneur: the power of intuition in business success.

Joining me is Emma Gray, a renowned expert, and a dear friend, to explore how tapping into your intuition can lead to breakthroughs in your business and personal growth. Whether you're facing a tough decision, considering a new opportunity, or simply feeling stuck, intuition can be your guiding light and the key to supercharging your success.

Key Takeaways

  • Intuition in Business: Discover why intuition is a critical asset for entrepreneurs, especially in the therapy industry, where understanding human emotions and behavior is key.
  • Real-Life Success Stories: Emma shares compelling examples of how intuition led her to make pivotal decisions in her business and her life, offering inspiration and practical insights.
  • Developing Your Intuitive Skills: Learn actionable strategies to strengthen your intuition, including mindfulness practices, journaling, and reflective listening.
  • Balancing Intuition and Analysis: Find out how to strike the perfect balance between intuitive decision-making and analytical thinking, maximizing the impact of both.
  • Overcoming Doubts: Emma discusses common fears and doubts about relying on intuition and how to overcome them, building confidence in your inner voice.

Conclusion

Today's conversation with Emma Gray reminds us that intuition is more than just a gut feeling; it's a powerful tool for innovation, connection, and growth. As therapist entrepreneurs, nurturing your intuition can lead you to more authentic and successful business practices. Remember, the journey to tapping into your intuition begins with trust—trust in yourself, your experiences, and the wisdom that comes from within.

**________________________________________

Get in touch with Emma GrayWebsite.
Instagram | @emmagray.soulcoach
Download your free ebook: 5 Steps to Manifesting with Ease
Did you hear the news? We've just released a BRAND NEW QUIZ*!What if an online program was your ticket to saying ‘adios!’ to trading time for dollars, a capped income, stress, and burnout in 2024?*

Innovative therapists who want to earn more, recession-proof their incomes, and have a work-life balance are doing so with online programs.

And surprise! With all your years of education, training, and on-the-job experience, you could be this 🤏 close too!

Take my super quick 2-minute quiz to find out if an online program is right for you + learn your next personalized step to get started.Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

Welcome back to the podcast! In this episode, we are joined by Karina Kerr, an administration and business operations consultant from the Australian Allied Health Agency, to shed light on a critical aspect of entrepreneurial growth for therapists—hiring a Virtual Assistant (VA). With therapists increasingly feeling the pressure of juggling 1:1 work and the desire to build their online programs, Karina provides invaluable insights into making the VA journey a positive and smooth sailing experience.

Key Takeaways:

  • Understanding the Need for a VA: Recognizing the signs that it's time to delegate and bring a VA into your business can liberate your time and energy, allowing you to focus on what you do best.
  • Finding and Choosing the Right VA: Karina discusses where to find a VA, what qualities to look for, and how to ensure they align with your business values and needs.
  • Delegating Effectively: Learn about the tasks that are most beneficial to outsource, how many hours to hire a VA for, and tips on managing this crucial relationship.
  • Onboarding Process: Discover the importance of a structured onboarding process to seamlessly integrate a VA into your business operations.
  • Navigating Challenges: Karina shares her expertise on handling common pitfalls in the VA partnership, ensuring a fruitful collaboration.
  • Maximizing VA Contributions: From developing systems and processes to undertaking research and customer service, a VA can significantly contribute to the growth and efficiency of your business.

About Our Guest:

Karina Kerr is an experienced administration and business operations consultant specializing in allied health and disability support. Through the Australian Allied Health Agency, Karina works with business owners to implement systems and procedures that enable businesses to thrive. Her passion for mental health and well-being drives her commitment to helping others avoid burnout and achieve success.

Special Announcement:

Karina also shares exciting details about the upcoming Heart of Health and Disability Conference and Awards Gala, a must-attend event for allied health professionals looking to connect, inspire, and celebrate their achievements.

Connect with Karina Kerr:

  • Australian Allied Health Agency Website: AAHA.com.au
  • Conference Details: HeartEvents.com.au

View Details

Welcome back to the Therapists Rising Podcast - you may have noticed we have been on a short break over the last couple of weeks following the launch of our signature program, The Incubator.... because it was MASSIVE and we needed some R&R.

But now we are fully recharged and excited to jump into some fresh new episodes - starting with an exclusive behind-the-scenes look at our biggest launch to date!

Episode Highlights:

  • Join me and Emma Gray, Therapists Rising Head of Coaching, as we dissect the lessons learned from our monumental launch.
  • Discover the strategies behind tripling student numbers, enrolling over 150 therapists, and achieving multi-six-figure success.
  • Gain insights into the realities behind online program launches, including the highs, lows, and valuable takeaways.
  • Explore the dos and don'ts of launching, creating warm audiences, growing your email list, and navigating the emotional roller coaster of launching.
  • Learn essential tips for managing a Facebook community and optimizing your program launch for success.

This episode is a goldmine for therapists running online programs or anyone interested in mastering the art of online launches. Whether you’re just starting out or looking to scale your program, our insights will provide valuable lessons and strategies to enhance your launch strategy and community engagement.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

Welcome to an eye-opening episode of our podcast, where we're tackling a question that sparks curiosity and skepticism in equal measure: "Can you really make $20,000 a month as a therapist?" This session is born from the heart of our free training series, The Online Program Blueprint for Therapists, which has already reached nearly 3,500 therapists worldwide.

In this episode, we delve deep into the possibilities that lie beyond traditional therapy practice. With therapists often caught in the narrative that their services must remain affordable to be accessible, the concept of earning significantly more can seem distant, if not impossible. But what if I told you that breaking past these financial barriers is not only possible but achievable?

🌟 Why This Episode Is a Must-Listen:

  • Busting Myths: We address the common doubts and myths about earning potential for therapists.
  • Mindset Shifts: Discover the mindset shifts necessary to envision and achieve a $20K month or a $50K launch of your online program.
  • Inspiring Success Stories: Hear from therapists who've transformed their practices and lives by adopting new strategies and perspectives.
  • Exclusive Insights: This episode features highlights from one of our most feedback-rich Q&A/Mindset sessions from the workshop series.

For Therapists Who:

  • Question their ability to earn more from their practice.
  • Feel trapped by the notion that their services must remain widely affordable.
  • Aspire to increase their income not just for wealth, but for the freedom and opportunities it brings.

Tune in to reframe your thoughts about money, value, and the impact you can make as a therapist. Whether you're looking to scale your practice, launch an online program, or simply explore what's possible beyond the therapy room, this episode is your starting point.

🎉 Exciting News Just For You: Doors to my online program, The Incubator, are re-opening for the first time in a whole year next week!

Inside, I’ll be teaching therapists everything I know about turning their passions, skills, and clinical experience into a profitable online program…

And sharing the exact steps I took to go from burnt-out therapist, to happier-and-freer-than-ever multi-6-figure online program creator.

Be the first to hear when doors open and get first dibs on one of the limited seats (PLUS AN EPIC BONUS!) by popping your name on my Insider’s List here.

View Details

Welcome to a very special episode of the podcast, where we've uploaded a game-changing workshop replay from our annual free training series, "The Online Program Blueprint for Therapists." If you've ever dreamt of diversifying your income and amplifying your impact as a therapist, this episode is your golden ticket.

What's Inside This Workshop Replay:

  • A Path to Profitability and Impact: Discover how to leverage your unique skills and experiences to create an online program that not only enriches your professional life but also ensures you stay within the ethical and legal frameworks of your regulatory body.
  • The Impact Matrix Framework: A step-by-step guide to evaluating your program ideas, ensuring they're not only viable but primed for success. Learn how to assess your ideas based on Passion, Expertise, Market Demand, and Profitability.
  • Navigating the Digital Space as a Therapist: Insights into choosing a fulfilling and profitable niche while ensuring your online program aligns with professional standards and regulatory requirements.
  • A Sneak Peek into Our Next Sessions: Get a glimpse of what’s coming in the remaining training sessions, including advanced strategies for curriculum development and legal-ethical considerations for online therapy programs.

Why You Can't Miss This Episode:

  • Over 3,000 Therapists Can't Be Wrong: Join a global community of therapists who've already embarked on this journey to diversify their income and increase their impact.
  • Real Feedback, Real Results: Hear the amazing feedback from session #1 and understand why this training has been a game-changer for therapists worldwide.

And it's not too late to join us for the remaining workshops - believe me when I say, this opportunity is too valuable to pass up!

Get your free ticket here.

Whether you missed the live workshop or simply prefer to digest content at your own pace, this podcast replay is your backstage pass to transformative insights and actionable strategies for creating a profitable and impactful online program.

View Details

In this deeply personal and insightful episode, join me as I explore the transformative potential of incorporating online programs into traditional mental health therapy practices. I identify four key signs indicating when one-on-one work may be limiting your growth and how online programs can unlock new opportunities for therapists to expand their impact, reach, and income. I delve into the reasons we need to expand our horizons beyond one-on-one therapy sessions and put a case forward as to why the digital realm and digital courses offer untapped potential for therapists eager to grow their practices in meaningful, innovative ways.

Key Takeaways:

  • Burnout and Overwhelm: I open up about my own journey through burnout, emphasizing the critical need for therapists to establish boundaries to protect their well-being amidst the demands of continuous client sessions.
  • Income Plateau: Highlighting the financial ceiling faced when our earnings are tied directly to the finite number of hours available for work, underscoring the necessity for a scalable income model.
  • Inconsistent Workloads: Discussing the variability in client demand—how seasons and life events can lead to fluctuating caseloads, creating periods of stress and financial unpredictability.
  • Limited Impact: Reflecting on the intrinsic desire to help more individuals than our time allows, and how this constraint can lead to professional dissatisfaction.
  • The Power of Online Programs: Unveiling the remarkable benefits of digital courses, including the capacity to reach a global audience, secure passive income, and share your therapeutic expertise on a broader scale.

I encourage you to ponder the limitations of the traditional therapy model, areas where you might be feeling capped or limited, and the expansive opportunities that online programs present. It's a heartfelt call to action for therapists to explore how digital courses and programs can complement their therapeutic work, significantly enhancing their professional impact and personal satisfaction.

**________________________________________

Therapists, Elevate Your Practice!**

Dive into our FREE workshop, The Online Program Blueprint, and transform your expertise into a thriving online program. Join thousands of therapists who've multiplied their income and impact.

We kick off on February 14th - Register here.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

Hey there! Welcome to our 100th episode – what a milestone! Can you believe it? And what better way to mark this occasion than by delving into a topic that encapsulates the essence of what we've been talking about all along – navigating the wild ride of parenthood while building a thriving business.

Now, let's first talk about something that's incredibly important: time. It's our most valuable asset, and yet, often our most limited resource. Building a business that respects and supports our time is absolutely crucial. Time is what allows us to be present with our families, to watch our children grow, and to cherish those precious moments. So, as we explore the journey of entrepreneurship amidst the chaos of everyday life, let's keep in mind the significance of building a business that aligns with our values and allows us the freedom to prioritize what truly matters – our time with loved ones.

Key Takeaways:

Flexibility is Key: Let's start with the cornerstone of this whole endeavor – flexibility. From scheduling client calls to managing meltdowns, being able to adapt on the fly is an absolute game-changer. Crafting a business that bends and flexes with the demands of parenthood empowers us to prioritize what truly matters – our family.

Importance of Support Systems: Next up, let's talk about the power of community. Whether it's rallying a team of rockstars in your business or finding solace in a tribe of fellow parent-entrepreneurs, having a support system is like having a safety net when life throws curveballs. It's all about leaning on each other and lifting each other up.

Involving Family in Business: Now, this one's close to my heart. Involving my own family – including my son – in business discussions has been not only enlightening but downright heartwarming. It's opened up doors for meaningful conversations about making a difference in the world and showing our kids what's possible when passion meets purpose.

Letting Go of Perfection: Ah, the elusive pursuit of perfection. Spoiler alert: it doesn't exist – especially not in the chaotic dance of parenting and entrepreneurship. Embracing imperfection, rolling with the punches, and practicing self-compassion are the true keys to sanity in this beautiful mess we call life.

Prioritizing Self-Care: Last but certainly not least, let's talk about self-care. Because let's face it, we can't pour from an empty cup. Setting boundaries, managing our time wisely, and showing ourselves some much-needed love and compassion are non-negotiables on this wild ride.

As we wrap up this milestone episode, I want to extend a heartfelt thank you to each and every one of you for joining me on this journey. Your support, your feedback, and your shared experiences mean the world to me. Here's to the next 100 episodes of growth, laughter, and maybe a few more potty training mishaps along the way. Cheers to building businesses that honor our values and support the lives we want to live – one diaper change at a time!

**________________________________________

Therapists, Elevate Your Practice!**

Dive into our FREE workshop, The Online Program Blueprint, and transform your expertise into a thriving online program. Join thousands of therapists who've multiplied their income and impact.

We kick off on February 14th - Register here.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

If you've ever contemplated the idea of crafting an online program to diversify your income streams and amplify your impact, this episode is a must-listen. We recognize the common challenges that therapists often grapple with – whether it's the daunting lack of knowledge about where to begin, the overwhelming nature of the process, the relentless demands of a full caseload that leaves little room for anything else, or the financial constraints that restrict reinvestment in your practice. Our returning guest, Kerry Evetts (who is also a valued member of our community!), has navigated these very hurdles and is spilling the beans on what it takes to create a six-figure online program.

Key Takeaways:

  • Balancing Act: Learn how Kerry balanced her clinical practice and training business, carving out space for her online program.
  • Learning to Delegate: Discover the power of seeking assistance and delegating tasks to focus on business growth.
  • Sustainability: Kerry shares her transition to working smarter, not harder, for long-term success.
  • Designing Your Life: Explore Kerry's approach to integrating self-care and family time into her routine without guilt.
  • Leverage: Understand the importance of leveraging resources to expand income streams beyond one-on-one sessions.
  • Preparation and Planning: Dive into Kerry's meticulous planning process for successful program launches.
  • Authenticity and Audience: Learn how authenticity and effective communication resonate with your audience.
  • Data-Driven Decisions: Discover the power of tracking and analyzing data to refine strategies for success.
  • Impact-Driven Entrepreneurship: Kerry's commitment to making a difference underscores the value of community support.

Kerry Evetts has illuminated a path where determination, support, and the right mindset converge, enabling therapists to create and launch online programs that leave a lasting imprint. Her journey, from a full-time clinical practice to a successful online program creator, is nothing short of inspiring and offers a wealth of invaluable lessons for therapists aspiring to elevate their careers. If you're wondering if YOU could create a successful online program, then this episode will leave a lasting impression on you - I guarantee it!

Listen to Kerry's first podcast episode: Revolutionizing Sensory Integration in Occupational Therapy with Kerry Evetts Join Kerry's free training: Sensory Essentials - A Mini-Course
**________________________________________

Therapists, Elevate Your Practice!**

Dive into our FREE workshop, The Online Program Blueprint, and transform your expertise into a thriving online program. Join thousands of therapists who've multiplied their income and impact.

We kick off on February 14th - Register here.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

Hey there, therapists and fellow entrepreneurs! I'm thrilled to dive into today's episode where we're going to unpack some creative strategies to give you a quick cash boost. We all know how crucial financial resources are in this dynamic space - whether it's hiring support, maintaining our websites, or anything in between, these strategies are like a roadmap to elevate our businesses.

Juggling multiple roles is our norm, and as we venture into the online world, resources become even more critical. These strategies aren't just about making money; they're about redefining success, gaining operational freedom, and establishing ourselves as authorities in our niches.

Key Takeaways:

  1. VIP Coaching Intensive: Picture this tailored experience for non-clinical presentations, where we offer personalized attention with a touch of exclusivity. Think virtual sessions, strategic pricing, and a well-organized process to create an unforgettable client journey.
  2. Flash Sale on Online Workshops or Masterclasses: Dive into crafting impactful content in a bite-sized format, throwing in a flash sale to create urgency. This strategy positions us as authorities and provides our audience with a quick, transformative learning experience.
  3. Collaborative Webinars or Joint Ventures: Joining forces with experts in our field to host webinars not only enriches content but expands our reach. It's about building a collective presence in the digital space and creating a win-win for everyone involved.
  4. Create a Low-Cost Resource: Let's tap into our expertise and create something valuable yet accessible—a PDF guide, worksheet, or ebook. This not only brings in additional revenue but establishes us as go-to figures in our respective fields.

So, here's the deal, my friends. As we wrap up, I want you to think about commitment. Each of these strategies has the power to transform our businesses. I encourage you to pick one that resonates with you, commit to it, and let it unfold into a game-changer for your practice and business. Whether it's offering exclusive coaching, hosting a flash sale, collaborating with experts, or creating low-cost resources — pick one, embrace it, and get started. The journey begins now!

**________________________________________

Therapists, Elevate Your Practice!**

Dive into our FREE workshop, The Online Program Blueprint, and transform your expertise into a thriving online program. Join thousands of therapists who've multiplied their income and impact.

We kick off on February 14th - Register here.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

In today's episode, we're tackling a common myth head-on—the notion that successful online programs are reserved for those "out there," the ones with massive followings and lengthy email lists, the ones with the skills in marketing and sales. In this mini-episode, I’m here to give you a loving reframe and a gentle kick in the butt you might be needing right now.

It's not about the size of your email list; it's about attracting the right people and how you nurture those relationships. It's about the quality of your connections, not the quantity. And guess what? As therapists, you're already masters of building meaningful relationships. That's a skill that's not only transferable but invaluable in the digital space. Today, we're going to uncover how your expertise as a therapist can translate into a successful online program. You'll learn how to leverage your innate strengths to not just join the online program space but to truly excel in it. We'll also delve into practical strategies for creating deep connections with a smaller audience and leveraging your therapeutic expertise to craft compelling content. Plus, I'll be sharing my personal story of how I created over $90k in revenue in just four days with a $15k offer and a tiny audience.

Key Takeaways:

  • The size of your email list is less important than the quality of connections you make.
  • Your therapeutic skills are highly transferable to online marketing and program creation.
  • Authenticity and trust are crucial in nurturing your online audience.
  • Storytelling, case studies, and personal experiences can greatly enhance your program's appeal.

As we conclude, remember that your journey to a successful online program doesn't require you to change who you are - it's about harnessing the skills you already possess as a therapist and applying them in new, innovative ways.

If you enjoyed this episode, I would be so grateful if you would share it with a therapist friend who might need to hear this message today.

Resources mentioned in this episode:
Episode 93: 4 Strategies to Grow Your Audience From Scratch

**________________________________________

Therapists, Elevate Your Practice!**

Dive into our FREE workshop, The Online Program Blueprint, and transform your expertise into a thriving online program. Join thousands of therapists who've multiplied their income and impact.

We kick off on February 14th - Register here.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

Hey there, fellow therapists! Welcome to another episode where we explore the ins and outs of bringing your incredible knowledge and expertise into the online world. Today, we're tackling a big hurdle that might be holding you back: the idea that starting an online program is just too expensive. I'm here to show you that it's possible to launch your dream program without spending a ton of money.

Key Takeaways:

  1. Debunking the Myth: I'll share some incredible stories of therapists (including my story!) who've launched their online programs without a big budget. These are real-life examples that prove you don't need to spend a lot to create something valuable and impactful.
  2. The Incu-Beta Framework: Get ready to learn about this budget-friendly approach that's perfect for us therapists. It's all about starting where you are with what you have and growing from there. The focus is on building a simple, effective version of your program first—your MVP—and making it better over time.
  3. Lean Launch Strategies:
    • Market Research Without the High Costs: I'll talk about how you can use free online tools and social media to get to know what your clients really need, without spending money.
    • Creating Content on the Cheap: You'll get tips on how to create quality content without fancy equipment, using resources you likely already have.
    • Using Your Current Network: Discover how to tap into the relationships you've already built to get feedback and early support for your program.
  4. Budget-Friendly Tools and Resources: I've put together a list of tools that won't break the bank but will help you build, market, and automate your online program. These are practical, easy-to-use resources that fit right into a tight budget.
  5. Saving Money All Along the Way: I'll give you straightforward advice on how to keep costs down without sacrificing the quality of your program. It's all about being smart with your money and focusing on what's really necessary.

I hope you enjoyed this episode and you walk away knowing that don't have to spend a lot of money to launch a successful online program. Today, I've given you a roadmap to do just that, with strategies and tools that are easy on your budget. Remember, it's not about the size of your budget; it's about the strength of your vision and the passion behind your work. So, take these ideas and start building your program step by step, and watch as your online presence grows.

**________________________________________

Therapists, Elevate Your Practice!**

Dive into our FREE workshop, The Online Program Blueprint, and transform your expertise into a thriving online program. Join thousands of therapists who've multiplied their income and impact.

We kick off on February 14th - Register here.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

As a therapist, you're well-acquainted with the race against time. Client sessions, administrative duties, and the emotional labor of our profession can leave us feeling like there's never enough time to develop the projects that truly matter—like creating an online program. In today's episode, I guide you through four transformative strategies to conquer time scarcity and unlock the potential of online programs.

Key Takeaways:

  1. Financial Stability is Key: I discuss the critical first step of plugging financial holes in your practice. By aligning your pricing with the value you provide, streamlining billing processes, and reducing overhead, you can create a financial buffer that frees up time for program creation.
  2. Time Management as a Habit: Discover techniques such as time blocking and prioritization that can turn time management into a daily habit. Consistency and discipline in these practices can open up hours each week for developing your online program.
  3. CEO Mindset and Boundaries: Embrace your role as the CEO of your practice. I explore the power of saying "no" and setting clear boundaries, ensuring that every decision you make aligns with your broader vision and goals.
  4. Outsourcing to Scale: Learn about the role of outsourcing in freeing up your time. I explain why hiring a Virtual Assistant can be a strategic move, allowing you to focus on revenue-generating activities and the creation of your online program.

Wrap-Up:

This episode isn't just a lesson in finding more hours in the day; it's about creating space to pursue work that can transform your practice and the lives of those you aim to help. Online programs offer the chance to extend your reach and create a lasting impact.

We Want to Hear From You!

Have you mastered a time management technique that's revolutionized your practice? Or are you still in search of that perfect strategy? I'd love to hear your success stories or struggles. Reach out with a message, an email, or tag me over at @dr.hayleykelly @therapists.rsising on social media. Let's support each other as we navigate our professional journeys.

Resources:Episode 90:Smart Strategies to Stop Money Leaks & Start Scaling

**________________________________________

Therapists, Elevate Your Practice!**

Dive into our FREE workshop, The Online Program Blueprint, and transform your expertise into a thriving online program. Join thousands of therapists who've multiplied their income and impact.

We kick off on February 14th - Register here.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

If you've ever found yourself pondering which of your many online program ideas to pursue, questioning the demand for your digital offerings, or seeking clarity on which idea has the potential to skyrocket your impact and income, then you are going to enjoy today's episode!

The leap from traditional therapy to the online world can be daunting. It's a journey from one-on-one sessions to creating scalable, impactful programs that can touch lives globally. Understanding how to make this transition effectively is vital for therapists who aspire to amplify their impact and thrive financially in the digital age.

That's why I am introducing you to my I.D.E.A Framework - a compass to help you identify, define, evaluate, and act on your online program ideas, ensuring they're not just good, but exceptional (and profitable!). This framework is your key to unlocking a program that promises profound transformation for your clients and substantial revenue for you and your practice.

Key Takeaways:

  • Identify: We start with 'I' for Identify, where every fluttering idea is welcomed. This is your brainstorming haven, a space to let your experiences and insights as a therapist take flight.
  • Define: Next, 'D' for Define sharpens your focus. Here, we delve into the specifics of each idea, asking critical questions about the problems they solve, the audience they serve, and the value they promise.
  • Evaluate: The 'E' stands for Evaluate, where we introduce the Impact Matrix Framework. This tool helps you assess each idea against four criteria: Passion, Expertise, Market Demand, and Profitability.
  • Act: Finally, 'A' for Act is where you take your top-scoring idea and bring it to life. This is the stage where you define your dream client and start crafting a program that resonates deeply with their needs and aspirations.

As therapists, you have the power to create online programs that can change lives. The I.D.E.A. framework is your roadmap to transforming your expertise into a digital format that can reach people far and wide. It's time to take that next step and start building your legacy.

So PLEASE don't let your ideas remain dormant. Harness the insights from today's episode and start acting on your online program vision. Remember, the journey to success is paved with intentional steps, and you have the framework to guide you through each one.

**________________________________________

Therapists, Elevate Your Practice!**

Dive into our FREE workshop, The Online Program Blueprint, and transform your expertise into a thriving online program. Join thousands of therapists who've multiplied their income and impact.

We kick off on February 14th - Register here.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

In today's episode, we unpack the essential strategies to grow your audience and build a robust email list that will serve as the foundation for your thriving online program. We are diving deep into the art of crafting irresistible lead magnets, the savvy of borrowing influence, the precision of paid advertising, and the exhilarating process of launching your program. If you're ready to take your online presence to the next level and create a community that's eager to learn from your expertise, then this episode is your blueprint for success.

Key takeaways:

  • Why Audience Building is a Must: We kicked things off by discussing why building an audience is not just important, but absolutely vital for the success of your online program.
  • Lead Magnets Demystified: I broke down what a lead magnet is and how creating one that genuinely meets your potential clients at step one of their journey can be a game-changer.
  • Borrowed Influence Explained: We explored the concept of borrowed influence and how partnering with established figures can exponentially grow your audience and email list.
  • Paid Advertising Insights: I shared the basics of paid advertising, the common pitfalls to avoid, and why having a converting offer is crucial before you invest a single penny.
  • The Launch Lowdown: We talked about the power of launching your program and how it can serve as a catalyst for audience growth, list building, and establishing your authority in the digital space.
  • Choosing Your Strategy: I reminded you that while it's great to have a toolbox full of strategies, the key to not feeling overwhelmed is to pick one and go all in.

Don't let this episode be just another thing you listened to. Take action! Choose one strategy we discussed today and start implementing it. Whether it's crafting that lead magnet or planning your program launch, the time to start is now. And if you found value in today's conversation, please subscribe, share this episode with a fellow therapist, and leave us a review. Your support helps us reach more therapists like you, looking to make a difference in the world.

Remember, building an audience is a journey, not a sprint. Choose your path, take that first step, and trust the process. You've got this!

**________________________________________

Did you hear the news? We've just released a BRAND NEW QUIZ*!What if an online program was your ticket to saying ‘adios!’ to trading time for dollars, a capped income, stress, and burnout in 2024?*

Innovative therapists who want to earn more, recession-proof their incomes, and have a work-life balance are doing so with online programs.

And surprise! With all your years of education, training, and on-the-job experience, you could be this 🤏 close too!

Take my super quick 2-minute quiz to find out if an online program is right for you + learn your next personalized step to get started.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

Hey there, changemakers! Dr. Hayley Kelly here, and you're tuning into a very special episode of the Therapist Rising podcast. Today, we're not just peeking behind the curtain—we're tearing it down with an unfiltered look at the pivotal lessons from 2023 and the bold goals they've inspired for 2024. So, grab your favourite beverage, settle in, and let's do this!

Key Takeaways:

  • Visibility Is Vital: Discover the sobering lesson on the importance of visibility and learn why being seen is crucial for growth.
  • Thought Leadership: Understand why knowledge isn't enough and how to be a guiding force in your field.
  • Strategic Alignment: Hear about the critical need to align your goals with your strategy for success.
  • Joy in Work: Find out why joy is the heartbeat of sustainable success and how to pivot towards what fulfills you.
  • Efficiency Over Hustle: Learn the smarter approach to work that maximizes impact without the burnout.
  • You will also hear about how these lessons have translated into our audacious 2024 goals (yikes!).

If today's musings resonated with you, I'd love to hear your thoughts! Reach out with feedback, share your own goals, or simply let me know if you missed our Unmasked Monthly Musings. I'd love to hear from you!

**________________________________________

Did you hear the news? We've just released a BRAND NEW QUIZ*!What if an online program was your ticket to saying ‘adios!’ to trading time for dollars, a capped income, stress, and burnout in 2024?*

Innovative therapists who want to earn more, recession-proof their incomes, and have a work-life balance are doing so with online programs.

And surprise! With all your years of education, training, and on-the-job experience, you could be this 🤏 close too!

Take my super quick 2-minute quiz to find out if an online program is right for you + learn your next personalized step to get started.

View Details

In today's episode, we're sipping on our favorite brews and diving deep into the world of artificial intelligence. That's right, we're exploring how AI, and specifically ChatGPT, is revolutionizing the way therapists like us can create impactful online programs – and we're doing it fast!

What You'll Learn:
- How AI is changing the game for therapists in the digital space.
- The transformative power of online programs for expanding your reach and creating passive income.
- Real-life success stories of therapists who've made a significant impact with their online courses.
- Common challenges in creating digital content and how AI can help overcome them.
- Introducing the "Impact Matrix for Online Programs" – our unique spin on finding your program creation sweet spot.
- The step-by-step guide to using ChatGPT prompts to define your niche, outline your program, and brainstorm catchy names.
- The importance of personal touch in AI-assisted course creation.

In This Episode:

We start by setting the stage for how AI is not just a futuristic concept but a present-day tool that's here to make our lives easier. We share inspiring transformations of therapists who've created online programs and discuss the common hurdles you might face along the way.

Then, we introduce the "Impact Matrix for Online Programs," a framework that helps you pinpoint where your passion, expertise, and the market's needs meet. It's all about creating online programs that resonate with your audience and bring in the revenue you deserve.

We also take a deep dive into the free guide I've created, which is packed with ChatGPT prompts to streamline your program creation process. You can download it right now at www.therapistsrising.com/aiguide – it's your secret weapon for fast-tracking your journey from idea to online impact.

And, remember, while AI is an incredible assistant, the essence of your program – the heart and soul – that's all you. Your unique insights, experiences, and personal touch are what will make your online program a success.

So, are you ready to embark on your digital online program creation journey? Grab that guide, and let's turn your vision into reality. Keep rising, keep shining, and keep connecting those dots in the way only you can.

**Free AI Prompt Guide Here: https://therapistsrising.com/aiguide – Get your hands on the exact ChatGPT prompts that will help you craft your program with ease.

_______________________________________**

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!)

View Details

Hey there, friends! Are you ready to break the chains of your 1:1 caseload and sail into the world of online programs? If you've ever said, "I want to create an online program, but I'm strapped for time and cash," then this episode is for you! We're diving deep into the world of 'money leaks' and how plugging them can be your ticket to financial freedom and reclaiming your time.

In This Episode, You'll Discover:

  • The bitter irony of wanting financial freedom but feeling anchored by your 1:1 caseload.
  • What 'money leaks' are and how they're silently sinking your financial ship.
  • The unseen barriers that keep you from your full potential as a therapist and entrepreneur.
  • How money is a resource—a tool that buys you time and freedom.
  • The "Plug Your Money Leaks" framework that can be a game-changer for your practice.

Key Takeaways:

  • Underpricing services? Let's talk about valuing your worth and adjusting your rates.
  • Inefficient billing practices? Discover how to tighten up and stop revenue loss.
  • Overhead costs? We'll explore how telehealth can cut costs and add flexibility.
  • Operational costs? Learn how renegotiating leases or going paperless can save you big.

This episode is truly the epitome of working smarter, not harder. While the conversation might not have been comfortable, we've covered the steps to take control of your finances and make your practice work for you. By plugging those money leaks, you're not just saving; you're investing in the growth and scalability of your practice.

Resources Mentioned:

Xero Accounting Software: Your new financial BFF. Check it out here.

**________________________________________

Did you hear the news? We've just released a BRAND NEW QUIZ*!What if an online program was your ticket to saying ‘adios!’ to trading time for dollars, a capped income, stress, and burnout in 2024?*

Innovative therapists who want to earn more, recession-proof their incomes, and have a work-life balance are doing so with online programs.

And surprise! With all your years of education, training, and on-the-job experience, you could be this 🤏 close too!

Take my super quick 2-minute quiz to find out if an online program is right for you + learn your next personalized step to get started.Disclaimer:

The information provided in this podcast is for educational and informational purposes only and is not intended as financial advice. The content discussed is the host's personal opinion and should not be taken as a substitute for professional financial advice. Always seek the guidance of a qualified financial advisor or other qualified financial service provider with any questions you may have regarding your financial planning and investment strategy. The host and podcast are not responsible for any actions taken as a result of the information provided in this episode.

View Details

Welcome back to another exciting episode. Today, I'm pumped to dive deep into decoding James Clear's "Atomic Habits" and show you how these bad boys have the power to revolutionize your world. But wait, before we kickstart this transformational journey, let's take a moment to connect the dots. Last week, we set the stage for making 2024 your best year yet with a powerful six-step framework. Now, it's time to take those insights and amplify them through the lens of "Atomic Habits."

Key Takeaways:

  1. Habit Hack 1 - Making Habits Obvious: Explore the pivotal role of your environment in shaping habits and uncover strategies to align it with your goals for unwavering support.
  2. Habit Hack 2 - Making Habits Attractive: Unveil the power of "temptation bundling" and the art of transforming mundane tasks into irresistible indulgences that ignite motivation.
  3. Habit Hack 3 - Making Habits Easy: Unravel the game-changing 2-minute rule and discover how simplifying tasks lays the groundwork for exceptional productivity and accomplishment.
  4. Habit Hack 4 - Making Habits Satisfying: Delve into the importance of self-rewards and celebrating progress as the ultimate motivators in the habit-building journey.

Real-Life Application of Habits: Witness firsthand how these life-altering principles turbocharged my Ph.D. writing journey, delivering an epic transformation!

Resources mentioned in this episode:

Atomic Habits by James Clear
Episode 88: Make 2024 Your Best Year Yet with this Powerful Six-Step Framework

**________________________________________

Did you hear the news? We've just released a BRAND NEW QUIZ*!What if an online program was your ticket to saying ‘adios!’ to trading time for dollars, a capped income, stress, and burnout in 2024?*

Innovative therapists who want to earn more, recession-proof their incomes, and have a work-life balance are doing so with online programs.

And surprise! With all your years of education, training, and on-the-job experience, you could be this 🤏 close too!

Take my super quick 2-minute quiz to find out if an online program is right for you + learn your next personalized step to get started.

View Details

Hey there! Dr. Hayley Kelly here, and in this episode, I'm diving into a six-step framework that's your ticket to unlocking both personal and professional growth.

Episode Breakdown:

In this insightful chat, I've put together a roadmap that covers six crucial steps:

1. Growth Blueprint: Let's start by reflecting on the past year to really grasp the highs, lows, and everything in between.
2. Designing Your Future: We'll use your future self as our crystal ball to create strategies and goals that totally sync up with where you're headed.
3. Growth Metrics: It's all about a strategic action plan – cue the "start, stop, double down" method – to revamp your behaviors.
4. Stepping into Your Future: I'll guide you on aligning your actions with your values and future self, playing by the "be, do, have" rules.
5. Commit, Measure, and Adapt: Think committing to goals, implementing SMART goals, and being totally adaptable as needed.
6. Reflection and Review: Regular check-ins on your progress, tweaking where necessary, and staying true to your values and goals.

I can't stress this enough: continuous reflection, planning, and adaptation are the secret sauce for sustainable growth and transformation. I've got some practical insights up my sleeve, including weekly and monthly reflection practices that'll supercharge your commitment and goal alignment.

Key Topics in the Spotlight:

  • Reflecting on the past year to suss out those epic milestones.
  • Getting in sync with your future self to drive those goals.
  • The nitty-gritty of creating an action plan with the "start, stop, double down" method.
  • We're talking values, identity alignment, and future goal-setting vibes.
  • The art of implementing SMART goals – measurement and adaptation, anyone?
  • Regular reflection, review, and goal realignment for a sustainable growth game plan.

My six-step framework stands as your ultimate catalyst for personal and professional growth. Rooted in reflection, alignment with core values, and the foundation for adaptive goal-setting, this framework isn't just a concept; it's your pragmatic blueprint to elevate yourself to new heights.

But wait, there's more! Drop me a DM over @dr.hayleykelly with the word "WORKBOOK" to unlock an exclusive workbook featuring dynamic exercises, insightful journaling prompts, and additional resources, propelling your journey of growth to new dimensions.

Please share this episode with your therapist friends who are also on their journey to personal and professional growth, and let's make 2024 our best year yet!

________________________________________

Don't forget to send me a DM on Instagram with the word "WORKBOOK" so I can send you your free workbook download! This 26-page workbook is a game-changer!

And please FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!)

View Details

Have you ever had that sinking feeling that the regulatory/licensing body governing your profession might knock on your door with a stern email or, worse yet, a reprimand? It’s a common fear among therapist entrepreneurs who've shifted away from the traditional therapy setting to embark on non-clinical ventures.

I get it. The fear of legal repercussions can be paralyzing, stopping many from pursuing their dreams of expanding their impact in the world.

But guess what? I’m here to change that narrative!

In this brand-new episode of Therapists Rising Podcast, I sit down with Sarah Bartholemeuz, the incredible mind behind You Legal and the go-to legal guru for health practitioners.

Together, we dive deep into the legalities surrounding therapist entrepreneurship. Here’s what you can expect:

🎤 Understanding Risks: Sarah sheds light on the risks therapists face when breaking away from the traditional 1:1 therapy model.

🎤 Strategies to Minimize Risks: Discover actionable steps to reduce legal exposure and navigate the complex world of therapist entrepreneurship more confidently.

🎤 Real-life AHPRA Cases: We discuss real cases that have crossed Sarah’s desk, giving you tangible examples of the legal challenges therapists grapple with.

🎤 Protective Measures: Learn about essential safeguards like meticulous documentation and solid contracts to shield your therapy business.

🎤 Smart Work Practices: We'll explore diligent practices and the importance of solid legal foundations, especially in collaborations with friends and colleagues.

Listen, I know the legal jargon can be intimidating, and the gray areas can be nerve-wracking. But trust me, this episode is here to ease those fears and answer those burning questions you've been grappling with.

Remember, while this episode offers valuable insights, it's not a substitute for personalized legal advice. Always consult with a legal professional for specific guidance.**________________________________________

Get in touch with SarahWebsite.
Instagram |@youlegal.au
Watch the webinar: 5 Simple Steps to Manage Your Risks as a Medical Practice Owner
Grab a copy of Sarah's book: Growing A Medical Practice: From Frustration To A High-Performance BusinessDid you hear the news? We've just released a BRAND NEW QUIZ*!What if an online program was your ticket to saying ‘adios!’ to trading time for dollars, a capped income, stress, and burnout in 2024?*

Innovative therapists who want to earn more, recession-proof their incomes, and have a work-life balance are doing so with online programs.

And surprise! With all your years of education, training, and on-the-job experience, you could be this 🤏 close too!

Take my super quick 2-minute quiz to find out if an online program is right for you + learn your next personalized step to get started.Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

Ready to dive into the world of online programs? Well, today’s episode is all about addressing the MOST common question we get from our audience, which is "Hayley, is an online program right for me?" - so we are diving into whether creating an online program suits you and your therapy business. Trust me, I've seen it all, and I’m about to spill the beans on how therapists just like you can work smarter, not harder.

We've got four types of therapists on the radar, and each one is eyeing the online program scene for different reasons. Let's kick things off with Sarah, our Passionate Therapist. Picture Sarah as the superhero who loves her work but is drowning in the demands of her private practice. If you’re nodding along, feeling that burnout and longing for more hours in the day, Sarah’s story might just be your calling.

Then there's Michael, our Visionary Therapist. He’s got innovative ideas coming out of his ears but feels a bit overwhelmed about transforming these grand visions into a real online program. Sound familiar? If you’ve got a fountain of innovative ideas but feel a bit lost in the online labyrinth, you’re in the right spot.

Now, meet Laura, our Innovative Therapist. She dived headfirst into the online program world but hit a few bumps along the way. Sometimes, even the most innovative minds need a little help fine-tuning their online programs. If you’ve launched a program that didn’t take off as planned, Laura's story might resonate.

Lastly, there’s Gemma, our Advocate Therapist. She’s on a mission to make therapy accessible to everyone, regardless of where they live or their financial situation. If you’re passionate about breaking barriers and expanding access to therapy, Gemma’s story could be your guiding light.

Throughout the episode, I’ll sprinkle in real-life stories of therapists who’ve all taken their therapy game to the next level with online programs. You’ll learn how these therapists navigated the challenges, revamped their strategies, and found success in the digital realm.

Now, if you’re thinking, “Hey, I want a piece of this online program action,” believe me, it’s a game-changer. Think of it as a stress-relieving sidekick to your practice, a lifeline during slow periods, and even a consistent income source when life throws you a curveball.

So, whether you're an early career therapist or a seasoned pro, diving into the world of online programs is a transformative move. Trust me on this—your therapy game is about to get a serious upgrade.

That’s a wrap for today. Until next time, keep hustling and innovating!

**________________________________________

Did you hear the news? We've just released a BRAND NEW QUIZ*!What if an online program was your ticket to saying ‘adios!’ to trading time for dollars, a capped income, stress, and burnout in 2024?*

Innovative therapists who want to earn more, recession-proof their incomes, and have a work-life balance are doing so with online programs.

And surprise! With all your years of education, training, and on-the-job experience, you could be this 🤏 close too!

Take my super quick 2-minute quiz to find out if an online program is right for you + learn your next personalized step to get started.

View Details

Hey there, fellow therapist entrepreneur! If you're embarking on the journey of evolving from the therapy chair to establishing an online presence, this episode is for you!

I see you - the therapist with a passion for helping others, seeking to expand your impact and create a business beyond the traditional therapy setting. You're brave for stepping into this realm, and trust me, I know firsthand the challenges that come with this transition and the common pitfalls of creating an online program.

Stepping into entrepreneurship as a therapist can feel daunting. You might grapple with uncertainty, feeling overwhelmed, or unsure of how to evolve your practice. But here's the truth: these feelings are a natural part of the journey. I've navigated these waters myself, reflecting on what I'd do differently if I were starting over to build an online program and business.

Let me be clear – my mistakes have been my best teachers. However, I'm here to share insights that could save you time, money, and unnecessary stress as you carve your unique path in the online world.

So, let's dive in! Grab your notebook and a cuppa and get ready to jot down these top five strategies I'd employ if I were to start all over again tomorrow.

Key Takeaways:

Lesson 1: Tracking Crucial Metrics

From day one, I've realized the power of tracking key performance indicators (KPIs) and metrics. Despite initial reservations about numbers, I've come to see their indispensable value in understanding business performance and growth. We're talking podcast analytics, audience metrics (like Instagram growth and engagement), email list stats (growth, open rates, click-through rates), and website traffic.

Why does this matter? Well, tracking metrics allows for informed decision-making and empowers experimentation to optimize content. It's all about learning what works best for your audience.

Lesson 2: Building and Engaging Your Audience

Before diving into content creation, it's crucial to focus on audience building. Define your ideal audience, create valuable content, engage actively, and foster a sense of community. Trust me, this forms the bedrock of a successful online program.

Human connection is key here. Building engagement and a sense of community fosters trust, leading to deeper connections and a willingness to invest in your offerings.

Lesson 3: Consistent Content Creation

Content is king, and consistency is queen! It's not just about producing material; it's about offering value consistently. Take my podcast; it's been a game-changer for engaging my audience, building credibility, and guiding them on their journey.

Strategic planning is everything. Understanding your audience's needs and aligning your content strategy accordingly is a game-changer. Trust me, a content calendar is a lifesaver! Batch content production and project management have streamlined my workflow, ensuring quality without compromising consistency.

Lesson 4: The Importance of Project Management

Implementing a project management system has transformed my efficiency. Organizing tasks, streamlining workflows, and eliminating mental clutter have significantly impacted the success of my business.

Lesson 5: Creating a 12-month Promotional Calendar

Planning promotions well in advance has been a game-changer. It helps structure content, engage the audience, reduce overwhelm, and provide ample preparation time.

These lessons aren't just theoretical; they're practical strategies that have transformed my online program creation journey. Whether you're starting out or looking to boost your existing business, these insights can work wonders for you too.

So, if you're aiming to establish a successful online program or dive into the digital business world, this podcast episode is a goldmine of actionable strategies and insights

View Details

Are you intrigued by the various avenues available for therapists to diversify their income beyond one-on-one sessions? Ever wondered about the earning potential when therapists evolve beyond the traditional 'Therapy Chair'? Well, we have just the episode for you!

In this episode, we explore the multitude of ways therapists can expand their income streams, leveraging their skills and expertise to generate more revenue. From assessments and consulting to retreats and online programs, we've got you covered with the full low down!

Key takeaways:

  • We walk you through the diverse ways therapists can leverage their skills and experience to create new services and offerings. Explore the potential of assessments, consulting, retreats, and online programs as alternative income streams.

  • Understanding the nuances of each option is vital. We'll guide you through the pros and cons of these income-generating avenues, enabling you to make informed decisions aligning with your preferences and professional aspirations.

  • Gain a practical understanding of the earning potential therapists can unlock when transitioning beyond the confines of traditional one-on-one therapy. Learn about the actual dollars that can be made as therapists evolve their practice.

This episode is a must-listen for therapists seeking liberation from the one-on-one therapy cycle, breaking away from regulatory constraints, and aiming to enhance both income and freedom in their work and life.

________________________________________
Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!)

View Details

In this recent "Therapist Rising" podcast episode, I recounted an incredible in-person event for the incubator that surpassed all my expectations. Gathering about 40 therapists in Sydney for an intense two-day session on business training, skills, and mindsets was a significant highlight. The unexpected Awards night turned emotional, bringing tears, joy, and a profound sense of accomplishment among all attendees.

During my workshop presentation, I openly admitted that my new framework might not be perfect, asking for understanding and room for growth. Surprisingly, a therapist approached me afterward, expressing how empowering it was to receive permission to embrace imperfections.

Reflecting on therapists' fear of judgment, I highlighted how professional standards and societal expectations intensify this fear. However, I encouraged reframing this fear as an opportunity for connection, relatability, and authenticity.

It's important not to let a few negative comments overshadow the numerous positive responses when stepping into visibility. The key is acknowledging that visibility attracts both positive and negative attention while focusing on the impact of authenticity over the fear of judgment.

Key Takeaways:

  1. Embrace imperfection: My vulnerability in presenting an unfinished framework empowered others to accept their imperfections.
  2. Challenge fear of judgment: Professional standards intensify the fear, but reframing it as an opportunity for connection can be liberating.
  3. Don't let negativity overshadow positivity: While negative comments might arise, focusing on overwhelming positive responses is crucial in maintaining authenticity.
  4. Stepping into visibility: Accept that visibility attracts both positive and negative attention, but focus on the impact of authenticity over fear of judgment.

Let's rally around the idea that our imperfections, both in our profession and personal lives, are what make us truly unique and relatable. It's okay to show vulnerability; it's what connects us on a deeper level. So, let's ditch the fear of being judged and step confidently into the spotlight. By sharing our real, unfiltered experiences, we not only empower ourselves but also leave a lasting impact on our clients, communities, and the therapy field. It's our time to shine and inspire others to do the same!

**________________________________________

Registrations are now open for our masterclass, Protect Your AHPRA Registration. Save your seat here!**
Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

View Details

Welcome to the November installment of our Unmasked Monthly Musing! This time, we're diving deep into a topic that's all too familiar for many of us - the trap of comparison. It's something we've all faced, especially when we're putting ourselves out there and creating online programs. It's easy to look at others and feel like we're falling short, but today, our host, Dr. Hayley Kelly, is here to guide us through this challenging terrain.

In this conversation, Dr. Hayley explores the detrimental effects of comparison, from feelings of inadequacy and imposter syndrome to anxiety and self-doubt. But it's not all doom and gloom! She introduces us to powerful concepts from "The Gap and The Gain," a transformative book by Dan Sullivan and Dr. Benjamin Hardy. These concepts help us shift our focus from where we think we should be (the gap) to how far we've come (the gain).

*Key Takeaways:*

  1. Beware of the Comparison Trap (00:02:15): We've all been there - comparing ourselves to others and feeling like we're falling short. Dr. Hayley shares how this can lead to feelings of inadequacy, imposter syndrome, anxiety, and self-doubt, often stifling our creativity and productivity.

  2. Understanding The Gap and The Gain (00:08:20): Dr. Hayley introduces us to "The Gap and The Gain," a book by Dan Sullivan and Dr. Benjamin Hardy. The book talks about the gap – the space between where we are now and our goals, and the gain – the progress we've made from where we started.

  3. Celebrating the Gain (00:14:22): Instead of focusing on the gap, let's celebrate our gains, no matter how small. It's about finding gratitude in our achievements and using them to fuel our journey forward.

  4. Reframing Unmet Goals (00:20:10 - 00:24:48): Didn't meet a goal? That's okay! It's not a failure but an opportunity to reflect, grow, and reassess. Remember, it's about the journey, not just the outcome. Let's celebrate our victories, big and small, and learn from our unachieved goals.

  5. Embrace Being a Lifelong Learner (00:27:37 - 00:31:55): It's okay not to know everything. In fact, being the "dumbest" person in the room can open up opportunities for learning, collaboration, and innovation.

  6. Your Future Self as Your Guide (00:32:14 - 00:36:16): Imagine your future self. Where do you want to be? Use this vision to guide your progress and pull you forward. This concept, known as future pacing, can serve as our compass, giving direction and focus to our energy.

From understanding the trap of comparison to celebrating our gains and using our future self as a guiding light, we've explored transformative concepts that can fuel our growth and success. Remember, it's not about being the "smartest" in the room, but about being open to learning, collaboration, and innovation. So, the next time you feel like you're ready to give up, come back to this episode, reflect on these insights, and remember - your journey is unique, and every step forward, no matter how small, is a victory worth celebrating.

**________________________________________

Registrations are now open for our masterclass, Protect Your AHPRA Registration. Save your seat here!**
Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

In today's uniquely different episode, I am joined by one of my amazing staff members as we rewind the clock back to 2011 and I unravel the candid backstory of my initial online program failure and the invaluable lessons learned along the way.

Join us for a candid, and slightly cringe-worthy, discussion where I share practical tips and a-ha moments that can transform your practice and professional trajectory.

Podcast Episode Highlights:

  • Why my first online program failed: Unveiling the foundational mishaps that led to the initial setback.

  • Overcoming setbacks: How I navigated disappointment and fear, summoning the courage to re-enter the online program space.

  • Lessons Learned: Insights from 12 years of trial, error, and growth that propelled my current multi 6-figure online program success.

  • Common mistakes & advice: Identifying common pitfalls in therapist-created online programs and offering actionable advice based on tried and tested strategies.

  • Stepping beyond the 'Therapy Chair': Essential initial steps for therapists aspiring to venture into the realm of online programs.

This episode is a goldmine for therapists and therapist entrepreneurs, whether you're rooted in the 1:1 'Therapy Chair' or exploring diversifying your practice and income with an online program.

This episode holds a special place in my heart, embodying 12 years of relentless dedication and hard work. It's a reflection of how online programs have revolutionized both my professional and personal life, offering a glimpse into how they could transform yours too!

________________________________________
Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW and RATE the podcast! (I'll love and adore you forever!!)

View Details

Join us for an inspiring (and FUN!) conversation with Sharon Collon, an award-winning certified ADHD Coach, devoted wife to an ADHD husband, mother of three kids with ADHD, and the founder of The Functional Family.

When Sharon found herself navigating the complexities of creating a "Functional Family" amidst ADHD challenges, she embarked on a quest to understand the ADHD brain better. This journey was a rollercoaster of trials, bizarre experiments, and dedicated study into ADHD. Despite the initial hurdles, the Collon family unearthed ways to harmonize life with ADHD, paving the path for Sharon to extend this wisdom to others.

Today, Sharon empowers individuals through Adult ADHD Coaching, Parent Mentoring, a budget-friendly membership, a comprehensive 6-week program, and the engaging ADHD Families Podcast. Her mission is to provide a nurturing space for those with ADHD to comprehend their unique brain wiring and forge personalized strategies for success.

Episode Highlights:

  • Sharon's personal experience navigating ADHD diagnosis and the transformation from feeling under-equipped to becoming an empowering ADHD coach.

  • Insights on how therapists and ADHD coaches collaborate to provide comprehensive support for individuals with ADHD, enhancing outcomes and easing the load on therapists.

  • Discover how working with an ADHD coach can significantly improve outcomes and alleviate the pressure on therapists, leading to more effective care.

  • Exploring the significance of personalized, whole-family approaches in ADHD care, emphasizing the importance of tailored support for each individual.

  • Engage with candid and humorous anecdotes shared about living with ADHD, offering relatable moments and insights into the daily experiences of those with ADHD.

  • Uncover the significance of accreditation in the ADHD coaching space and gain valuable insights into identifying accredited ADHD coaches.

This episode is a goldmine for anyone interested in ADHD—whether it's a personal connection or professional curiosity. Sharon's insights, her journey, and her dedication to empowering thousands of families are not only inspiring but also incredibly informative. Trust me, you don't want to miss this!

**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Sharon Collon**
Website

Instagram |@thefunctionalfamily
Facebook | thefunctionalfamily

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In this inspiring episode, we delve into the world of transformation with guest Launa Martin, a remarkable transformational midwife.

Launa Martin is a transformational midwife with a diverse career, having also served as a birth doula, death doula, childbirth educator, and assistant home birth midwife. She now specializes in helping women and men create transformations in various aspects of their lives, birthing new futures for themselves.

Join us as we discuss the challenges therapists face when seeking to evolve beyond the traditional 'Therapy Chair' and the importance of surrounding oneself with supportive communities during this journey of self-discovery and growth. Discover the power of fluidity in identity, and the necessity of confronting beliefs and fears that may be hindering your progress.

Episode highlights:

  • The grief and sadness experienced by therapists when realizing the 'Therapy Chair' is no longer an aligned fit.
  • The significance of a supportive community during the transition away from the 'Therapy Chair'
  • The adaptability of identity to change and growth.
  • Confronting beliefs, programming, and fears that hinder our pursuit of dreams.
  • Honoring personal needs, even when it means moving away from others.

Tune in and be reminded that you have the capacity to be whoever you desire in this lifetime, all while enjoying the process!

**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Launa Martin**

Buy her book: Limitless: How 27 Impact-Driven Leaders Broke Free of Their Pasts and Claimed Their Power to Shape the Future

Instagram |@launa.morphavip
Facebook | MorphaVIP

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

***Today's episode comes with a trigger warning: Pregnancy loss is discussed

What I’ve learned about business, life, and being a therapist after experiencing a devastating loss...

We were recently thrown a huge unexpected curve ball when I fell pregnant... and soon after found out the pregnancy was not viable. In an instant, our lives changed dramatically.

All of this unfolded in the midst of running a multi-six business, onboarding 3 new staff members, and my son becoming concerningly unwell. Life was an absolute sh!tshow, to say the least!

The past month has certainly made me realize how incredibly difficult it is to show up professionally (especially when working clinically!) when we are struggling personally.

This month's unmasked monthly musing isn’t simply a personal share…

It’s a call to action for my fellow therapists.

The 1:1 therapy space is not designed to support your health, your happiness, or your finances, and quite frankly, you deserve more.

At some point in time, we are all brought to our knees by life and I desperately want your work to support you to prioritise your healing and happiness when it does.

If you’re ever going to tune into a podcast episode of mine then please, let it be this one.

________________________________________
Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

If you consider yourself a high-performing individual, you're in for a treat.

Our guest this week, Dr. Natasha Davison, is a registered health psychologist and a renowned coach for high-performers and elite athletes. She specializes in dismantling mental barriers that can hinder peak performance. What's fascinating is that the principles she employs with athletes are directly applicable to the entrepreneurial sphere.

In this enlightening conversation, Dr. Natasha and I delve into a variety of topics:

  1. Dr. Natasha shares her unique approach to blending therapy techniques and coaching to optimize client outcomes.
  2. Learn how to align your mindset for swift progress toward your most ambitious aspirations.
  3. Discover strategies to expand your horizons without succumbing to burnout.
  4. Gain insights on how to navigate periods of apparent stagnation, especially when your efforts are extensive.
  5. Understand how to intentionally develop the key characteristics that define high achievers.

Dr. Natasha's extensive repertoire includes advanced techniques like conversational hypnosis, time-line therapy, EMDR, breathwork, EFT, and trauma release exercises. If you're curious about expanding your practice in these innovative ways, this episode is a must-listen.

Dr. Natasha Davison's expertise is unparalleled, and it's an honor to share her wisdom with our audience. Tune in to this enlightening conversation and take a step closer to unlocking your full potential.

**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Dr. Nastaha Davison**

Website.

Instagram | @winning_from_within_drnat
Facebook | WinningFromWithin

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In this episode, I welcome return guest (and all round amazing human!) Martiene van Steyn to delve deep into the world of branding. Martiene Van Steyn, is a seasoned Brand Architect who specializes in empowering individuals in the health and wellness industry.

Episode Highlights:

  • Decoding Branding: Unraveling the mystery behind branding and understanding why it's a crucial facet for therapist entrepreneurs. (Hint: It's the key to attracting dream clients and achieving the impact and income you aspire for!)
  • Signs Your Branding Needs TLC: Learn to spot the telltale signs that your brand needs some tender loving care and explore the common branding blunders therapists often make.
  • Embarking on Your Branding Journey: Whether you're starting from scratch or refining an existing brand, gain invaluable insights on where to commence and how to elevate your brand presence.
  • Crafting a Brand That's Uniquely You: Say no to generic, one-size-fits-all branding! Discover the secrets to crafting a brand that authentically represents you.
  • Personal Brand vs Business Brand: Navigate the choice between a personal brand and a business brand, and determine the path that aligns best with your aspirations.

About Our Guest:

Martiene van Steyn is a distinguished Brand Architect with a specialization in guiding professionals in the health and wellness sector. Her expertise lies in helping individuals connect with the core of their businesses, enabling them to create brands that resonate and establish meaningful connections with their ideal clientele.

Tune in to this episode and unlock the transformative power of branding for therapist entrepreneurs. Your brand might just be the linchpin to realizing your entrepreneurial dreams. Don't miss out—listen now!

Listen to Martiene's first podcast episode - How to successfully travel the world as an entrepreneur
**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Martiene van Steyn**

Website.

Instagram | @Martienevansteyn
Facebook | BrandingwithMartiene

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Today's episode is a conversation and topic that is deeply close to my heart... it's a conversation about burnout. And it's a struggle that I know so many of us face - that's why I sat down with fellow therapist, Rebecca Black from Sustainable Therapists to deep dive into therapist burnout and recovery.

Rebecca, who has experienced her own battles with burnout and chronic health conditions, now dedicates herself to helping therapists create the balanced and fulfilling lives they once dreamt of, even amidst the demands of clinical practice. She's not just knowledgeable, but also lives and breathes the principles she imparts about working and living sustainably and joyfully - and also happens to be one of our incredible Incubator alumni.

In this episode, Rebecca and I explore:

  • The subtle yet powerful shifts therapists and therapist entrepreneurs can make to support their wellbeing and craft more sustainable ways of working.

  • Examining the unhealthy and unhelpful industry norms that can detrimentally affect therapists' health and happiness. (Yes, the myth that an overflowing caseload equals being a 'good' therapist is discussed).

  • Navigating the challenge of balancing the value of contributing to the world with self-sacrifice, emphasizing the crucial role of setting boundaries in this process.

  • Practical tips on fostering self-care, self-connection, and self-discovery, especially for those accustomed to giving to others continuously.

  • Insights into the therapist entrepreneur journey, and how you can diversify your income while being of service to others in fresh, innovative ways that support your own wellbeing.

Whether you're still rooted in the 'Therapy Chair' or have begun exploring other online offerings (a journey that, if not approached mindfully, can also lead to burnout), this conversation with Rebecca is bound to be immensely supportive.

**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Rebecca Black**

Facebook | CoachingwithRebeccaBlack
Instagram |@sustainabletherapists

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Welcome to another AWESOME episode of the Therapists Rising Podcast! Today I'm here to challenge the one-size-fits-all approach to business that might not align with your true potential.

Life's too short not to thrive, especially for therapists and therapist entrepreneurs. That's why I've invited Shannon Dunn from The Thrive Factor Co to guide us through her powerful archetypal framework.

Understanding yourself on a deep level is the key to intentional living and working. Shannon, a former nurse turned seasoned Business and Self Leadership Coach, podcaster, and author, is here to show ambitious and impact-driven business owners how to deepen their self-understanding and achieve effortless success.

In this episode, we dive into Shannon's Thrive Factor Archetype Framework, and you might want to grab a pen and paper, because this conversation gets deep - you'll even get a glimpse of Shannon nailing my archetype!

Here's a sneak peek of what Shannon and I discuss:

  • How your experiences and intuition make you a natural leader - No need for endless studies, you already have what it takes to grow.

  • Exploring the gifts, opportunities, and shadow sides of Shannon's archetypes - Each archetype has its unique strengths and challenges.

  • Utilizing the archetypes in business, marketing, content creation, and relationships - Discover how to thrive in all aspects of your professional and personal life.

  • Diversifying your income as a therapist - Shannon shares her inspiring journey from nursing to coaching and entrepreneurship.

  • The significance of profitability in business - Learn from Shannon's 18 years of experience in the field.

And so much more!

We hope you enjoy this episode!

**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Shannon Dunn**

Website.

Instagram |@shannon_thethrivefactor
Take the free Thrive Factor Archetype quiz to discover one of your Thrive Factor Archetypes and begin the journey of activating and amplifying thriving in life and business.

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Join Dr. Hayley in the latest installment of our Unmasked Monthly Musings (September Edition) as she shares her recent triumph at the AusMumpreneur Awards, winning two silver awards. Driven by her passion for empowering therapists, she delivers a no-holds-barred discussion on breaking free from the constraints that hold them back. This episode is a rallying cry for therapists to prioritize their well-being, challenge the existing care model, and step into visible thought leadership roles armed with their invaluable expertise.

Key Takeaways:

  1. Dr. Hayley sheds light on the often-overlooked aspect of therapist self-care. She emphasizes the importance of therapists nurturing their mental health and well-being, debunking the myth of selfless martyrdom.
  2. Unmasking the deeply ingrained flaws in the current care system, Dr. Hayley advocates for an urgent shift in how therapists operate and serve their patients. She passionately calls for a more effective and compassionate approach to healing.
  3. Dr. Hayley highlights the significance of therapists seeking support and mentorship beyond their professional circles. Building relationships and seeking guidance from mentors outside the field can lead to exponential growth and fresh perspectives.
  4. Regardless of self-doubt, Dr. Hayley encourages therapists to recognize their wealth of wisdom and expertise. She unveils the untapped potential within each therapist, positioning them as natural leaders poised to make a lasting impact.
  5. Dr. Hayley's candid revelations and impassioned plea serve as a catalyst for listeners to reevaluate their lives and careers. This episode is a wake-up call to chase audacious dreams and take proactive steps toward realizing them.

This is a must-listen edition of our popular monthly musings, and we know it will leave you feeling energized and full of confidence!

We hope you love this episode and if our podcast has been helpful to you in any way, we need your help - we'd love for you to pay it forward and leave us a rating. It will only take a couple of minutes of your time but will have a profound impact by helping us to reach more therapists just like you. We truly appreciate you and hope we can continue serving you for as long as humanly possible!

________________________________________
Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In today's episode, we bring you a conversation with the remarkable Natalie MacNeil, a trailblazing entrepreneur with a wealth of experience and wisdom to share - who also happens to be a mentor of mine and one of my "bucket-list" guests!

Natalie's journey in the business world spans decades, touching various industries and amassing millions in revenue. Her accomplishments are nothing short of awe-inspiring:

  • Author of five best-selling books
  • TIME100 list honoree for her global influence
  • Collaborations with visionary Richard Branson in transformative retreats

Moreover, Natalie is the visionary behind Coaching Evolved, an ICF-Accredited coaching training program. This program played a pivotal role in shaping my own coaching journey, propelling me from the confines of the 'Therapy Chair' towards expansive personal and professional growth.

In this episode, Natalie and I delve into a range of captivating topics:

  • Natalie's courageous departure from a 7-figure business, emphasizing alignment in her path.

  • Insights on recognizing when your work no longer resonates and embarking on a journey of exploration and reinvention.

  • Natalie's personal development journey, and how it fuels her role as a leader and catalyst for change.

  • What it means to create a legacy and strategies to authentically leave your mark through your business.

  • A candid discussion on the future of coaching, as well as thought-provoking topics like psychedelics, mortality, unconventional lifestyles, and philanthropy.

This conversation is a treasure trove of inspiration and insight, whether you're a seasoned therapist entrepreneur or just beginning your voyage. Prepare to be moved!

Tune in now to this incredible episode with the awe-inspiring Natalie MacNeil. Your future self will thank you!

**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Natalie MacNeil**

Website.

Instagram |@nataliemacneil
Become a Certified Transformational Embodiment Coach with Coaching Evolved - ENROLMENT IS OPEN NOW!
(*Please note, Therapists Rising is an official affiliate partner of Coaching Evolved)

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In this episode, Dr. Hayley sits down with Tracy Harris, a Marketing Mentor and social media expert from Mums With Hustle. Tracy shares her invaluable insights on how therapist entrepreneurs can transform their approach to marketing and selling on social media, making it an enjoyable and authentic experience for both them and their community.

**Key Takeaways:

-** Learn the essential stages to guide your audience towards an aligned "YES!" in their buying journey, ensuring authentic connections rather than pushy sales tactics.

-Gain clarity on when to create posts, reels, stories, or go live on Instagram. Understand the nuances of each format to maximize your presence.

  • Discover strategies to foster meaningful connections with your online community, nurturing trust and loyalty.

  • Uncover Tracy's approach to selling that prioritizes authenticity over pushiness, resulting in a more effective and comfortable sales process.

  • Address the common self-doubt narratives that hinder female entrepreneurs from selling online and learn actionable steps to break free from limiting beliefs.

Tracy is not only a Marketing Mentor and social media guru but also the driving force behind a million-dollar business built from the ground up, all while being pregnant! Her passion lies in empowering female business owners to show up on social media authentically, putting people first and profit second.

**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Tracy Harris**

Website.

Instagram |@mumswithhustle
Join the Social Method Society

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In this episode, we have the privilege of sitting down with Dr. Hayley D. Quinn, a clinical psychologist, women's business coach, podcast host, and supervisor for allied health professionals - and also a return guest to the Therapist Rising Podcast! Dr. Hayley is a shining example of the incredible flexibility and adaptability that therapist entrepreneurs possess.

One of the key takeaways from this conversation is the power of change in the world of therapist entrepreneurship. Dr. Hayley's story is a testament to the fact that in this field, everything is changeable and flexible. She started her journey with the intention of serving one niche, psychologists, but later pivoted to serve another, women in business. Her journey is a reminder that you can shift, pivot, and rewrite the rules in your business at any given time, leading to new and exciting opportunities.

During our conversation, we explored several essential aspects of building a successful business. Firstly, we discussed the importance of self-awareness in the growth of your business. Knowing yourself is crucial for building the most aligned business for you. Secondly, we emphasized the idea that the current version of you and your business may not be permanent, and embracing evolution is key to staying relevant and thriving. Additionally, we touched upon the significance of listening to your community as a business owner, which can lead to alterations in your niche, services, and offerings based on real needs.

Dr. Hayley also shared her honest reflections on running her very first BETA program, highlighting that the journey to success is often filled with challenges and valuable lessons.

In essence, this episode is a treasure trove of insights for therapist entrepreneurs who crave a genuine and unfiltered look into what it takes to run a successful helping business. Dr. Hayley's experience serves as a beacon of inspiration, reminding us that change is not only possible but can lead to exciting and fulfilling opportunities. Tune in to this episode and discover the real and raw world of therapist entrepreneurship.

Thank you for joining us on this journey, and we hope you find deep camaraderie with Dr. Hayley and her incredible experience!

**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Dr. Hayley D. Quinn**

Website.

Instagram |@drhayleydquinn
Free Resources
Welcome to Self Podcast

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Welcome to our August installment of the uber-popular series, Unmasked Monthly Musings. This month we have a fun (but potentially close-to-home) conversation that we think you will love!

If you're a therapist who's taken the courageous step towards diversifying your income and impact through new avenues, you're likely familiar with these inner dialogues:

💭 "I'm putting in effort, but where are the results? What am I missing?"
💭 "This is tough. Should I just stick to my therapy business?"
💭 "I've been at this for months. Shouldn't I be further along?"
💭 "She's light-years ahead. Why am I lagging behind?"
💭 "Am I crazy for doing this? What's my plan?"

If you've had these thoughts, you're in good company. These are the thoughts swirling through the minds of therapists as they jump into their journey to expand beyond the therapy room and support clients in innovative ways. And guess what? These feelings are absolutely normal, even if you've been a therapist for years! (*sorry, you're not immune!)

We've noticed that many therapists in our community grapple with the challenge of "starting from scratch". It's understandable, given your years of mastering therapy and building a thriving practice. This phase, though natural, often becomes overwhelming for some, causing them to reconsider and revert to the comfort of the "Therapy Chair."

However, we're not about to let any therapist abandon their dream of innovating and evolving their work and practicing in a way that aligns with their values, passions, and desired lifestyle. That's why this week's podcast episode is entirely devoted to aiding you in not just surviving but thriving in this messy middle as you evolve from therapist to therapist entrepreneur.

During this episode, we dive into a 4-stage model of learning that mirrors this pivotal phase, highlighting the "high risk" stage that could lead to giving up. We're here to ensure that doesn't happen. Our aim is to provide you with practical, tried-and-true tips that will empower you to persevere, pushing towards mastery, success, and the fulfilling life you've envisioned.

We hope you love this episode and if our podcast has been helpful to you in any way, we need your help - we'd love for you to pay it forward and leave us a rating. It will only take a couple of minutes of your time but will have a profound impact by helping us to reach more therapists just like you. We truly appreciate you and hope we can continue serving you for as long as humanly possible!

________________________________________
Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

We've been talking a lot lately about the changing landscape of the mental health space. Traditional one-on-one therapy sessions are evolving - and, as therapists, now is the time to adapt. In this episode, Hayley deep dives into why diversifying revenue streams is essential to create a sustainable therapy practice and fulfilling career.

From 1-to-1 coaching to online courses and memberships, we'll uncover the keys to unlocking revenue (and impact!).

In this podcast training, I talk you through:

  • The changing landscape of the clinical space, and why therapists need to future-proof their businesses
  • 5 types of signature programs, and the pros and cons of each
  • How to choose the right signature program for you (that’s aligned with your values and supports you to create the impact, income, and lifestyle of your dreams)
  • Where to begin on your journey of creating a signature program (it can be easy, I promise!)

Listen with a pen and paper because this episode is filled with practical guidance that will help you start bringing your signature program to life today.

________________________________________
Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Join me as I interview my friend and fellow entrepreneur, Martiene Van Steyn, from Business in Box. Martiene is a brand specialist and remote business owner who has spent the last 12 months traveling the world while running her online business, visiting a total of 18 countries during her travels!

In this episode, we explore the world of remote work and travel as we discuss the realities, challenges, and essential skills and structures that contribute to a seamless and fulfilling experience.

Martiene shares the highs, lows, unexpected hurdles, and personal growth that come from extended travel. From managing health concerns while abroad to optimizing work routines and finding authentic self-discovery, this episode is packed with practical advice and inspiring narratives for therapists craving more freedom.

We also cover:

  • The realities of running a business while traveling (because as wonderful as it is, it’s definitely not all sunshine and rainbows)

  • Navigating practical challenges related to remote working and balancing the business and the personal when you’re ‘on the road’

  • Dealing with fluctuating income (which is relevant for all therapist entrepreneurs!) and managing clients when you’re on the move

  • Setting yourself up for remote working success - and the things Martiene wishes she’d known and done prior to embarking on her remote working adventure

  • How remote working and living overseas for 12 months supported Martiene’s personal growth.

Given that the majority of therapists who come into our community desire to be location-independent and/or travel more freely without being tied to the therapy chair - I know this episode will resonate with you!

**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Martiene van Steyn**

Website.

Instagram | @Martienevansteyn
Facebook | BrandingwithMartiene

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In this captivating episode, we embark on a heartfelt journey with Dr. Frankie Harrison, a UK-based clinical psychologist, and Co-Founder of Miracle Moon.

Frankie candidly shares about the unexpected turn her life took when she gave birth at 31 weeks following preeclampsia during pregnancy and the subsequent trauma that followed. With support from a fellow mum [Georgie], Frankie and Georgie harnessed their shared NICU experiences to create an empowering online platform called "Miracle Moon UK" - a safe haven where parents' emotional struggles are openly discussed, breaking the silence around the often-overlooked impacts of neonatal care and birth trauma.

In this conversation, Frankie and I also explore:

  • How she has navigates the boundaries between her personal lived experience and her professional role as a regulated health professional

  • How she has successfully created a niche business in an area that’s not openly spoken about

  • The power of community for the people you support, and how she’s harnessed community to grow Miracle Moon

  • The emotional impact of neonatal care on parents, the lack of support available, and the prevalence of trauma and PTSD among parents who have been through this experience - and how her personal experience in this system fuelled her vision and mission

  • How she has diversified her work and income and evolved beyond the 1:1 ‘Therapy Chair

Tune in to this enlightening episode for an inspiring conversation that underscores the importance of community, vulnerability, and empathy in our journeys toward healing.

**________________________________________

Get In Touch with Dr. Frankie Moon**

Website.

Instagram | @miraclemoonuk

Have you downloaded our brand new and FREE guide: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide for Therapists to Create, Launch, and Grow a Successful Signature Program? Download the most comprehensive guide available, just for therapists!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

The therapy industry is rapidly and radically changing and therapists are being urged to adapt. Join me and Dr. Liz Lasky, a seasoned social worker, and coach based in the bustling city of New York, as we unravel the potential of coaching to revolutionize the mental health industry. You'll be amazed at the strengths of coaching she reveals, like the magic of goal-setting and the ability to create incredible results for clients. Discover how coaching's focus on the present and future sets it apart from traditional therapy's emphasis on the past.

This spicy episode also sees Dr. Lasky passionately share why therapists should dive into coaching, unlocking their full potential and transforming their lives in the process.

Here are the key takeaways from this episode:

  • Exploring the differences between coaching and therapy, and how coaching focuses on the present and future while therapy delves into the past.
  • The mountains of evidence-based, science-driven, and data-backed methodologies in coaching that can revolutionize the mental health industry.
  • The importance of therapists learning coaching skills to enhance their practice and transform their personal and professional lives.
  • A sneak peek into "The Next Era of Mental Health" summit, featuring interviews with industry leaders and disruptors, sparking new ideas for mental health professionals.

Don't miss this chance to gain a fresh perspective and embrace the power of coaching in this exciting new era of mental health. Tune in now to experience a podcast episode filled with wisdom, inspiration, and actionable takeaways that will leave you hungry for more!

And don't forget, we are just days away from the FREE 10-day Summit "Next Era of Mental Health: 21 Ways To Revolutionize Your Career As A Therapist".

Register for your free seat here. **________________________________________

Get In Touch with Dr. Liz Lasky**

Website.

Instagram | @lizlasky
Facebook | Dr. Liz Lasky

Register now for the Next Era in Mental Health Summit!

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Welcome back to the latest installment of our VERY popular Unmasked Monthly Musing segment! In today's episode, we're exploring the power of bragging and celebrating success. Last month's episode sparked an overwhelming response, highlighting the need to create a safe space to discuss important industry issues.

Let me share a transformative event that led to self-reflection. At a mastermind retreat focused on self-development, I encountered a phrase, "Well Bragged," that triggered me. It made me realize how societal conditioning discourages self-promotion and celebrating achievements.

As therapists, we struggle with celebrating ourselves and each other. It's time to change that narrative. Let's foster a supportive and collaborative environment by bragging about each other's successes and building our identity capital.

Here's a call to action:

  1. Celebrate Your Peers: Publicly acknowledge your colleagues' accomplishments.
  2. Create a Brag Book: Write down your achievements regularly to challenge your inner critic.
  3. Brag About Yourself: Join the social post where we'll celebrate our accomplishments together.

We hope you enjoy this episode!

PS: Did you hear the news?

**Next month, I will be joining 14 other experts to share some invaluable tips on overcoming impostor syndrome and unleashing your true potential during the "From Saboteur to Success Summit"! And the best part? IT'S FREE!

To grab your free ticket head here and register now****, and I will see you there!

________________________________________**

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In 2015, when Mim was off work undergoing chemo and radiation, she taught herself how to make stickers as a creative outlet, passion project, and act of self-care.
Fast forward 8 years and her business, Love From Mim has grown to multi-6-figures and she’s taught over 10,000 students from all over the world to make and sell stickers - many of whom have gone on to create very financially abundant sticker businesses themselves.

Not only is Mim an incredible example of how following your passion can lead to purpose and abundance she’s also built huge online followings across many platforms, is an incredibly savvy and values-led business owner, and just happens to be a mentor and friend to Hayley.

In this conversation, Mim and Hayley discuss:

  • How her personal journey with cancer and mental health challenges reshaped her priorities

  • Trusting your path and intuition, even when it doesn’t make crystal clear sense

  • Creating a business that aligns with your personal values and dream lifestyle, rather than trying to fit into the status quo, conform to industry norms or emulate other people’s business models

  • The common mistakes people make when building their businesses, such as not reinvesting profits back into marketing and audience growth

  • And the key traits of a successful entrepreneur (that you can nurture and build within yourself!)

We hope enjoy this conversation today with Mim, and we hope it ignites your desire to ruthlessly chase your passions in life.

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Mim Jenkinson

Instagram | @paperplannerclub

Website

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

A clinical psychologist in active recovery from alcoholism.

Be honest, what thoughts cross your mind, and what feelings arise when you read those words? Discomfort? Judgment? Concern? You wouldn’t be alone.

Today on the podcast, Hayley is joined by Dr. David Lee. A Clinical Psychologist with 17 years of experience, sobriety coach and addiction specialist, and you guessed it, recovering alcoholic.

In this vulnerable, open, and honest conversation, Hayley and David explore:

  • The stigma, shame and reluctance among therapists to disclose their personal struggles.

  • David’s personal journey of recovery from alcoholism and related addictions, and how his journey led him to venture into the field of helping others struggling with addiction.

-David’s desire for more freedom, creativity, and flexibility in his work, which ultimately led him to embrace coaching as a means of supporting others.

  • The challenges faced by individuals in the recovery journey and how a sobriety coach can support them.

This thought-provoking interview is one that will stretch you and stick with you long after it ends.

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Dr. David Lee

Facebook | drdavidleesobrietycoach

Instagram | @thesoberwaycoach

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

If you’re a therapist who has ever felt disillusioned or fed up with the system, then this episode is for you! Today, Hayley is joined by Dr. Bronwyn Milkins, an inspiring and fiery early career psychologist, host of the Mental Work podcast, and fierce advocate for innovation and progress in the mental health field.

When Bronwyn isn’t busy seeing 1:1 clients in her clinical practice, you'll find her speaking out about the injustices and harms of the system in order to help her fellow early-career therapists unpack the everyday challenges they face, so they don’t have to go it alone.

Given Hayley's own experiences of burnout working as a psych, this conversation is extremely close to her heart.

Here are just some of the juicy topics Bronwyn and Hayley explored:

  • Harmful supervision experiences and unethical workplace practices

  • The need for a more diverse psych workforce in terms of race, gender, socioeconomic background, and neurodiversity

  • The need for outdated professional beliefs and norms to be challenged within the field of psychology

  • The ethics (or lack thereof) of provisional psychologists being used as free labour, and the need to make it more financially viable for workplaces to host students

  • The lack of collegiality and support in the field, and the need for community that many psychs are craving and desperately needing.

And lots lots more.

This is the kind of podcast conversation that you’re going to want to chat with your industry friends about, so be sure to pass the link on to them! And please, don't forget to give the show a rating and subscribe so we can reach more therapists, just like you!

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Dr. Bronwyn Milkins

Website.

Facebook | mentalworkpod

Listen to the Mental Work Podcast

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In this month's Unmasked Monthly Musing episode, we have an intense unmasked discussion about a recent experience Hayley had at a coaching event. And although Hayley grappled with sharing this, she wanted to share this experience openly and honestly as it sheds light on the importance of proper training and expertise in the coaching industry.

The coaching industry, like the mental health field, has its share of good and bad practitioners. It is crucial that we strive for higher standards and ensure that coaches are adequately trained and educated. Currently, there is a prevailing trend of coaches learning techniques without proper context and passing them on to others without understanding the potential harm they may cause. This lack of awareness can lead to dangerous situations and legal complications. As therapists, we understand the significance of creating a safe and regulated environment for our clients, and the same should be expected from coaches.

But this episode isn’t just a commentary on the dark side of the entrepreneurial world, it’s a deep reflection on…

  • What it truly means to live a values-embodied and driven life, and run and grow a values-embodied and driven business

  • How we can stay true to our values, even when it means jeopardizing opportunities and sometimes even risking damaging our reputation

  • How to be discerning about who you learn from and what they are teaching, even when they are perceived as the ‘guru’ in their field

  • And some of the issues with the coaching industry, and why the Therapists Rising team is dedicated to supporting more regulated therapists, who have backgrounds in trauma-informed therapy, to step into these roles.

We hope you enjoy this candid conversation.

________________________________________

And, as always, we would deeply appreciate it if you took a couple of minutes to leave us a review so we can reach more therapists with our content.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

View Details

In today's episode, we have the pleasure of speaking with Tracey Lewis Stoeckel, a seasoned curriculum specialist, and online course coach. Tracey shares invaluable insights on creating a course curriculum that truly empowers learners and fosters their success.

Tracey's passion for education stems from her own journey as an entrepreneur, transitioning to the medical field, and finally becoming a curriculum designer. Tracy begins by highlighting the profound impact of a well-designed curriculum.

During the conversation, Tracey highlights the profound impact of a well-designed curriculum as she dives into the core principles of effective curriculum design, emphasizing the importance of understanding learner psychology and creating a clear roadmap for learning.

In this practical and helpful conversation, Tracey and I also explore:

  • How to create your course’s curriculum and design a roadmap that supports your clients to achieve their desired outcomes
  • Common mistakes course creators make when designing their curriculum - and how to avoid them
  • How to create concise and curated content that’s easy to consume and apply, and that doesn’t overwhelm people
  • How to keep students engaged throughout the course, and ways to provide accountability and support
  • And the exciting topic of gamification!

Join us as we unlock the secrets to designing compelling learning experiences that foster growth and transformation. Get ready to empower your audience and make a lasting impact!

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Tracey Lewis Stoekel

Website.

Instagram | @traceyteachesbiz
Facebook | traceyteaches

Download the free guide: 3 Hacks for CoursesThat Actually Teach!

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In this captivating episode, join Hayley as she interviews Kerry Evetts, an Occupational Therapist (OT) and the Founder of Sense Up, who is on a mission to impact the lives of one million sensory children over the next five years. Kerry's inspiring journey began after a life-altering health scare, which prompted her to reevaluate her life and pursue her passion for teaching sensory processing theory to other OTs and health professionals.

During the interview, Kerry delves deep into the unique needs of sensory kids, exploring sensory integration theory and providing invaluable insights on how practitioners and even parents of sensory children can effectively support them. From understanding how the body reads and responds to sensory information to uncovering proven approaches for supporting sensory kids, Kerry shares her wealth of therapeutic experience.

But that's not all! Kerry also takes us on her personal journey from OT to entrepreneur, revealing how she leveraged her extensive therapeutic background to drive the next phase of her career. She candidly discusses the challenges she faced while transitioning into a 'CEO' role in her business and the growth she experienced by up-leveling her entrepreneurial knowledge and skills. All of this was done with a clear goal in mind: to make a difference in the lives of one million children with sensory issues.

Get ready for an enlightening and empowering episode that will leave you inspired. Join us as we explore Kerry's remarkable journey and gain valuable insights into the world of sensory integration and entrepreneurship.

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Kerry Evetts

Website.

Instagram | @senseup46
Facebook | senseupupskilling

Find out more about SenseUp's Masterclasses here

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In this episode, we dive into a captivating conversation with Eliza Kingsford, a licensed psychotherapist, mind/body practitioner, and nationally recognized weight management and body image expert, as well as the author of Brain Powered Weight Loss. If you're part of the 99.9% of humans who struggle to adopt healthy habits despite knowing their benefits, this episode is for you!

Join us as Eliza shares her wealth of knowledge and experience in helping people create new habits, make lasting changes, and achieve their goals, not only in weight and body image but across all areas of life. We explore the fascinating role of the autonomic nervous system in our ability to take action and make meaningful behavioral changes. Discover how mindset and beliefs impact our capacity for growth and how to approach habit formation more effectively than mainstream teachings suggest.

During our conversation, we uncover the importance of setting goals and living life in alignment with our personal values rather than succumbing to societal pressures. Body image and disordered eating are also prominent themes, as Eliza sheds light on these complex topics, offering valuable insights and perspectives.

If you're a therapist or coach looking to expand your toolkit and support your clients in creating sustainable habits, this episode is a must-listen. Additionally, if you're interested in exploring body image distortion and disordered eating, you'll find this conversation particularly enlightening.

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Eliza Kingsford

Website.

Instagram | @elizakingsford

Grab Eliza's newsletter here.

Read Brain-Powered Weight Loss: The 11-Step Behavior-Based Plan That Ends Overeating and Leads to Dropping Unwanted Pounds for Good

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In this Unmasked Monthly Musing episode, we dive into the behind-the-scenes aspects of building a successful business that are often overshadowed by the glamorized versions we see on social media. Hayley shares personal experiences and explores the need to work on the business rather than just in it. Discover the anxiety-inducing decision that she recently made when she realized that the current business model for Therapists Rising may not be enough to reach our audacious goals. Join us as we explore the importance of continuous growth and evolution in both business and personal life.

Key Points:

  • Reflecting on the journey of Therapists Rising as a company since its establishment
  • Recognizing the need to shift focus from working IN the business to working ON the business
  • Analyzing the viability of the current business model and its limitations in achieving long-term goals
  • Embracing the challenge of stepping into a new role as CEO and acquiring the necessary skills for a seven+ figure company
  • Understanding the need for significant changes in program formats, such as the Incubator and Collective, to reach ambitious targets
  • Overcoming fear and resistance to change while weighing short-term losses against long-term gains
  • Embracing the idea that goals are not endpoints but stepping stones to continual growth and evolution

Tune in to gain insights into the less talked about aspects of business building and discover the importance of adaptability and ongoing self-development.

________________________________________

Rate, Review, & Follow

LFM, 05/02/2023
A must-listen!
Dr Hayley clearly cares deeply about two things: the therapists she supports and the impact she knows they wish to have in the world. This comes across in every episode and interview and the show is a must-listen! Thank you, Dr Hayley :)

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

View Details

Today we are bringing you an episode packed full of sparkles and glitter! We are joined by Julie Soul from Soul Sparkletts Art, an art-based membership program for homeschoolers and teachers. Not only does Julie have a psychology degree, but she is also a dedicated homeschooling mum who built this membership-based business, which is now turning over half a million dollars in revenue a year!

During the conversation, we cover:

  • Julie’s accidental journey into creating a membership, her lessons learned, and her plans to expand into a new membership market

  • Membership misconceptions (like that memberships are always low-ticket offerings, and therefore can’t generate revenue as readily as courses, which is false, false, false!)

  • How to know what to provide/include in your membership (because truly, no two memberships are the same!)

  • How to get people into and retain them in your membership

  • And using feedback from your community and exit interviews to improve your membership.

If you're interested in building a profitable membership, Julie's journey offers valuable insights and a fresh perspective, demonstrating that therapists don't have to follow the expected path of courses and programs, and can instead create successful membership-based businesses. So grab your glitter and get ready to dive into the world of memberships with Julie Soul.

________________________________________
Get In Touch with Julie Soul

Website.

Instagram |@soulsparklettesart OR @thecreativehomeschool

Grab Julie's free Tide Pools bundle of The Glitter Bomb®

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Many therapists and health professionals naturally gravitate towards coaching, workshops, and programs as they transition beyond the therapy chair. However, it's important not to overlook other avenues, such as creating physical products, to expand their offerings and generate income.

In this episode, we delve into the world of physical products - specifically, we discuss the potential of creating physical products as a means to diversify income and provide additional value to clients. Join us as we welcome Monica Little, a coach for product business owners, who shares her journey and expertise in building a successful multiple-six-figure organic skincare business. Discover valuable insights on developing, selling, and scaling physical products, as well as strategies for finding the right avenues to reach your dream clients.

________________________________________
Get In Touch with Monica Little

Website.

Instagram |@monicalittlecoaching

Or watch the free webinar - How to Get Your Products Seen on Etsy

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

In this podcast episode, Hayley interviews Wave Wyld, TikTok & Social Video Marketing Expert, who teaches people how to use short-form video to gain more visibility and exposure for their businesses.

Wave shares how she became hooked on TikTok after a viral video and how she pivoted her business to teach business owners how to use TikTok as another social media marketing tool. She also shares her content strategy, which involves using content pillars or categories to stay consistent and find your voice on video - and what's even better is that everything she teaches for TikTok is applicable to other platforms like Instagram reels, Facebook reels, and YouTube shorts!

You don't need to be an expert or creative genius to get started, so we know that you will love this value-packed episode!

________________________________________
Get In Touch with Wave Wyld

Website.

Instagram |@wavewyld

Or download the free guide - 9 Short Form Video Formats you can Make it 10 min or Less

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Do we have a juicy episode for you this week! In fact, this topic is one of the most consistently requested topics from our audience - how can I build 'evergreen' products so I have predictable and reoccurring revenue in my business?

Today we are joined by evergreen sales expert Nicole Culver, creator of the 7 to 7 framework, to deep dive into the topic. We speak about the importance of building predictable revenue streams through evergreen products, how to build a powerful product that sells itself, and the importance of tracking the success and outcomes of your clients in your programs.

If you are craving predictability in your side hustle or offers, then this episode is a must-listen!

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Nicole Culver

Website.

Instagram |@nicoleculver

Or download the free training - The Rich Niche High Ticket Evergreen Sales System

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

We are back with the second installment of our new monthly segment of Unmasked Musings where we lament on the month that was and deep dive into the behind-the-scenes lessons and truths of stepping out of the therapy chair and building an impactful business.

Today Hayley discusses a theme that has come up for many students this month in the Incubator.... which just happens to be a very particular form of cognitive bias that quite often makes change and goal attainment difficult (and sometimes downright painful!). And it's also something that is rarely spoken about in the business world.

Want to know which cognitive bias it is? Tune in to find out!

And if you are loving our podcast, please leave us a rating and review on your platform of choice! We would be so appreciative.

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Today's guest is Lauren Keegan, perinatal psychologist, writer, and content coach. We take a deep dive into blogging and content creation and how the process of blogging can support practitioners to increase visibility, establish authority and grow their audience (and their business) through content that connects.

This episode offers incredible insights and a step-by-step blog creation process to get you going - even if you're scared to start!

If you have ever thought about blogging to support the success of your business, then this episode is for you!

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Lauren Keegan

Website.

Instagram |@laurenkeeganwriter

Or download the free ebook 'Launch Your Expert Blog' 

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Today we have a very special episode for you, and just between you and me... I was pretty nerv-cited about this one!

Join me and Merilyn Wilson Beretta - friend, mentor, and Therapists Rising's launch manager - as we deep dive into our recent multiple six-figure launch. We will be sharing 5 of the key takeaways and lessons from the inside with the hope to demystify the process of launching (or running a promotion to sell your course, program, ect).

We hope you enjoy this special episode!

________________________________________

Rate, Review, & Follow

LFMim,  05/02/2023
A must-listen!
Dr Hayley clearly cares deeply about two things: the therapists she supports and the impact she knows they wish to have in the world. This comes across in every episode and interview and the show is a must-listen! Thank you, Dr Hayley :)

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

View Details

Today we are joined by Dr Christine Li, Ph.D PC - A.K.A The Procrastination Coach! In today's episode, we break down the in's and out's of procrastination, why we do it, how to spot it, and how to overcome it.

Dr Christine walks us through her proprietary method, S.M.A.C.K, which you can implement today in order to start actioning your goals (sans the procrasti-cleaning!).

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Dr. Christine Li

Website.

Instagram |@procrastinationcoach

Or Join the Procrastination Coach Facebook Community. 

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

View Details

Welcome to Season 4!

We are kicking off this season with something new and something very vulnerable. ... Today marks the first installment of our brand new monthly series, Unmasked Musings.

It comes as no surprise that we have been fed some major lies when it comes to building a business. Entrepreneurs/leaders have been conditioned to think that they have to wear a mask - a mask that says ‘Look! I’ve got all my sh!t together so trust me, trust me!’, however....

People are growing tired of the noise, the masks, and the highlight reels…

And they’re craving truth, humanness, and authenticity.

THIS truly is what will make businesses of the future thrive.

Want more refreshing business truths like this to flood your ears and mind and heart?

Well, that is what you will be getting each and every month in our Unmasked Musing - This unfiltered AF episode dives even more deeply into this topic of wearing masks and saving face in business (specifically my unadulterated experience!)… we hope you enjoy!

________________________________________

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don't forget to leave us a rating and subscribe so you don't miss our future episodes.

View Details

Today I'm releasing the final Meet The Alumni recording, but this episode is a little different. I'm chatting with 2 graduates of the Class of 2022  Business Incubator who have now joined my team as mentors and coaches. I hope it inspires you further as to the possibilities with your own careers and businesses.

Introducing:

Emma Gray - Mindfulness & Soul CoachEmma has complete clarity on her vision and mission. She created and launched several successful group programs including a highly successful high-end retreat. She feels empowered and confident to truly step into her values and who she is and is earning exponentially more than she ever has. And to top that off she also became a best-selling author! All in the last 12 months. 

Rachelle Matheson - International Women's Empowerment and Mindset CoachRachelle has had a complete breakthrough when it comes to life and business. Through the Incubator she was able to finally nail her niche, has truly stepped into her vision, and subsequently launched a successful pilot of her group coaching program.

View Details

Today I'm released part 2 of the talks with another 2 graduates of the Class of 2022  Business Incubator. Introducing:

Kerry Evetts - Occupational Therapist and Founder of SenseUpA specialist in sensory therapy for ND clients, she has developed and launched specialised coaching programs for her clientele and has created and run multiple successful and profitable webinars. Kerry is on a mission to impact #1millionkids!

Dr. Natasha Davidson - Psychologist & High Performance Coach
Dr  Natasha used the Incubator to finally nail her niche! Her confidence has skyrocketed and she created and sold her signature coaching package for elite athletes. She now is developing a reputation and brand in multiple elite sports organisations.

View Details

I LOVE a great story of inspiration, impact and personal progress.
Today's episode is a replay of our first Meet The Alumni call.

Wildly inspiring? That and more.

I'm chatting with three of the Class of 2022 Incubator alumni.
Introducing:

Dr. Nat Green - Psychologist, Money Mindset Coach

Previous to joining the Incubator she was a successful business owner of a multidisciplinary clinic. But she was unhappy and not confident. Her solution was to get into “perpetual student” mode - another degree, another course of study. The Incubator helped build her self confidence. She’s grown so much in 1 year that she has presented at successful business retreats and is now a bestselling author and been featured in Empower Magazine.

Liana Harris - Psychologist & Women’s Mindset Coach

During the Incubator Liana’s self confidence was completely transformed. She has launched her first course supporting young women and is getting great positive feedback about her coaching program. Hear her tell how she landed her first paying coaching clients.

Alison Dougall - Psychologist, Mindfulness and Wellbeing Coach for women

Before the Incubator Alison was going around in circles, not actually progressing and spending a lot of money on training. Her confidence has now soared, and she’s launched her first course supporting women, of which the proceeds support girls in Cambodia to stay in school and avoid the sex trafficking trade.

The Therapists Rising INCUBATOR is now open for enrolment. Go to therapistsrising.com/incubator to find out more.

View Details

This is part 3 of our Rise of the Entrepreneurial Therapist workshop that we've been running live over the past week.  The topic is:

"How To Fast-Track Your Rise To Entrepreneurial Therapist: The RISE Blueprint".We cover:

  • What to focus on first and bypass the overwhelm that hits 80% of new entrepreneurs.
  • Zero down on the income streams and services that light you up and help way more people that you ever thought possible.
  • How to introduce a one-to-many strategy, so you can have more impact and make more money with less stress and paperwork!

For many years many of us were told that the clinical path was the only way - we even came to accept our discontent, long hours and less-than-we-desired-paychecks as ‘normal’.

But they’re not, and I can’t wait to show you the myriad of options that are available for your future in this episode. It will lift the veil and help you see what’s possible for you beyond your current reality.

If you'd like to see the full video of this workshop (so you can also see the slides that I'm referring to, and join over 1000 of us live, you can watch the replays here: www.therapistsrising.com/rise

View Details

This is part 2 of our Rise of the Entrepreneurial Therapist workshop that we are running live all this week.  The topic is:

"Discover How To Make More Impact In Less Time (With Your Values Intact)".  We cover:

  • What to focus on first and bypass the overwhelm that hits 80% of new entrepreneurs.
  • Zero down on the income streams and services that light you up and help way more people that you ever thought possible.
  • How to introduce a one-to-many strategy, so you can have more impact and make more money with less stress and paperwork!

For many years many of us were told that the clinical path was the only way - we even came to accept our discontent, long hours and less-than-we-desired-paychecks as ‘normal’.

But they’re not, and I can’t wait to show you the myriad of options that are available for your future in this episode. It will lift the veil and help you see what’s possible for you beyond your current reality.

If you'd like to see the full video of this workshop (so you can also see the slides that I'm referring to, and join over 1000 of us live, go here to register for free: www.therapistsrising.com/rise

View Details

Here's a real treat... the first episode of the LIVE Workshop series I'm running this week. It's a 3-part workshop called the Rise of the Entrepreneurial Therapist.

This is part 1: “How To Repackage Your Skills & Experience Into Your Dream Business in 2023.

  • Find out what it really takes to move from Therapist to Entrepreneur - and why NOW is the right time to do it.
  • The barriers you need to overcome in order to create a work-life that suits your passions, ethics and values.
  • How to bring your ideas to life without the need for more qualifications.

If you'd like to see the full video of this workshop (so you can also see the slides that I'm referring to, and join over 1000 of us live, go here to register for free: www.therapistsrising.com/rise

View Details

Are you like one of the many therapists we speak with that desire to run profitable, transformative retreats? If so, then this episode is for you!

On this edition of the Therapist Rising podcast, Hayley engages in an informative discussion with Megan Gunnell, a master of creating and facilitating transformative retreats. The conversation delves into Megan's experience, highlighting the crucial lessons learned along the way. Notably, Megan offers invaluable insights on selecting appropriate retreat locations and prioritising essential self-care practices for the wellbeing of both hosts and attendees. This podcast episode is a must-listen for anyone seeking to enhance their knowledge and expertise in retreat planning and management.

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Megan Gunnell

Website.

Instagram |@thrivingtherapists

Or Join the Thriving Therapists Facebook Community .

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

On today's episode, host Hayley welcomes special guest Dr. Emily Amos, a former general practitioner turned retreat facilitator for medical professionals. Dr. Amos candidly shares her personal journey of overcoming burnout in her GP career and how she discovered a path towards self-care. Through her retreats, she aims to empower medical professionals to navigate the complexities of their industry and mitigate the risk of burnout. Tune in for a thought-provoking and inspiring conversation on the importance of self-care and work-life balance in the medical field.

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Dr Emily Amos

Website.

Instagram | @dremilyamos

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

Today's episode is... well... a little different to my usual ones.  Because I'm the one in the hotseat being interviewed!

My colleague and friend, Merilyn, knowing that my "Rise of the Entrepreneurial Therapist" workshop is coming up suggested we get my big audacious 'why' captured on podcast.

So that's what we did. We chat about my desire to help others build an impactful business, the why behind not just Therapists Rising, but why I'm doing my free RISE workshop again.

And you are invited, of course!

Sign up to the Rise of the Entrepreneurial Workshop here now. https://therapistsrising.com/rise/

View Details

As therapists, navigating the online space is often anxiety provoking and overwhelming, leaving many therapists wondering “where do I even start?!”. However, utilising social media as a tool for reaching new clients and building a strong and ethical brand doesn't have to be a daunting task.

Join Dr. Haylay on the latest episode of the Therapist Rising podcast as she welcomes business coach and mentor, Jess Glazer. Jess shares her inspiring journey of transitioning from an elementary school teacher to a successful, 7 figure digital expert and business coach. Listen in as Jess and Dr. Haylay delve into the differences between organic and non-organic growth, the significance of finding your niche and ideal clientele, and the key strategies for achieving organic growth through solidifying your content pillars. This episode will take the overwhelm out of SM and give you simple actionable strategies you can use today!

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Jessica

Website.

IG | @iamjessicaderose

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

As therapists, we can all easily call to mind industries where people come out more mentally unwell than when they went in.

In this episode of the Therapist Rising podcast, we dive deep into the world of entrepreneurship with Davinia Glendenning and Alana Roberts, the founders of Avinue Coaching & Training. These powerhouse women are set to change the world: specifically, how to overhaul the traditionally cutthroat and traumatic industry of personal insurance.

As registered psychologists, they offer expert 1 on 1 coaching and assist businesses in training and educating staff on mental illness to prevent burnout and build a skilled and motivated team - and ultimately, improve client outcomes, team outcomes, and bottomline revenue.. Join us as they candidly discuss the challenges and rewards of being entrepreneurs in a masculine energy dominated industry, the fatal moments they've faced along the way, and the breakthroughs they've experienced in their journey with Avinue Coaching & Training.

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Avinue Coaching

Website.

Linkedin.

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

In this episode of The Therapist Rising podcast, we are excited to welcome Tiffany Rochester, a clinical psychologist and expert in the coaching world. With a strong foundation built from her first career working with families with repeat juvenile offenders, Tiffany has seen firsthand the impact of parental separation on the family unit. Through her own experience of helping a family navigate the costly and emotionally draining court system with no one to turn to for support, Tiffany has come to understand the importance of early intervention for separated co-parents. As the founder of Co-Parenting Companion, Tiffany is dedicated to helping families navigate the challenging journey of co-parenting and ensuring that they receive the professional care they need for their overall well-being. Join us as we discuss the importance of addressing the needs of the family unit post-separation and the power of early intervention.

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Tiffany Rochester

Website.

Instagram | @coparentingcompanion

Facebook | Co-Parenting Companion

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

Today, Hayley is joined by special guest Monique Mitchelson, Clinical Psychologist working in private practice and host of the Neurodivergent Woman Podcast. Diagnosed in adulthood, Monique shares her journey from diagnosis to advocate and discusses the how her diagnosis has both impacted and amplified her journey towards entrepreneurship.

Monique’s story is both touching and inspiring and not to be missed for those of us who identify as neurodiverse, those not yet diagnosed, and everyone else who needs to understand the complexities of living as an ND human.

________________________________________

Get In Touch with Monique Mitchelson

Website.

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

In this last episode of season 2, Hayley is here to reflect on her year. Celebrating her amazing wins and opportunities and what her key takeaways were for 2022. Finding your why, Staying authentic and the importance of community are just a few of the things you can implement today to scale your growth and live the successful life you dream of.

________________________________________

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

Today, Hayley is joined by special guest Dr Averil Cook, Clinical Psychologist Board Approved Supervisor & AHPRA approved Supervisor Trainer. ​After we hear a little bit about Dr Cook, she dives into what decolonising the field of psychology actually looks like, and the important role it plays in our community and profession.  ________________________________________

Get In Touch with Dr Averil Cook 

Website. 

IG AND FB 

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalised results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

**Do you feel trapped or limited with your 1 to 1 case load? Does it take up all of your time and energy - so much so that you have nothing left to give towards your creative pursuits or passion projects?

You aren’t alone, this is a topic Hayley finds herself discussing with most therapists - how do I create create my program/course ect when I am stuck in the vortex of 1:1 work? Hayley gives you the steps needed to help break the feeling of being stuck in the 1 to 1 world, boost the creativity, and make the impact you wish to bestow on the world.**

________________________________________

Get In Touch

Website.

IG AND FB

Have you taken our brand new and FREE quiz Discover Your Therapist Archetype? Complete with personalized results and your next career steps, take the quiz here!

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

As a therapist, you likely already know that your attachment style is central to the functioning (or dysfunction!) of your relationships. Have you ever stopped to consider how this same attachment style may be playing out in the relationship you have with your business?

In this week’s episode Hayley is joined by Monique Beaver, Psychologist/Trauma Sensitive Yoga facilitator. The two have an incredible conversation chatting about attachment and how we are in relationship with everything around us - including our business! This is an episode that will challenge you to think definitively about yourself, your needs, and your business, and will go through some practical steps to support you in changing things for the better - don’t miss it!

________________________________________

Get In Touch With Monique Beaver

Website.

IG AND FB

Don't forget to register for our FREE 3-hour workshop, Tapping for Abundance & Success

www.therapistsrising.com/eftworkshop

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

Being multi passionate and a driven entrepreneur can be an overwhelming duo, how does one do all the things but do it successfully. Today Kym Tolson fills us in on how she manages being a clinical social worker, podcaster, business woman, traveller and much more all at one time. Hayley and Kym chat about how she maintains discipline as a working traveller, the biggest lessons she has learnt and stays motivated to follow through one dream when so many more are waiting on the sideline.

________________________________________

Get In Touch With Kym Tolson

Website.

IG AND FB

The Experts' Guide to Becoming a Traveling Therapist here.

Don't forget to register for our FREE 3-hour workshop, Tapping for Abundance & Success

www.therapistsrising.com/eftworkshop

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

Many of us believe niching down means limiting our passions, but finding your niche is vital for hitting your target market and achieving your desired impact on the world. Hayley is back today with another solo episode, giving you her secret 3 step litmus test framework to help you pinpoint the mark you wish to make in the world.

________________________________________

Get In Touch With Hayley

Website.

IG

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

"What’s the biggest mistake therapists make?” While there are many mistakes that can be made when starting out, Hayley believes the biggest one is failing to be intentional with your end goal. 

Today Hayley is here for her very first solo episode! You guys asked, so here it is. She talks about the importance of using your future self and tapping into your values to reverse engineer your goals and your actions TODAY. Don’t forget to let Hayley know if you liked this very first solo episode and if you’d like to see more in the future!

Stephen R. Covey: 7 Habits of Highly Effective People

*Please note: This website contains affiliate links

________________________________________

Get In Touch With Hayley  

Website. 

IG 

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

Therapists and Psychologists do not get enough credit for the work they provide within our communities. It’s not easy to unmask the “role” they are boxed into, to know, who am I? What are my beliefs? And what impact do I want to have?

Today Hayley is joined by Kirstin Bouse, Kirstin is a Clinical and Forensic Psychologist with 25 years of experience. Kirstin has spent her career in corrections, prisons, private hospitals, child protection agencies and university. But the most significant portion of Kirstin’s career has been spent in private practice. For the past 16 years, Kirstin has been the owner of a group practice; Perth Psychology Collective.

________________________________________

Get In Touch With Kirstin Bouse

Website.

IG AND FB

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

As adults, we all feel the pressure to have a drink, or few, at social events. If you aren’t drinking at a social event, you’ll find yourself typically having to justify why you aren’t drinking. Are you pregnant? Is everything okay? What’s wrong with you?

Today, Hayley is joined by special guest, Kirsten Chalmers. Kirsten has over 12 years experience as a psychologist, primarily helping clients with anxiety and depressive disorders, ADHD, OCD and social anxiety disorders. Kirsten has special interests in burnout, executive stress, perfectionism, career transition and mindful drinking. Having been on her own mindful drinking journey, Kirsten found the lack of options when looking for 0% alcohol beverages that weren’t sugary fruit juices. With this realisation came the birth of Kirsten’s business, Point Zero Cellars. The mission is to normalise mindful drinking and give options to those wanting to start their mindful drinking journey.

Use HAYLEY25 to receive 25% OFF any Point Zero item for Sober October from now until the end of November!

________________________________________

Get In Touch With Kirsten Chalmers

My psychology practice

IG and FB: @psychologistkirsten

You can find my products here.
TikTok and IG: @pointzerocellars

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

Going through tough times only feels worth it in hindsight. In order to grow and discover who we are so we can have a positive impact on the world, perseverance is your best friend.

Today, Hayley is joined by Dr. Kaitlin Harkess - Clinical Psychologist who completed her training at the University of Adelaide. She is passionate about supporting individuals in cultivating healthful and meaningful lives. She is a strong believer in an embodied approach and utilises a range of evidence-based interventions, including Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and Mindfulness based approaches to help clients develop their strengths and overcome challenges.

Kaitlin is offering listeners of the podcast a 15% discount on her 8-week course, Yoga Brain: Code to use at checkout: THERAPISTSRISING

________________________________________

Get In Touch With Dr Kaitlin Harkess

Website

Instagram

Facebook

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

Amongst the craziness of juggling work, life, relationships…It’s easy to forget the answer to life's most important question. Who am I?

Taking the first steps to going back and embarking on the journey of self discovery and what’s missing can be daunting, overwhelming and confronting. So where do we begin?

Today, Hayley is joined by the incredibly inspiring, Dr Gigi Abdel-Samed, to help answer that question. Dr Gigi has an amazing journey, from board certified Emergency Physician, She is a recognised speaker, coach and doctor with an MBA. Dr Gigi’s mission is to be the mother of modern medicine, paving the way for the changes we need to see. 

________________________________________

Get In Touch With Dr. Gigi Abdel-Samed

Website 

Instagram

Facebook

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

Hello to all my valued listeners, it's Hayley here with a recap on what I have been up to over the last few weeks and an update on what's to come in the next season of the podcast.

In Season Two we continue to have our incredibly profound interviews with thought leaders, disrupters, and change-makers in the field who are doing incredible things, but we are also going to take on your feedback to incorporate more standalone episodes. 

I will be speaking to more of the business side of becoming an entrepreneurial therapist, like finding your niche and making sales without feeling manipulative.

Thank you all so much for the support on the show so far. 

We hope you enjoy Season 2.

Don’t forget to FOLLOW the podcast!

This podcast was brought to you by On Track Studio.

www.ontrackstudio.com.au

@sophie.on.track.studio

For advertising opportunities please email hello@ontrackstudio.com.au

View Details

For most therapists, transitioning from 1-1 therapy to speaking in front of hundreds (or thousands) can be an incredibly daunting task.

How do you attract an audience, spread your message, and stand out in an authentic way if public speaking, webinars, and social media marketing make you feel sick to your stomach?

This week I’m speaking with Katherine Beck, professional voice actor turned voice coach for entrepreneurs. Katherine specializes in helping entrepreneurs how to stand out as a coach by finding your authentic voice so you can better connect with your audience.

For more from Katherine Beck, head to her website katherinebeck.com or The Voice of Your Brand Podcast!

View Details

**What could psychology and boudoir photography possibly have in common? A lot more than you might think! 

Former psychologist boudoir photographer Tahlia Simone (otherwise known as Nat Thomas), joins us today to talk about her journey from clinical psychologist to empowering and inclusive boudoir photographer.**

What do you do if in your gut you know 1-1 clinical psychology isn’t right for you? How can you use your skills to do something you love that is empowering and helps people heal? Tahlia Simone gets deep with us about her struggles as a square peg in a round hole, and the steps she took to create a business aligned to her.

For more from Tahlia Simone, head to her website heartfireboudoir.com.au

View Details

I think we all know the therapy world can be rigid and restrictive. But what if you want to branch out and help people with methods that aren’t approved? And what if you’re so burnt out from 1-1s that you’re not standing in alignment with the principles you teach?

In this episode I interview Alisha Weston, who has recently branched into holistic health coaching, teaching Reiki, Kinesiology, breathwork, Yoga, and Energy Medicine while also maintaining her therapy practice.

How do you find that balance in your career and life, while also staying true to your purpose and helping others? Is it possible to have a practice and coach?

We’ll be exploring all of this and more in this fantastic episode.

Want more from Alsiha? Interested in attending one of her retreats? Head to her website alishaweston.com

View Details

Where is the line between therapy and coaching? How do you branch into coaching without getting into trouble with your regulatory board? How do you explain the difference to clients?!

While there is no clear line between therapy and coaching, I’m going to outline some of the major differences in this episode, taken from a live call I had in my Therapist to Coach Revolution Facebook group!

If you want to meet other therapists who are branching out into coaching, and get your specific questions answered, come and join us in the Therapist to Coach Revolution Facebook Group!

Join Here: facebook.com/groups/coachingrevolution/

View Details

So many psychologists and mental health professionals use Power Diary to manage their practice, but did you know that the founder is a psychologist himself?

That’s right, Power Diary founder Damien Adler was so frustrated with the state of admin, client bookings, and the horrible clunky software on the market, that he created his own software program!

What started as a way to keep his private practice running smoothly eventually transitioned into a full software business that makes an impact around the world.

Interested in giving Power Diary a try for yourself? Head to powerdiary.com to get started with your free trial!

View Details

People are flocking to yoga for help with mental health… but most yoga teachers don’t have any sort of psychology background!

But what if we could take these very different fields and combine them together to better help people with accessible and affordable mental health support?

Lauren Tober is following her passion for mental health and yoga by building a business that creates a combination of her two passions, with summits, certifications and more. So if you’re looking to see how you can do the same, give this episode a listen!

PS… The Mental Health + Yoga Summit is starting on the 29th of August. It's online over 5 days, free, and designed for Yoga Teachers interested in Mental Health, and Mental Health Professionals interested in Yoga. Details are at mentalhealthandyogasummit.com

Registration for the online Mental Health Aware Yoga training (for Yoga Teachers and Teacher-in-Training) opens on the 5th Sept at www.mentalhealthawareyoga.com

View Details

What do you do when you are filled to the brim with clients and need to turn people away?

In this episode with Lauren Hancock, we dive deep into her experience transitioning from therapy to consulting and start ups. How do you create your own business that works for you? How do you hire a team to fill in your blind spots?

Lauren currently works as a consultant, helping leaders optimise their mental health and relationships, and she’s so successful she needs to start hiring people!

If you’re looking to create a thriving business that aligns with you, be sure to give this episode a listen!

Want more from Lauren? Head to her website laurenhancock.com.au

View Details

You spend all this time creating your online course or coaching program and… crickets. What do you do when a launch fails, or when your program isn’t as successful as you would’ve hoped?

What if you put all this effort into creating and launching something and no one buys??!!

In this session I’m going to do some live business coaching with Jamie Simkins who recently launched a new version of her coaching program and didn’t have any sales. I’ll chat with her to see how we can tweak her offer and marketing strategy, so that she can find her perfect customers and truly make an impact.

We’re going to do a deep dive into what she’s done in the past and work together to create a plan to help her take her coaching business to the next level.

So if you’ve ever wondered what business coaching is like with me, come have a listen!

View Details

Are you struggling to raise your kids in the way that you want while also focusing on your busy therapist career?

In this episode, I chat with Dr. Sascha Kowalenko about her mission to challenge social and gender norms to make life easier for women who want a thriving career and a loving family. She also shares with us her own career transition from clinical psychologist to coach, and how it has impacted her own motherhood journey so that she can spend time with her four kids.

Driven by a deep sense of purpose in ensuring that high-achieving women feel less alone and defeat the beast that is Imposter Syndrome, Dr Sascha facilitates groups of like-minded and -spirited women to join together via courses, coaching and luxe retreats, both in-person and online.

If you love this episode, be sure to visit drsascha.com.au and check out her upcoming women’s retreat in Brisbane this August!

View Details

For Emma Gray, if something feels heavy or out of alignment, she sets it aside and doesn’t do it.

How then, is Emma a successful therapist and meditation coach who and best-selling author?! If you’re not constantly pushing and hustling, how do you ever achieve your goals or succeed in your career?

Emma has learned the power of tapping into her inner wisdom through meditation and calming the nervous system, and has learned how to listen to her own intuition to build a business that’s in alignment and flow for her. Now she’s here to help you do the same.

If you love this episode, be sure to read Emma’s book: Inspired Living.

View Details

What happens when your entire life revolves around training and competing… and then an injury rips it all away?

Today I’m talking with Keagen Hadley, who had his dream of being a semi-professional football player taken from him overnight with a torn ACL. This experience inspired him to turn pain into passion and focus on the mental health component of occupational therapy to help other athletes recover from the disappointment and loss caused by injury.

Keagen has recently published a book “Torn” where he helps other athletes who are struggling with ACL injuries.

Want to hear more from Keagen Hadley? Be sure to head to keagenhadley.com

View Details

When was the last time you slowed down or took time off for yourself? Are you repeating the toxic narratives like, “I can’t take time off, my clients need me!!”

Are you taking care of your own mental and physical health right now?

Today I’m speaking with Dr. Hayley D. Quinn about burnout, toxic narratives and the importance of self-care for therapists. Because you need to create a life FIRST, and a business that fits into that second.

Want to hear more from Dr. Hayley D. Quinn? Follow her podcast Welcome to Self: Caring For the Human Therapist Chair

View Details

One of the best things about transitioning from therapy to coaching is the fact that there are fewer restrictions on what you’re allowed to teach or use when helping people.

This is why I’m so excited to introduce Karolyn McKinley who transitioned from therapist to coach so that she could fully use spirituality and woo in her abundance coaching practice.

Listen in as we discuss her incredible journey from therapist to coach and unpack the differences between the two. We’ll also discuss the pressure on therapists to always put others first, and how this is a recipe for burnout.

Want to hear more from Karolyn? Check out her website alchemyofliving.com

View Details

Why is it that some months it feels like we can get it all done. We master our to-do list, hit those difficult workouts, and have no trouble posting to social media… But then a few days later we just want to lay around in sweats and have no desire to get anything done?

This is because we’re working within a masculine 24-hour cycle, rather than the femal monthly cycle.

Sure, we all know that during our period it’s hard to show up and get work done, but what about the other three weeks of the month? Is there anything we can get done during that menstruation time? What if you’ve hit menopause already??

In this episode, Renae is here to teach us how to access the superpower of each week in our cycle, while also sharing her story of the struggles she encountered when transitioning to a coaching career.

Want to hear more from Renae? Check her out on the Cycle Advantage Podcast and at renaefieck.com

View Details

Time and time again, marketing seems to be one of the biggest thorns in the side of therapists who want to diversify and transition to coaching.

As multi-passionate entrepreneurs who are so used to helping everyone as therapists, it can feel a bit counterintuitive to narrow down your pool of potential clients.

So today I’m bringing on business marketing expert Jessica Osborn to talk about why niching and creating an ideal client is one of the best things you can possibly do to grow your business.

Want to hear more from Jess? Head to her website https://www.jessicaosborn.com/ or Instagram @jessica.osborn

View Details

Bravery is infectious, and once you find other people who are thinking outside of the box, it’s so much easier for you to branch out in your therapy career too.

The theme of this week is discovering your passion and finding a tribe of like-minded people who can help you on your path to expanding your career and impact.

Joining me is clinical psychologist Dr. Stan Steindl, who has a wealth of wisdom to share from his vast experience in the field of psychology.

For more from Dr. Stan Steindl, be sure to visit his website

psychologyconsultants.com.au

View Details

What’s it really like to make the transition from therapy to coaching? How do you deal with the judgement and negativity from those around you while making this transition (especially from other therapists?)

What about the legal side… can I still keep my therapy practice? How do I make sure that I don’t get in trouble?

This week Lee Chaix McDonough and I are talking about making that scary transition from therapy to coaching, and what that truly looks like. If you want to make the transition yourself, be sure to give this episode a listen!

For more from Lee Chaix McDonough, be sure to visit her website

coachwithclarity.com

View Details

Can you really apply your clinical skills to a coaching practice? In this episode Dr. Tracey Hunter and Dr. Rachel Wheeler of the Wellbeing Codes talk about how they’ve used the therapy concept of “schemas” in their own coaching business.

Transitioning to coaching has allowed them to create a feminine-energy business with “hell no” non-negotiables so that they can prioritze their own happiness and mental health, while helping more people, and making an income to do what they love.

You have the skills to create a coaching business that’s aligned to you, and this episode is here to help you think outside of that box.

For more from Tracey Hunter and Rachel Wheeler, be sure to visit their website https://www.thewellbeingcodes.com/

View Details

Marketing and copywriting can be a huge struggle for most therapist entrepreneurs. How do you promote yourself without feeling gross and salesy? How do you write in a less technical way and truly explain what you do and how you can help?

Today I’m bringing on MY copywriter Che Johnson to talk about her transition from social work to professional copywriter, and teach you how to connect to your audience with copy that truly represents you and your business (and doesn’t feel like a sleazy marketing tactic).
For more on Che Johnson be sure to visit her website at www.chejohnson.com.au or find her on Instagram at www.instagram.com/chejohnson_

View Details

The fear of stepping out and doing something different often stops therapists in their tracks. What will people think of me? Will they attack me? Will I get in trouble?

Today I’m chatting with EFT Tapping Expert Peta Stapleton, who has been a huge proponent of tapping in therapy and mental health for decades.

We not only talk about the benefits of tapping for both clients and dealing with burnout as a clinician, but also dealing with that fear of doing something different and fighting for practices you believe in.

For more on Petra Stapleton and EFT tapping, be sure to visit her website PetaStapleton.com

View Details

As therapists we’re conditioned not to open up about our own lives and struggles with our clients. However, this can be one of the best ways we can serve our clients as coaches!

In this impactful chat, Sally-Anne Kriel shares her story of surviving bowel cancer, and how it motivated her to create a career helping other cancer survivors.

So if you’re struggling to open up and share your own story with your clients, I hope this message from Sally lets you feel a bit more comfortable being vulnerable in business.

Want to read Sally’s book? Find it here: https://theawakenedmumma.org/shop/

View Details

How do you create the time and income to free yourself up to live the life you want to live, while also remaining true to your service-oriented heart?

In this eye-opening chat with self-professed neurotic adventurer Dr. Amber Lyda, we talk about how to raise your prices and market yourself, without feeling gross.

Here’s why the “charge your worth” mantra is BS, and the traditional “bro marketing” isn’t what you need to do to get clients.

If there’s one takeaway from this episode, it’s that building a business and life that works for you doesn’t mean you’re a “bad person” and creating a better income for yourself will only allow you to serve more.

Want to learn more from Dr. Amber Lyda? Head to her website at https://www.amberlyda.com/

View Details

“This could all fail, but we just have to sit with that and say, ‘I’m going to do it anyway.’”

I’m so excited to introduce you to Dr. Hayley Watson, who transitioned from private practice to a career developing mental health curriculum programs at schools around the world.

Through her program Open Parachute, Hayley helps classes of teens in countries across the globe feel more comfortable opening up about their own struggles with mental health, loneliness, bullying, and more.

In this inspiring interview, Dr. Hayley not only tells us about her incredible work, but also shares the fears that she had when transitioning to a career outside the clinical box.

View Details

Are you an overwhelmed, burnt-out therapist looking for something different? Do you feel called to play bigger, impact more lives, and create a business and life on your terms by leveraging your clinical expertise, WITHOUT sacrificing your wellbeing and your family?

Hi, I’m Dr. Hayley Kelly and I’m here to show you a different way.

Welcome to the Therapists Rising Podcast, where we share real and raw behind the scenes stories and lessons from therapists who are thinking outside the traditional clinical box, and choosing to do things differently in their careers.

It’s time to run a business you love, thrive financially, and live life on your own terms.

Are you ready?